Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2012

Registration Statement No. 333-159962

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 9
to
FORM S-11
FOR REGISTRATION
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES



Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instruments)



Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
(626) 844-9400
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Charles A. Ruys de Perez
c/o Western Asset Management Company
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
(626) 844-9400
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Tel (212) 735-3574
Fax (917) 777-3574
  Jay L. Bernstein, Esq.
Andrew S. Epstein, Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 Street
New York, New York 10019
Tel (212) 878-8000
Fax (212) 878-8375

           Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, Preliminary Prospectus dated April 30, 2012

PROSPECTUS

8,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

           Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation is a Delaware corporation focused on investing in, financing and managing primarily Agency RMBS, which are residential mortgage-backed securities for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or a U.S. Government-sponsored entity, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with residential mortgage-backed securities that are not guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or sponsored entity, commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities. We will be externally managed and advised by Western Asset Management Company, or our Manager, an investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (NYSE: LM).

           This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering 8,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, as described in this prospectus. We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be $20.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "WMC."

           Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will complete two private placements in which we expect to sell (i) 2,231,787 units, with each unit consisting of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 share of our common stock, to certain institutional accredited investors for $20.00 per unit, and (ii) 46,043 shares of our common stock for $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make this investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates, in each case subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements." No placement agent fee or underwriting discount or commission will be payable by us with respect to any of the units or the shares sold in these private placements.

           We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. To assist us in qualifying as a real estate investment trust, stockholders are generally restricted from owning more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common or capital stock. Our certificate of incorporation contains various other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our common stock. See "Description of capital stock—Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our capital stock."

           We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act.

            Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk factors" beginning on page 26 of this prospectus for a discussion of the following and other risks:

       
 
 
  Per Share
  Total
 

Public offering

  $            $                  

Underwriting discount (1)

  $            $                  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $            $                  

 

(1)
Our Manager will pay the underwriters at closing $            per share for each share sold in this offering, representing the full underwriting discount payable with respect to the shares sold in this offering.

           The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days after the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any.

            Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

           The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2012.

Deutsche Bank Securities   J.P. Morgan   Citigroup   Jefferies

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   RBC Capital Markets   JMP Securities

National Securities Corporation   Sterne Agee   Wunderlich Securities

   

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2012.


Table of Contents

Table of contents

Summary

  1

The offering

  23

Risk factors

  26

Forward-looking statements

  59

Use of proceeds

  61

Distribution policy

  62

Capitalization

  63

Selected financial information

  64

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

  65

Business

  80

Management

  100

Our Manager and the management agreement

  114

Principal stockholders

  133

Certain relationships and related transactions

  135

Description of capital stock

  138

Shares eligible for future sale

  147

U.S. federal income tax considerations

  150

Underwriting

  172

Legal matters

  176

Experts

  177

Where you can find more information

  177

Appendix I

  A-1

Index to the balance sheet of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

  F-1

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

         Until                        , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents


Summary

         This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms "company," "we," "us," and "our" refer to Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and "our Manager" refers to Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation, our external manager. Unless indicated otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes (1) that we sell 8,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering, (2) the common stock to be sold in this offering is sold at $20.00 per share, and (3) no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares of our common stock.

Our Company

        We are organized as a Delaware corporation focused on investing in, financing and managing primarily residential mortgage-backed securities, or RMBS, for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or a U.S. Government-sponsored entity, including the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. We refer to these types of securities as Agency RMBS. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with RMBS that are not guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or U.S. Government-sponsored entity, or non-Agency RMBS, commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, and other asset-backed securities, or ABS. We refer to these assets as our potential target assets. We intend to finance investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        Our objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over the long term, primarily through dividends and secondarily through capital appreciation. We intend to achieve this objective by selectively acquiring a diversified investment portfolio of assets designed to produce attractive returns across a variety of market conditions and economic cycles. We intend to construct a diversified investment portfolio by focusing on the relative value of securities within various sectors of the mortgage markets and security selection.

        We will be externally managed and advised by our Manager, an investment advisor registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc., or Legg Mason (NYSE: LM). Our Manager will be responsible for administering our business activities and day-to-day operations, subject to the supervision and oversight of our board of directors.

        We have not made any investments in Agency RMBS or our potential target assets as of the date of this prospectus. We will not commence significant operations until we have completed this offering and the concurrent private placements. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income to the extent that we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to stockholders and maintain our intended qualification as a REIT. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

Current market opportunities

        Since the height of the financial crisis in 2008, there have been a number of proposals put forward regarding the reform of the housing finance market. We believe the most important theme of these

 

1


Table of Contents

proposals, as highlighted in the U.S. Department of Treasury and Department of Housing and Urban Development report to Congress on February 11, 2011, is the reduction of the government's role in, and the return of private capital to, the housing finance market. Several tools intended to encourage investment of private capital were recommended in the U.S. Department of Treasury and Department of Housing and Urban Development report including increasing guarantee fees, decreasing loan limits and tightening underwriting criteria for conforming loans. We believe these recommended changes, some of which have begun to be implemented, such as the tightening of conforming loan limits in October 2011, will reduce the future supply of Agency RMBS, limit mortgage refinancing and associated prepayment risk, and reduce the future volatility of the Agency RMBS market, which we view as positive developments for existing Agency RMBS.

        We believe investors continue to seek incremental spreads relative to U.S. Treasury Notes in a low yield environment and financial institutions continue to prefer high quality, liquid Agency RMBS. In addition, our Manager has observed that the long-standing correlation between the prepayment rates of borrowers and their ability to refinance mortgage loans (as defined by the difference between available rates in the market and the legacy rates being paid by borrowers) has become partially de-linked in the past several years. Our Manager believes this is primarily a result of the inability of many borrowers to refinance their existing mortgages because of the significant decrease in the equity value of those borrowers' homes. With yield spreads on Agency RMBS at what our Manager views as attractive levels, our Manager believes there will continue to be strong demand for Agency RMBS.

        Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with non-Agency RMBS, which are collateralized by non-conforming residential mortgages. While we anticipate mortgage loan delinquencies and credit losses may continue to rise and housing conditions may continue to deteriorate, we believe that current prices for certain non-Agency RMBS offer the potential for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Over time, we believe reform of U.S. Government-sponsored entities will accelerate the demand for private capital into the housing finance sector, and we expect that we will be well positioned to make attractive risk-adjusted investments in new residential-mortgage assets.

        The current interest rate environment is characterized by a steep yield curve with the spread between two-year U.S. Treasury Notes and 10-year U.S. Treasury Notes well above the average spread over the last three decades. The Federal Reserve Board has maintained a near-zero target for the federal funds rate. On January 25, 2012, the Federal Open Market Committee released a statement indicating that it would maintain the target range for the federal funds rate at 0% to 0.25% and that it continues to anticipate that economic conditions, including low rates of resource utilization and a subdued outlook for inflation over the medium term, are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through 2014, which statement the Federal Open Market Committee reiterated on April 25, 2012. Our Manager believes recent economic data suggest an improvement in U.S. economic growth. However, certain indicators such as high unemployment, low levels of capacity utilization, the current large shadow inventory of non-performing loans, declining home prices in most markets, increased loan defaults and continued stress in the housing and construction markets all point to a muted recovery. We believe this slow growth environment should keep the yield curve relatively steep and promote continued demand for Agency and non-Agency RMBS.

        As the capital markets have recovered, commercial banks have re-entered the secured lending market which has quickened the pace of the recovery of asset values in the credit markets. Financing of Agency and non-Agency RMBS is currently widely available through, among other vehicles, repurchase agreements. Haircuts, or the discount attributed to the value of securities sold under repurchase agreements, average between 3% and 10% for Agency RMBS and average between 10% and 50% for non-Agency RMBS, depending on the specific security used as collateral for such repurchase agreements. We intend to use leverage to seek to increase potential returns to our stockholders by

 

2


Table of Contents

borrowing against existing assets through repurchase agreements and using the proceeds to acquire additional assets.

        Our Manager's views of the current market opportunities are based on its own assessments. There can be no assurance that our investment and financing strategies based on our Manager's views will be able to generate attractive returns for our stockholders.

Our Manager

        We will be externally managed and advised by Western Asset Management Company. Established in 1971 and acquired by Legg Mason in 1986, our Manager is a registered investment advisor headquartered in Pasadena, California, that specializes in fixed-income asset management. From offices in Pasadena, Hong Kong, London, Melbourne, New York, São Paulo, Singapore and Tokyo, our Manager's 904 employees provide investment services for a wide variety of global clients, including mutual funds, corporate, public, insurance, health care, union organizations and charitable foundations. Client portfolios range across an equally wide variety of mandates, from money markets to emerging markets. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had 529 clients, representing 40 countries and 1051 accounts. By concentrating resources on fixed-income, our Manager is able to fully commit to serving clients of all types within the fixed-income sector.

        As of December 31, 2011, our Manager and its investment advisory affiliates over which our Manager has operational responsibility, or its supervised affiliates, had approximately $443 billion in assets under management. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had a total of $61.5 billion in assets under management in the asset classes corresponding to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, of which $37.6 billion was invested in Agency RMBS, $13.8 billion in non-Agency RMBS, $2.4 billion in CMBS and $7.7 billion in ABS. Our Manager manages these assets using a range of specific strategies and investment vehicles, including mutual and private funds, private commingled vehicles and separately managed accounts. Our Manager's investment professionals and other staff have extensive experience in managing fixed-income assets, including Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS, ABS and other such instruments.

        Our chief investment officer, Stephen P. Fulton, who also serves as the head of our Manager's Agency RMBS team, will, along with two senior portfolio managers from the Agency RMBS team, be primarily responsible for overseeing the management of our assets. The Agency RMBS team works alongside and is able to utilize the resources of our Manager's structured products team, which focuses on managing and evaluating our potential target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. The Agency RMBS team is also able to call on the experience of a number of our Manager's other investment professionals, not specifically dedicated to managing our assets, but with expertise that covers certain aspects of our potential target assets as well as on specialists in derivatives and liquidity who are part of our Manager's broader investment team. The collective team operates under the purview of our Manager's U.S. broad markets committee which sets overall sector allocations for broad market accounts. Our Manager seeks to unite groups of specialists dedicated to different market sectors. The daily interaction among the different teams is designed to develop a consensus approach that draws on the expertise of all team members. Our Manager's overall investment management team consists of 127 investment professionals.

Our investment strategy

        Our Manager's investment philosophy, which developed from a singular focus in fixed-income asset management over a variety of credit cycles and conditions, is to provide clients with diversified, tightly controlled, long-term value-oriented portfolios. Through rigorous analysis of all sectors of the fixed-income market, our Manager seeks to identify assets with the greatest risk-adjusted total value potential. In making investment decisions on our behalf, our Manager will incorporate its views on the economic environment and the outlook for the mortgage markets, including relative valuation, supply

 

3


Table of Contents

and demand trends, the level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, prepayment rates, financing and liquidity, commercial and residential real estate prices, delinquencies, default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral, subject to maintaining our REIT qualification and our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. We expect to benefit from the breadth and depth of our Manager's overall investment philosophy, which focuses on a macroeconomic analysis as well as an in-depth analysis of individual assets and their relative value.

        We will rely on our Manager's expertise in asset allocation and identifying attractive assets within our investment strategy. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, our Manager's expertise in related investment disciplines such as non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS provides our Manager with both (1) valuable investment insights to our RMBS investment selection and strategy and (2) flexibility to invest in assets other than Agency RMBS opportunistically as market conditions warrant.

        We expect to purchase and sell Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Our Manager does not expect to purchase securities on our behalf with a view to selling them shortly after purchase. However, in order to maximize returns and manage portfolio risk while remaining opportunistic, we may dispose of securities earlier than anticipated or hold securities longer than anticipated depending upon prevailing market conditions, credit performance, availability of leverage or other factors regarding a particular security or our capital position.

Agency RMBS

        We expect to focus on investing in Agency RMBS, which are RMBS for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or a U.S. Government-sponsored entity, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. The Agency RMBS we may acquire could be secured by fixed-rate mortgages, adjustable-rate mortgages or hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages. Fixed-rate mortgages have interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan and do not adjust. The interest rates on adjustable-rate mortgages generally adjust annually (although some may adjust more frequently) to an increment over a specified interest rate index. Hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages have interest rates that are fixed for a specified period of time (typically three, five, seven or ten years) and, thereafter, adjust to an increment over a specified interest rate index. Adjustable-rate mortgages and hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages generally have periodic and lifetime constraints on how much the loan interest rate can change on any predetermined interest rate reset date.

        The types of Agency RMBS we intend to invest in are described below.

        Mortgage pass-through certificates.     Mortgage pass-through certificates are securities representing interests in "pools" of mortgage loans secured by residential real property where payments of both interest and principal, plus pre-paid principal, on the securities are made monthly to holders of the securities, in effect "passing through" monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the mortgage loans that underlie the securities, net of fees paid to the issuer/guarantor and servicers of the securities.

        Collateralized Mortgage Obligations, or CMOs.     CMOs are securities that are structured from residential pass-through certificates, which receive monthly payments of principal and interest. CMOs divide the cash flows which come from the underlying mortgage pass-through certificates into different classes of securities that may have different maturities and different weighted average lives than the underlying pass-through certificates.

        CMOs include stripped securities, which are mortgage-backed securities structured with two or more classes that receive different distributions of principal or interest on a pool of Agency RMBS. Stripped securities include interest only Agency RMBS and inverse interest only Agency RMBS, each of which we may invest in subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT.

 

4


Table of Contents

        Interest Only Agency RMBS.     This type of stripped security only entitles the holder to interest payments. The yield to maturity of interest only Agency RMBS is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (particularly prepayments) on the underlying pool of mortgages. If we decide to invest in these types of securities, we anticipate doing so primarily to take advantage of particularly attractive prepayment-related or structural opportunities in the Agency RMBS markets.

        Inverse Interest Only Agency RMBS.     This type of stripped security has a coupon with an inverse relationship to its index and is subject to caps and floors. Inverse interest only Agency RMBS entitles the holder to interest only payments based on a notional principal balance, which is typically equal to a fixed rate of interest on the notional principal balance less a floating rate of interest on the notional principal balance that adjusts according to an index subject to set minimum and maximum rates. The value of inverse interest only Agency RMBS will generally decrease when its related index rate increases and increase when its related index rate decreases.

        TBAs.     We may utilize "to-be-announced" forward contracts, or TBAs, in order to invest in Agency RMBS. Pursuant to these TBAs, we would agree to purchase, for future delivery, Agency RMBS with certain principal and interest terms and certain types of underlying collateral, but the particular Agency RMBS to be delivered would not be identified until shortly before the TBA settlement date. Our ability to purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs may be limited by the 75% income and asset tests applicable to REITs. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation."

Potential target assets

        Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with the types of assets described below.

        Non-Agency RMBS.     RMBS that are not guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or U.S. Government-sponsored entity, with an emphasis on securities that when originally issued were rated in the highest rating category by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

        The mortgage loan collateral for non-Agency RMBS consists of residential mortgage loans that do not generally conform to underwriting guidelines issued by a U.S. Government agency or U.S. Government-sponsored entity due to certain factors, including mortgage balances in excess of agency underwriting guidelines, borrower characteristics, loan characteristics and level of documentation, and therefore are not issued or guaranteed by an agency. The mortgage loan collateral may be classified as subprime, Alternative-A or prime depending on the borrower's credit rating. The non-Agency RMBS we may acquire could be secured by fixed-rate mortgages, adjustable-rate mortgages or hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages.

        CMBS.     Fixed and floating rate CMBS, with an emphasis on securities that when originally issued were rated in the highest rating category by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. We have not established a minimum current rating requirement.

        ABS.     Debt and equity tranches of securitizations backed by various asset classes including, but not limited to, small balance commercial mortgages, aircrafts, automobiles, credit cards, equipment, manufactured housing, franchises, recreational vehicles and student loans with an emphasis on securities that when originally issued were rated in the highest rating category by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. Investments in ABS generally are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test applicable to REITs and generally do not generate qualifying income for purposes of the 75% income test applicable to REITs. As a result, we may be limited in our ability to invest in such assets. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation.

 

5


Table of Contents

        Other Agency MBS.     We may also invest in mortgage-backed securities, or MBS, for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government-sponsored entity, but for which the underlying mortgage loans are secured by real property other than single family residences. These may include, but are not limited to the Federal National Mortgage Association's DUS (Delegated Underwriting and Servicing) MBS, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation's Multifamily Mortgage Participation Certificates and the Government National Mortgage Association's project loan pools, or CMOs structured from such collateral.

Our competitive advantages

        We believe that our competitive advantages include the following:

Significant experience of our Manager

        Our Manager has utilized Agency RMBS as a vital component within its investment strategy since its inception in 1971 and has managed through several interest rate, housing, and credit cycles. Our Manager has extensive experience managing Agency RMBS strategies as separately-managed accounts, commingled vehicles, and mutual funds. These strategies include Agency RMBS only, the Government National Mortgage Association's RMBS only and several Agency RMBS strategies with varying degrees of non-Agency RMBS exposure. Agency RMBS has also been a significant portion of our Manager's broad market strategies since 1971. Moreover, our Manager has been an active investor in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS for over 20 years as those markets have developed. Our Manager manages these assets in broad market accounts as well as non-Agency RMBS specific strategies, including commingled funds and mutual funds. Our Manager, in a joint venture with RLJ Companies, LLC, also manages the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Investment Fund, a master-feeder fund complex participating in the U.S. Treasury's Legacy Securities Public-Private Investment Program and investing entirely in non-Agency RMBS and CMBS. We will have access to our Manager's dedicated Agency RMBS team, which is led by our chief investment officer. In addition, we expect to utilize the resources of our Manager's structured products team, which focuses on our potential target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. We also expect to call on the experience of specialists in derivatives and liquidity who are part of our Manager's broader investment team. In addition, we believe that our Manager's senior management team, which has a long track record and broad experience in managing mortgage-related assets through a variety of credit and interest rate environments, has demonstrated the ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns under different market conditions and cycles and will provide us with a competitive advantage.

Extensive strategic relationships

        Our Manager and its supervised affiliates maintain extensive long-term relationships with other financial intermediaries, including primary dealers, leading investment banks, brokerage firms, leading mortgage originators and commercial banks. As one of the largest fixed-income investment managers in the world, our Manager has access to deal flow and secondary trading opportunities to which smaller firms do not have access. Additionally, our Manager's size and broad market access are valuable in developing and implementing our investment strategy. We believe these relationships will enhance our ability to source, finance and hedge investment opportunities and, thus, enable us to grow in various credit and interest rate environments. In addition, we believe the contacts our Manager and its supervised affiliates have with numerous investment grade derivative and lending counterparties will assist us in implementing our financing and hedging strategies.

Disciplined investment approach

        Our Manager takes a value-oriented approach to managing Agency RMBS. Using that approach, our Manager seeks to optimize yield while adjusting for prepayment and interest rate risk.

 

6


Table of Contents

        From a macroeconomic perspective, our Manager examines current and forward interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, gross domestic product, or GDP, growth and inflation expectations, regional and local property trends, local employment conditions, national loan modification initiatives and mortgage servicer timelines and techniques. At the security level, our Manager examines borrower and collateral characteristics such as the incentives a homeowner might have to refinance and the level of equity in the home.

Access to our Manager's analytical tools and infrastructure

        We expect our Manager to use its analytical and portfolio management modeling tools and processes to seek to generate positive net interest margins for our assets. We will employ a combination of proprietary and third-party tools in an effort to identify investments in the Agency RMBS sector with the most attractive risk-adjusted returns.

        Our Manager will analyze macroeconomic factors to seek to determine the appropriate sector mix and strategy for us that will best capitalize on the market knowledge, experience and relationships within our Manager's existing platform. We intend to capitalize on the market knowledge and ready access to data across our target markets that our Manager obtains through these tools and processes and believe that our Manager's sophisticated analysis of both macro and micro economic factors will position us to manage cash flows from Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and make distributions to our stockholders while preserving capital. We believe we will also benefit from our Manager's comprehensive finance and administrative infrastructure, including its risk management and financial reporting operations, as well as its business development, legal and compliance teams.

Alignment of our Manager's interests

        We have taken steps to structure our relationship with our Manager so that our interests and those of our Manager are closely aligned. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will issue and sell in a private placement an aggregate of 46,043 shares of our common stock (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements") at $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make such investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of the plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates. These shares will be subject to a two year lock-up agreement with the underwriters that is substantially similar to the 180-day lock-up agreements to be executed by our Manager, our directors and executive officers and the executive officers of our Manager.

        In addition, our equity incentive plans will allow us to grant common stock-based awards to our Manager and its employees, including our executive officers, representing up to 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Upon the completion of this offering, we will grant to our Manager a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. One-third of these shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.

Investment guidelines

        Our board of directors will adopt a set of investment guidelines that sets forth our target asset classes and other criteria to be used by our Manager to evaluate specific assets as well as our overall portfolio composition. Our Manager will make determinations as to the percentage of our assets that will be invested in each of our target asset classes, consistent with the investment guidelines adopted by our board of directors and the limits necessary to maintain compliance with REIT tax rules and our

 

7


Table of Contents

exemption under the 1940 Act. We expect our Manager's investment decisions will depend on prevailing market conditions and may change over time in response to opportunities available in different interest rate, economic and credit environments. As a result, we cannot predict the percentage of our assets that will be invested in any of our target asset classes at any given time, although we expect to focus on investing in Agency RMBS and expect our capital will be initially deployed, subject to prevailing market conditions, as described in "Use of proceeds." We believe that the diversification of our portfolio of assets, our Manager's extensive experience in investing in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and the flexibility of our strategy, combined with our Manager's and its supervised affiliates' general investment and advisory expertise and comprehensive finance and administrative infrastructure, will enable us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns under a variety of market conditions and economic cycles.

        Our investment guidelines may be changed from time to time by our board of directors without the approval of our stockholders. Changes to our investment guidelines may include, without limitation, modification or expansion of the types of assets in which we may invest.

Our financing strategy and leverage

        We will fund the acquisition of our assets through the use of leverage from a number of financing sources, subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT. We intend to finance Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        We intend to use leverage to increase potential returns to our stockholders. We will accomplish this by borrowing against existing assets through repurchase agreements that we intend to enter into upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, and using the proceeds to acquire additional assets. There are no limits on the maximum amount of leverage that we may use, and we are not required to maintain any particular debt-to-equity leverage ratio. We may also change our financing strategy and leverage without the consent of our stockholders.

        We initially expect to borrow between five to nine times the amount of our stockholders' equity (calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP), although there is no minimum or maximum leverage that our investment policies explicitly require. Depending on the different cost of borrowing funds at different maturities, we will vary the maturities of our borrowed funds to attempt to produce lower borrowing costs and reduce interest rate risk. We intend to enter into collateralized borrowings only with institutions that are rated investment grade by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization.

        The leverage that we employ will be specific to each asset class and will be determined based on several factors, including potential asset price volatility, margin requirements, the current cycle for interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, the outlook for interest rates and our ability to use and the effectiveness of interest rate hedges. We analyze both historical volatility and market-driven implied volatility for each asset class in order to determine potential asset price volatility. Our leverage targets attempt to risk-adjust asset classes based on each asset class's potential price volatility. The goal of our leverage strategy is to ensure that, at all times, our investment portfolio's overall leverage ratio is appropriate for the level of risk inherent in the investment portfolio, and that each asset class has individual leverage targets that are appropriate for its potential price volatility.

Risk management

        As part of our risk management strategy, our Manager may seek to actively manage the financing, interest rate, credit, prepayment and convexity risks associated with holding a portfolio of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. We will rely on our Manager's expertise to manage these risks on our behalf and our Manager may incorporate various hedging, asset/liability risk management and credit risk mitigation techniques in order to facilitate our risk management. We may engage in a variety

 

8


Table of Contents

of interest rate management techniques that seek on one hand to mitigate the influence of interest rate changes on the values of some of our assets, and on the other hand help us achieve our risk management objectives. Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may utilize derivative financial instruments, including, among others, puts and calls on securities or indices of securities, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate swaptions (options on interest rate swaps), exchange-traded derivatives, U.S. Treasury securities and options on U.S. Treasury securities and interest rate floors to hedge all or a portion of the interest rate risk associated with the financing of our investment portfolio. We may also purchase interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest cancellable swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate corridors (long interest rate cap positions combined with short interest rate cap positions; a buyer of a corridor purchases a cap position with a lower strike price while selling a cap position with a higher strike price), Eurodollar futures contracts and options on such contracts, and other interest rate and non-interest rate derivatives, including, but not limited to, total return swaps.

        In utilizing leverage and interest rate hedges, our objectives will be to improve risk-adjusted returns and, where possible, to lock in, on a long-term basis, a favorable spread between the yield on our assets and the cost of our financing. However, through the employment of financial leverage in funding our portfolio, mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities can create the risk that we will need to continually renew or otherwise refinance our liabilities. We also retain the risk of potential credit losses on the loans underlying the non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS we may hold. We may seek to manage this risk through our pre-acquisition due diligence process, through the use of non-recourse financing that limits our credit loss exposure to the specific assets that are subject to the non-recourse financing and through the use of derivative financial instruments.

        Our Manager expects to actively employ portfolio-wide and security-specific risk measurement and management processes in our daily operations through tools which will include software and services licensed or purchased from third parties, in addition to proprietary systems and analytical methods developed internally. There can be no assurance, however, that these tools and the other risk management techniques described above will protect us from these risks.

        In addition, our Manager plans to appoint an investment oversight committee that will be made up of senior investment personnel from our Manager and will be tasked with reviewing, considering and approving our interest rate, hedging and leverage strategies. We expect that the investment oversight committee will meet as frequently as necessary in order for us to make rapid investment decisions. The investment oversight committee will also periodically review our investment portfolio and be available to provide updates to our board of directors in connection with its reviews of our investment performance.

Summary risk factors

        An investment in shares of our common stock involves various risks. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below and under the heading "Risk factors" beginning on page 25 of this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment.

    We have no operating history and may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.

    We are dependent on our Manager and its key personnel for our success.

    There are conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Manager that could result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

    Our Manager's management fee is payable regardless of our performance.

 

9


Table of Contents

    We may change any of our strategies, policies or procedures without stockholder consent.

    We have not yet identified any specific investments we may make with the net proceeds of this offering.

    We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets to the extent that distributions exceed earnings or cash flow from our operations.

    We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities and competition may limit our ability to acquire desirable investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and could also affect the pricing of these securities.

    The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

    Adverse developments in the broader residential mortgage market may adversely affect the value of the assets in which we intend to invest.

    The mortgage loans underlying the non-Agency RMBS and the CMBS we may acquire will be subject to defaults, foreclosure, timeline extension, fraud and residential/commercial price depreciation and unfavorable modification of loan principal amount, interest rate and amortization of principal, which could result in losses to us.

    We may be affected by alleged or actual deficiencies in foreclosure practices of third parties, as well as related delays in the foreclosure process.

    We may experience a decline in the market value of our assets.

    Some of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of these investments.

    An increase in interest rates may cause a decrease in the volume of certain of our assets, which could adversely affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives and to generate income and make distributions.

    Changes in prepayment rates may adversely affect our profitability.

    Loss of our exemption from regulation pursuant to the 1940 Act would adversely affect us.

    We expect to use leverage in executing our business strategy, which may adversely affect the return on our assets and may reduce cash available for distribution to our stockholders, as well as increase losses when economic conditions are unfavorable.

    The federal conservatorship of the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and related efforts, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between these agencies and the U.S. Government, may adversely affect our business.

    Mortgage loan modification and refinancing programs and future legislative action may adversely affect the value of, and our returns on, Agency RMBS and our potential target assets.

    Actions of the U.S. Government, including the U.S. Congress, Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies, to stabilize or reform the financial markets may not achieve their intended effect and may adversely affect our business.

    We will be subject to the risk that U.S. Government agencies and/or U.S. Government-sponsored entities may not be able to fully satisfy their guarantees of Agency RMBS or that these guarantee obligations may be repudiated, which may adversely affect the value of our assets and our ability to sell or finance these securities.

 

10


Table of Contents

    If a counterparty to our repurchase transactions defaults on its obligation to resell the underlying security back to us at the end of the transaction term, or if the value of the underlying security has declined as of the end of that term, or if we default on our obligations under the repurchase agreement, we will lose money on our repurchase transactions.

    Failure to procure adequate repurchase agreement financing, which generally have short terms, or to renew or replace repurchase agreement financing as it matures, would adversely affect our results of operations.

    An increase in our borrowing costs relative to the interest we receive on our assets may adversely affect our profitability and cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

    Hedging against interest rate exposure may adversely affect our earnings, which could reduce our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

    Our Manager does not have any experience operating a REIT and we cannot assure you that our Manager's past experience will be sufficient to successfully manage our business as a REIT.

    Our board of directors will approve very broad investment guidelines for our Manager and will not approve each investment and financing decision made by our Manager.

    The management agreement with our Manager was not negotiated on an arm's-length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party and may be costly and difficult to terminate.

    The dilutive effect of the warrants, including in certain circumstances, upon future issuances of our common stock, could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock or otherwise adversely affect the interests of our common stockholders.

    If we do not qualify as a REIT or if we fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we will be subject to tax as a regular corporation and could face a substantial tax liability, which would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

    Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forgo otherwise attractive opportunities.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our structure

        We were organized as a Delaware corporation on June 3, 2009, but have had no operations since that time. We will be externally managed by our Manager, which is our promoter with respect to this offering. Our Manager's parent company, Legg Mason, is also our promoter with respect to this offering.

        The following chart illustrates our expected corporate structure upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements. It also illustrates the relative ownership of our common stock by investors in this offering, our Manager and certain institutional accredited investors in the concurrent private placement of units, in each case immediately after the consummation of (i) this offering, assuming that we sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock herein, (ii) the concurrent private placement of units, assuming we sell 2,231,787 units to certain institutional accredited investors therein, (iii) the concurrent private placement of 46,043 shares to our Manager's deferred compensation plan (equivalent to 0.45% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering and units sold in the private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, subject to a maximum of 50,000 shares), and (iv) the grant of 51,159 shares to our Manager pursuant to our Manager Equity Plan upon the completion of this offering (equivalent to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors). The following chart excludes (i) the 1,200,000 shares of our common stock that are issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option to be granted to the underwriters, (ii) the approximately 1,115,893 shares of our common stock that are initially issuable upon exercise of the warrants sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and (iii) an aggregate of 4,500 shares of our restricted common stock to be granted to our three director nominees pursuant to our Equity Plan upon the completion of this offering.

CHART


(1)
Consists of (i) 46,043 shares of our common stock to be issued and sold at $20.00 per share in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan and (ii) 51,159 shares of our restricted common stock (equivalent to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares sold in this offering and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors) that we will grant to our Manager pursuant to our Manager Equity Plan upon the completion of this offering. As our Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, a publicly traded company, the board of directors of Legg Mason has investment control and dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock held by our Manager.

 

12


Table of Contents

Management agreement

        We will be externally managed and advised by our Manager. We expect to benefit from the personnel, infrastructure, relationships and experience of our Manager to enhance the growth of our business. All of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, are employees of our Manager. Although our current chief financial officer is an employee of our Manager, we anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. We do not anticipate having any future employees other than a chief financial officer and support staff for the chief financial officer. Our Manager does not serve us exclusively and is not obligated to dedicate any of its personnel to us, nor is our Manager or its personnel obligated to dedicate any specific portion of its or their time to our business.

        Concurrently with the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager will implement our business strategy and perform certain services for us, subject to oversight by our board of directors. Our Manager will be responsible for, among other duties, (1) performing all of our day-to-day functions, (2) determining investment criteria in conjunction with our board of directors, (3) sourcing, analyzing and executing investments, asset sales and financings, (4) performing asset management duties and (5) performing financial and accounting management.

        The initial term of the management agreement will end three years after the closing of this offering, with automatic one-year renewal terms that end on the anniversary of the closing of this offering. Our independent directors will review our Manager's performance annually and, following the initial three-year term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our independent directors based upon: (1) our Manager's unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us or (2) our determination that any fees payable to our Manager are not fair, subject to our Manager's right to prevent termination based on unfair fees by accepting a reduction of management fees agreed to by at least two-thirds of our independent directors. We will provide our Manager with 180 days prior notice of such termination. Upon such a termination, we will pay our Manager a termination fee as described in the table below. We may also terminate the management agreement at any time, including during the initial term, with 30 days prior notice from our board of directors, without payment of a termination fee, for cause, as defined in the management agreement. Our Manager may terminate the management agreement if we become required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event, in which case we would not be required to pay a termination fee. Our Manager may also decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days written notice, in which case we would not be required to pay a termination fee.

 

13


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes the fees and expense reimbursements that we will pay to our Manager:

Type
  Description   Payment

Management fee

  Our Manager will be entitled to a management fee equal to 1.5% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, of our stockholders' equity.   Quarterly in cash.

 

For purposes of calculating the management fee, our "stockholders' equity" means the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of our equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus our retained earnings, calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less any amount that we pay for repurchases of our shares of common stock, excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items that have impacted stockholders' equity as reported in our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income, and excluding one-time events pursuant to changes in U.S. GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between our Manager and our independent directors and after approval by a majority of our independent directors. However, if our stockholders' equity for any given quarter is negative based on the calculation described above, our Manager will not be entitled to receive any management fee for that quarter.

   

 

Assuming that we sell 8,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering (which assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the management fee payable to our Manager for the 12-month period beginning on June 1, 2012 (assuming no additional equity is issued within this 12-month period) would be approximately $3.1 million.

   

Expense reimbursement

 

Reimbursement of operating expenses related to us incurred by our Manager, including legal, accounting, due diligence and other services. We will not reimburse our Manager or its affiliates for the salaries and other compensation of their personnel.

 

Monthly in cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Type
  Description   Payment

Termination fee

 

Termination fee equal to three times the average annual management fee earned by our Manager during the prior 24-month period prior to such termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to such termination. See "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement—Term and termination."

 

Upon termination of the management agreement by us without cause or by our Manager if we materially breach the management agreement.

Equity incentive plans

 

Our equity incentive plans include provisions for grants of restricted common stock and other equity based awards to our Manager and its employees and to our directors and officers. The total number of shares that may be made subject to awards under our equity incentive plans will be equal to an aggregate of 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares in this offering, 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the number of shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance will be 308,335 shares. See "Management—Equity incentive plans" for a further description of the terms of these plans.

 

Administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will grant to our Manager pursuant to our Manager Equity Plan, which is one of our equity incentive plans, a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares in this offering and 2,231,787 units in such concurrent private placement, we will grant to our Manager 51,159 shares of restricted common stock. One-third of these shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. Upon the completion of this offering, we will also grant to each of our three director nominees 1,500 shares of restricted common stock, each of which grants will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date.

   

 

See "Management—Equity incentive plans" for a further description of the vesting terms of the initial grants of restricted common stock to our Manager and our three director nominees.

   

 

15


Table of Contents

Concurrent private placements

Concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors

        Concurrently with, and conditional upon the consummation of, this offering, we will complete a private placement in which we will sell 2,231,787 units to certain institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in paragraphs (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act), each of which is also a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), provided we sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering. Each unit will consist of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 of a share of our common stock. We refer to the shares of our common stock comprising a part of the units as the private placement shares. The purchase price for each unit is $20.00 per unit. Each private placement warrant will have an exercise price of $20.50 per share, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of customary events triggering an anti-dilution adjustment and certain sales of our common stock and subject to certain limitations on exercise. Based upon the terms of an investment in our units by certain investors, we would sell 2,231,787 units in such private placement to these certain institutional accredited investors if we also sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering (excluding any exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option). If the underwriters of this offering exercise their over-allotment option in full, we would also sell to certain of these institutional accredited investors in the private placement an additional number of units equal to approximately 15.1% of the number of shares issued and sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

        Based upon the proposed terms of an investment in our units by certain institutional accredited investors in such private placement, if we sell at least 7,798,936 shares in this offering, we would sell (i) 875,000 units, plus (ii) an additional number of units equal to 13.13% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of (a) this offering, including any shares issued upon any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, (b) the private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, (c) the purchase of shares by our Manager's deferred compensation plan as described below and (d) the grants of shares under our equity incentive plans (collectively, the "concurrent transactions"). For illustrative purposes only, if we sell a total of 8,500,000 shares in this offering, we will sell 2,308,188 units in the private placement.

        Based upon the proposed terms of an investment in our units by certain institutional accredited investors in such private placement to certain institutional accredited investors (i), if we sell fewer than 7,798,936 shares in this offering, we would sell (a) 875,000 units, plus (b) an additional number of units equal to 9.80% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of the concurrent transactions described in the preceding paragraph, and (ii) if we sell fewer than 5,000,000 shares in this offering, we would sell 875,000 units in such private placement. For illustrative purposes only, if we sell a total of 7,000,000 shares in this offering, we will sell 1,740,109 units in the private placement to certain institutional accredited investors.

        Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., one of the underwriters of this offering, served as our placement agent for the private placement of units. Our Manager has agreed to pay our placement agent a placement agent fee payable with respect to each unit sold to certain institutional accredited investors with which our placement agent has a pre-existing business relationship. No placement agent fee will be payable with respect to units sold to institutional accredited investors with which our Manager has a pre-existing business relationship.

Concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan

        In addition, concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will also issue and sell in a private placement a number of shares of our common stock for $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan that is equal to 0.45% of the aggregate number of (i) the shares sold in

 

16


Table of Contents

this offering (excluding any shares that would be sold if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option), and (ii) the units sold in the private placement to certain institutional accredited investors (excluding any additional units that may sold to certain of these investors if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option), subject to a maximum of 50,000 shares. Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares in this offering and 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, we will sell 46,043 shares of our common stock in a concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan. Our Manager's deferred compensation plan will make this investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executes and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates.

        We and our Manager have, and each of our executive officers and directors and each executive officer of our Manager has, agreed with the underwriters to a 180-day lock-up period (subject to extension in certain circumstances), meaning that, until the end of the 180-day lock-up period, we and our Manager, and each of our executive officers and directors and each executive officer of our Manager, will not, subject to certain exceptions, sell or transfer any shares of common stock without the prior consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., which are acting as the representatives of the underwriters in this offering. In addition, the shares of common stock to be sold in the private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan will be subject to a two year lock-up agreement with the underwriters that is substantially similar to the lock-up agreements to be executed by our Manager, our directors and executive officers and the executive officers of our Manager.

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers in the concurrent private placements and our Manager pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock comprising a part of the units, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the shares of common stock to be sold to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, and any shares of common stock that we will or may grant to our Manager under the Manager Equity Plan, which we collectively refer to as the registrable shares. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, all holders of the registrable shares and their direct and indirect transferees will have the right to demand that we cause their registrable shares to be registered for resale on a registration statement; however, we will not be required to file such registration statement until 180 days after the consummation of this offering and the concurrent private placements. The registration rights agreement also requires us to file a "shelf registration statement" for the remaining registerable shares as soon as practicable after we become eligible to use Form S-3 and we must maintain the effectiveness of this shelf registration statement until all the registerable shares have been sold under the shelf registration statement or sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. At any time prior to the filing of this shelf registration statement, if we propose to file a registration statement providing for a public offering, the holders of registerable shares may also request to have their shares included on this registration statement pursuant to the registration rights agreement. See " Shares eligible for future sale—Registration rights."

Conflicts of interest

Dependence on our Manager and its personnel

        We are dependent on our Manager for our day-to-day management. All of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, are employees of our Manager. Although our current chief financial officer is an employee of our Manager, we anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. We do not anticipate having any future employees other than a chief financial officer and support staff for the chief financial officer. Our Manager does not serve us exclusively and is not obligated to dedicate any of its personnel to us. Because our Manager serves other clients in addition to us, it is difficult to estimate the amount of time our Manager or its personnel will allocate

 

17


Table of Contents

to our business. The obligations of our Manager and its officers and personnel to engage in other business activities may reduce the time our Manager and its officers and personnel spend managing us.

Management agreement and fees

        Our management agreement with our Manager was negotiated between related parties and its terms, including fees and other amounts payable, may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated at arm's length with an unaffiliated third party.

        We have agreed to pay our Manager a management fee that is not tied to our performance. The management fee may not sufficiently incentivize our Manager to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for us. This could hurt both our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.

Investment allocation policies

        Our Manager has an investment allocation policy in place that is designed to treat all of its client accounts fairly and equitably with the goal of providing all clients with the best execution under the circumstances for transactions in fixed-income securities. Our Manager's investment allocation policy provides that no single client is intentionally favored over another and the procedures associated with this policy require our Manager's investment management department to allocate trades in a fair and equitable manner. When possible, in order to minimize transaction costs and seek best execution for all client accounts, transactions may be bunched or blocked together, with securities generally allocated to client accounts on a pro rata basis. According to our Manager's investment allocation policy, investments may be allocated by taking into account factors, including but not limited to investment goals or guidelines, available cash, liquidity requirements, odd lot positions, minimum allocations, existing portfolio holdings compared to target weightings, regulatory and legal restrictions and the tax implications of an investment. Our Manager's investment allocation policy requires that these bunched or blocked trades be allocated on the same day they are executed and requires that all clients receive the same average cost for the transaction.

        Our Manager periodically reviews its client accounts to identify situations where a potential conflict may exist, and when appropriate, may design specific procedures to address these situations. The investment allocation policy may be amended by our Manager at any time without our consent. To the extent that our Manager's or our business changes in such a way as to give rise to conflicts not currently addressed by our Manager's investment allocation policy, our Manager may need to refine its investment allocation policy to address such situation. Our independent directors will review our Manager's compliance with its investment allocation policy and the conflicts or potential conflicts of interest surrounding our Manager. In addition, to avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with our Manager, prior to an acquisition of any security structured or issued by an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates or the purchase or sale of any asset from or to an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates, such transaction must be approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors.

Other clients of our Manager

        We do not have any agreement or understanding with our Manager that would give us any priority over any other client of our Manager in opportunities to invest in Agency RMBS or any class of our potential target assets. Accordingly, we may compete for investment opportunities in these asset classes directly with other investment portfolios managed by our Manager. As discussed further below, several investment portfolios managed by our Manager invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and a substantial number of investment portfolios managed by our Manager have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. In

 

18


Table of Contents

addition, our Manager may in the future have additional clients that may compete with us for investment opportunities in Agency RMBS and our potential our target assets.

        As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had a total of $443 billion in assets under management. Of this total, $61.5 billion was invested in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, of which $37.6 billion was invested in Agency RMBS, $13.8 billion in non-Agency RMBS, $2.4 billion in CMBS and $7.7 billion in ABS. Our Manager manages a number of portfolios in strategies that invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. These portfolios include mutual funds, private commingled investment vehicles and separate accounts. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $2.1 billion in 15 separate accounts and $5.3 billion in six commingled investment vehicles, which include mutual funds and private commingled investment vehicles, that invest primarily in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Of these 21 portfolios, six are included in the commingled investment vehicles for which we have provided further information under "Our Manager and the management agreement—Historical performance of our Manager's investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets."

        Our Manager also manages broad market portfolios that may have a material allocation to real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, but have not invested primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets. Our Manager's broad market strategies that have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets but do not invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets include the following:

    US Core: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $7.2 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 51 US Core portfolios.

    US Core Full: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $30.0 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 166 US Core Full portfolios.

    US Enhanced Cash: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $1.8 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 16 US Enhanced Cash portfolios.

    US Index Plus: These portfolios use a synthetic index component that provides exposure to the equity benchmark through the use of derivatives, and a short duration component that employs a long term value-oriented approach utilizing diversified strategies and covering all sectors of the fixed-income market in an attempt to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.8 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 14 US Index Plus accounts.

    US Intermediate: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $2.1 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 29 US Intermediate portfolios.

    US Limited Duration: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.9 billion in 13 US Limited Duration portfolios.

 

19


Table of Contents

    Total Return Unconstrained: These portfolios employ an actively managed, diversified fixed-income strategy. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $1.1 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 14 Total Return Unconstrained portfolios.

    Global Core Full: These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.5 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 18 Global Core Full accounts.

Other business activities of our affiliates

        We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. However, subject to our Manager's investment allocation policy, our code of conduct contains a conflicts of interest policy that prohibits our directors, officers and personnel, as well as employees of our Manager who provide services to us, from engaging in any transaction that involves an actual conflict of interest with us.

REIT qualification

        We intend to elect and qualify as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares. We believe that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

        So long as we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our net taxable income we distribute currently to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year during which we lost our REIT qualification. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income or property.

1940 Act exemption

        We intend to conduct our business so as not to become regulated as an investment company under the 1940 Act in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the 1940 Act. Section 3(c)(5)(C), as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, requires us to invest at least 55% of our assets in "mortgages and other liens on and interest in real estate," or "qualifying real estate interests," and at least 80% of our assets in qualifying real estate interests plus "real estate-related assets." In satisfying this 55% requirement, based on pronouncements of the SEC staff, we may treat Agency RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans in which we hold all of the certificates issued by the pool as qualifying real estate interests. The SEC staff has not issued guidance with respect to whole pool Non-Agency RMBS. Accordingly, based on our own judgment and analysis of the SEC's pronouncements with respect to whole pool Agency RMBS, we may also treat Non-Agency RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans in which we hold all of the certificates issued by the pool as qualifying real estate interests. We may also treat whole mortgage loans that we acquire directly as qualifying real estate interests provided that 100% of the loan is secured by real estate when we acquire it and we have the unilateral right to foreclose on the

 

20


Table of Contents

mortgage. We currently intend to treat partial pool Agency and Non-Agency RMBS and partial pool CMBS as real estate-related assets. We will treat any interest rate swaps or other derivative hedging transactions we enter into as miscellaneous assets that will not exceed 20% of our total assets. We expect to rely on guidance published by the SEC staff or on our analyses of guidance published with respect to other types of assets to determine which assets are qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets.

        The SEC recently solicited public comment on a wide range of issues relating to Section 3(c)(5)(C), including the nature of the assets that qualify for purposes of the exemption and whether mortgage REITs should be regulated in a manner similar to investment companies. There can be no assurance that the laws and regulations governing the 1940 Act status of REITs, including the guidance of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC regarding this exemption, will not change in a manner that adversely affects our operations. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to these matters, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could require us to hold assets we might wish to sell or to sell assets we might wish to hold. To the extent that the SEC staff provides more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the exemption we rely on from the 1940 Act, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. Any additional guidance from the SEC staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the strategies we have chosen.

        See "Business—Operating and regulatory structure—1940 Act exemption" for a further discussion of the exemption from registration under the 1940 Act that we expect to rely on and the treatment of certain of our targeted asset classes for purposes of such exemptions.

        Qualification for exemption from registration under the 1940 Act will limit our ability to make certain investments. See "Risk factors—Risks related to our business—Loss of our exemption from regulation pursuant to the 1940 Act would adversely affect us."

Restrictions on ownership of our common stock

        To assist us in complying with the limitations on the concentration of ownership of a REIT imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, among other purposes, our certificate of incorporation prohibits, with certain exceptions, any stockholder from beneficially or constructively owning, applying certain attribution rules under the Internal Revenue Code, more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common stock, or 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding capital stock. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, waive the 9.8% ownership limit with respect to a particular stockholder; provided, however, that our board of directors may only waive the 9.8% ownership limit after it is presented with evidence satisfactory to it that such ownership will not then or in the future jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.

        Our certificate of incorporation also prohibits any person from, among other things:

    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock that would result in our being "closely held" under Section 856(h) of the Internal Revenue Code, or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

    transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in our capital stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons.

        In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that any ownership or purported transfer of our capital stock in violation of the foregoing restrictions will result in the shares so owned or transferred being automatically transferred to a charitable trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and the purported owner or transferee acquiring no rights in such shares. If a transfer to a

 

21


Table of Contents

charitable trust would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of the restriction, the transfer resulting in such violation will be void from the time of such purported transfer.

Emerging growth company status

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not made a decision whether to take advantage of any or all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We may take advantage of such an extended transition period. If we do take advantage of this extended transition period, we would not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

        We could remain an "emerging growth company" for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Our corporate information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. Our telephone number is (626) 844-9400. Our website is www.westernassetmcc.com. The contents of our website are not a part of this prospectus. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

22


Table of Contents


The offering

Common stock offered by us

  8,000,000 shares (plus up to an additional 1,200,000 shares of our common stock that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option).

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

10,333,489 shares. (1)

Use of proceeds

 

In this offering, we are offering 8,000,000 shares of our common stock at $20.00 per share. Assuming no shares are issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares, this offering would result in gross proceeds of $160.0 million to us. Concurrently with, and conditional upon the consummation of, this offering, we will also issue and sell (i) 2,231,787 units, with each unit consisting of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 share of our common stock, to certain institutional accredited investors for $20.00 per unit, and (ii) 46,043 shares of our common stock, at a price of $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan in another private placement, in each case subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements." The sale of our securities in these two private placements would result in gross proceeds of $45.6 million to us. Our Manager has agreed to pay the $        per share underwriting discount payable with respect to each share sold in this offering and the placement agent fee payable with respect to each unit sold in the concurrent private placement of units to certain institutional accredited investors (other than to investors who have a pre-existing business relationship with our Manager for which there will not be any placement agent fee payable). No placement agent fee or underwriting discount will be payable with respect to the shares of common stock we will sell to our Manager's deferred compensation plan. We currently estimate the expenses attributable to our organization, this offering and the two private placements (other than the underwriting discount and the placement agent fee payable by our Manager) to be $1.2 million. If these total expenses exceed $1.2 million, our Manager has agreed to reimburse us for any expenses that exceed this amount. Therefore, we estimate that our aggregate net proceeds from this offering and the two private placements will be $204.4 million, after deducting estimated organizational and offering expenses payable by us (or $232.0 million, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).


(1)
Includes (i) 2,231,787 shares of our common stock included in the units to be issued and sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, (ii) 46,043 shares of our common stock to be issued and sold in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements," (iii) 51,159 shares of our restricted common stock that we will grant to our Manager pursuant to our Manager Equity Plan and (iv) an aggregate of 4,500 shares of our restricted common stock to be granted to our three director nominees pursuant to our Equity Plan, each upon the closing of this offering. Excludes 252,676 shares of our common stock reserved that remain available for future grant under our equity incentive plans after giving effect to the grant of an aggregate of 55,659 shares concurrently with the closing of this offering. See "Management—Equity incentive plans."

 

23


Table of Contents

  We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to purchase Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, focusing predominantly on Agency RMBS. Subject to prevailing market conditions at the time of purchase, we currently expect that the capital we deploy will be used initially to purchase Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in the following ranges: approximately 85-100% Agency RMBS, approximately 0-15% non-Agency RMBS, approximately 0-5% CMBS and approximately 0-5% ABS.

 

Until appropriate investments can be identified, our Manager may invest these proceeds in interest-bearing short-term investments, including money market accounts and/or funds, that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT and maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. These initial investments, if any, are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. We anticipate that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets within approximately one to two months after the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placements. However, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities and subject to prevailing market conditions, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of investments within this timeframe. See "Use of proceeds."

Distribution policy

 

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income. We generally intend to pay quarterly dividends to our stockholders in an amount equal to our net taxable income. We plan to pay our first distribution in respect of the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2012, which may be prior to the time that we have fully invested the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements in investments in Agency RMBS.

 

We cannot assure you that we will make any distributions to our stockholders. Any distributions that we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our actual results of operations. These results and our ability to pay distributions will be affected by various factors, including the net interest and other income from our portfolio, our operating expenses and any other expenditures. For more information, see "Distribution policy."

New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"WMC"

 

24


Table of Contents

Ownership and transfer restrictions

 

To assist us in complying with limitations on the concentration of ownership of a REIT imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, among other purposes, our certificate of incorporation generally prohibits, among other prohibitions, any stockholder from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common stock, or 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding capital stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our capital stock."

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading "Risk factors" beginning on page 25 of this prospectus and all other information in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

25


Table of Contents


Risk factors

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks related to our business

We have no operating history and may not be able to successfully operate our business or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.

        We were organized as a Delaware corporation on June 3, 2009, but have had no operations since that time. We filed a Certificate of Dissolution in Delaware on May 5, 2010 and revoked such dissolution by filing a Certificate of Revocation of Dissolution on March 24, 2011. We have no operating history. We have no assets and will commence operations only upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our operating policies and strategies as described in this prospectus. The results of our operations depend on several factors, including the availability of opportunities for the acquisition of assets, the level and volatility of interest rates, the availability of adequate short and long-term financing, conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions.

We may change any of our strategies, policies or procedures without stockholder consent.

        We may change any of our strategies, policies or procedures with respect to investments, acquisitions, growth, operations, indebtedness, capitalization, distributions, financing strategy and leverage at any time without the consent of our stockholders, which could result in an investment portfolio with a different risk profile. A change in our investment strategy may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, default risk and real estate market fluctuations. Furthermore, a change in our asset allocation could result in our making investments in asset categories different from those described in this prospectus. These changes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

We have not yet identified any specific investments we may make with the net proceeds of this offering.

        We have not yet identified any specific investments we may make with the net proceeds of this offering and as a result, you will not be able to evaluate any proposed investments before purchasing shares of our common stock. Additionally, our investments will be selected by our Manager and our stockholders will not have input into such investment decisions. Both of these factors will increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in shares of our common stock.

        Until appropriate investments can be identified, our Manager may invest the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements in interest-bearing short-term investments, including money market accounts and/or funds, that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These initial investments, if any, are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in Agency RMBS. We anticipate that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of investments in Agency RMBS within approximately one to two months after the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placements. However, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities and subject to prevailing market conditions, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of investments within this timeframe. See "Use of proceeds." Our Manager intends to conduct due diligence with respect to each investment and suitable investment opportunities may not be immediately available. Even if opportunities are available, there

26


Table of Contents

can be no assurance that our Manager's due diligence processes will uncover all relevant facts or that any investment will be successful.

        Furthermore, you will be unable to evaluate the manner in which the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements will be invested or the economic merit of our expected investments and, as a result, we may use the net proceeds from these offerings to make investments with which you may not agree. The failure of our management to apply these proceeds effectively or find investments that meet our investment criteria in sufficient time or on acceptable terms could result in unfavorable returns, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our stockholders, and could cause the value of our common stock to decline.

Risks related to our investing strategy

Mortgage loan modification and refinancing programs and future legislative action may adversely affect the value of, and our returns on, Agency RMBS and our potential target assets.

        The U.S. Government, through the U.S. Federal Reserve, the Federal Housing Administration, or the FHA, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, has implemented a number of federal programs designed to assist homeowners, including the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP, which provides homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures, the Hope for Homeowners Program, or H4H Program, or HARP, which allows certain distressed borrowers to refinance their mortgages into FHA-insured loans in order to avoid residential mortgage loan foreclosures, and the Home Affordable Refinance Program, which allows borrowers who are current on their mortgage payments to refinance and reduce their monthly mortgage payments at loan-to-value ratios up to 125% (and, in some cases, above 125%) without new mortgage insurance. HAMP, the H4H Program and other loss mitigation programs may involve, among other things, the modification of mortgage loans to reduce the principal amount of the loans (through forbearance and/or forgiveness) and/or the rate of interest payable on the loans, or the extension of payment terms of the loans.

        In September 2011, the White House announced they are working on a major plan to allow certain homeowners who owe more on their mortgages than their homes are worth to refinance. In October 2011, the FHFA announced changes to the HARP to expand access to refinancing for qualified individuals and families whose homes have lost value, including increasing the HARP loan-to-value ratio above 125%. However, this would only apply to mortgages guaranteed by the U.S. government-sponsored entities. There are many challenging issues to this proposal, notably the question as to whether a loan with a loan-to-value ratio of 125% qualifies as a mortgage or an unsecured consumer loan. The chances of this initiative's success have created additional uncertainty in the Agency RMBS market, particularly with respect to possible increases in prepayment rates. On January 4, 2012, the U.S. Federal Reserve issued a white paper outlining additional ideas with regard to refinancings and loan modifications. It is likely that loan modifications would result in increased prepayments on some Agency RMBS.

        Especially with non-Agency RMBS, a significant number of loan modifications with respect to a given security, including, but not limited to, those related to principal forgiveness and coupon reduction, resulting in increased prepayment rates, could negatively impact the realized yields and cash flows on such security. These loan modification programs, future legislative or regulatory actions, including possible amendments to the bankruptcy laws, which result in the modification of outstanding residential mortgage loans, as well as changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans with the Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or FHLMC, or the Government National Mortgage Association, or GNMA,

27


Table of Contents

may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, Agency RMBS and our potential target assets that we may purchase.

Actions of the U.S. Government, including the U.S. Congress, Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies, to stabilize or reform the financial markets, or market responses to those actions, may not achieve the intended effect and may adversely affect our business.

        In response to the financial issues affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to commercial banks, investment banks and other financial institutions, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act, or EESA, was enacted by the U.S. Congress in 2008. There can be no assurance that the EESA or any other U.S. government actions will have a beneficial impact on the financial markets. To the extent the markets do not respond favorably to any such actions by the U.S. government or such actions do not function as intended, our business may not receive the anticipated positive impact from the legislation and such result may have broad adverse market implications.

        In July 2010, the U.S. Congress enacted the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, in part to impose significant investment restrictions and capital requirements on banking entities and other organizations that are significant to U.S. financial markets. For instance, the Dodd-Frank Act will impose significant restrictions on the proprietary trading activities of certain banking entities and subject other systemically significant organizations regulated by the U.S. Federal Reserve to increased capital requirements and quantitative limits for engaging in such activities. The Dodd-Frank Act also seeks to reform the asset-backed securitization market (including the mortgage-backed securities market) by requiring the retention of a portion of the credit risk inherent in the pool of securitized assets and by imposing additional registration and disclosure requirements. Certain of the new requirements and restrictions exempt Agency RMBS, other government issued or guaranteed securities, or other securities. Nonetheless, the Dodd-Frank Act also imposes significant regulatory restrictions on the origination of residential mortgage loans. While the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act cannot be assessed until all implementing regulations are released, the Dodd-Frank Act's extensive requirements may have a significant effect on the financial markets, and may affect the availability or terms of financing from our lender counterparties and the availability or terms of mortgage-backed securities, both of which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken or are considering taking other actions to address the financial crisis. We cannot predict whether or when such actions may occur or what effect, if any, such actions could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The federal conservatorship of FNMA and FHLMC and related efforts, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between these agencies and the U.S. Government, may adversely affect our business.

        The payments of principal and interest we receive on our Agency RMBS, which depend directly upon payments on the mortgages underlying such securities, are guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. FNMA and FHLMC are U.S. Government-sponsored entities, or GSEs, but their guarantees are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is part of a U.S. Government agency and its guarantees are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

        In response to general market instability and, more specifically, the financial conditions of FNMA and FHLMC, in July 2008, the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, or HERA, established a new regulator for FNMA and FHLMC, the U.S. Federal Housing Finance Agency, or the FHFA. In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury, the FHFA and the U.S. Federal Reserve announced a comprehensive action plan to help stabilize the financial markets, support the availability of mortgage

28


Table of Contents

financing and protect taxpayers. Under this plan, among other things, the FHFA was appointed as conservator of both FNMA and FHLMC, allowing the FHFA to control the actions of the two GSEs, without forcing them to liquidate, which would be the case under receivership. Importantly, the primary focus of the plan was to increase the availability of mortgage financing by allowing these GSEs to continue to grow their guarantee business without limit, while limiting the size of their retained mortgage and agency security portfolios and requiring that these portfolios be reduced over time.

        Although the U.S. Government has committed to support the positive net worth of FNMA and FHLMC through 2012, there can be no assurance that these actions will be adequate for their needs. These uncertainties lead to questions about the availability of, and trading market for, Agency RMBS. Despite the steps taken by the U.S. Government, FNMA and FHLMC could default on their guarantee obligations which would materially and adversely affect the value of our Agency RMBS. Accordingly, if these government actions are inadequate and the GSEs continue to suffer losses or cease to exist, our business, operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

        In addition, the problems faced by FNMA and FHLMC resulting in their being placed into federal conservatorship and receiving significant U.S. Government support have sparked serious debate among federal policy makers regarding the continued role of the U.S. Government in providing liquidity for mortgage loans. The future roles of FNMA and FHLMC could be significantly reduced and the nature of their guarantee obligations could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Any such changes to the nature of their guarantee obligations could redefine what constitutes an agency security and could have broad adverse implications for the market and our business, operations and financial condition. If FNMA or FHLMC were eliminated, or their structures were to change radically ( i.e. , limitation or removal of the guarantee obligation), or their market share reduced because of required price increases or lower limits on the loans they can guarantee, we could be unable to acquire additional Agency RMBS and our existing Agency RMBS could be materially and adversely impacted.

        We could be negatively affected in a number of ways depending on the manner in which related events unfold for FNMA and FHLMC. We will rely on our Agency RMBS (as well as non-Agency RMBS) as collateral for our financings under the repurchase agreements that we intend to enter into upon the completion of this offering. Any decline in their value, or perceived market uncertainty about their value, would make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on our Agency RMBS on acceptable terms or at all, or to maintain our compliance with the terms of any financing transactions. Further, the current support provided by the U.S. Treasury to FNMA and FHLMC, and any additional support it may provide in the future, could have the effect of lowering the interest rates we expect to receive from Agency RMBS, thereby tightening the spread between the interest we earn on our Agency RMBS and the cost of financing those assets. A reduction in the supply of Agency RMBS could also negatively affect the pricing of Agency RMBS by reducing the spread between the interest we earn on our investment portfolio of Agency RMBS and our cost of financing that portfolio.

        As indicated above, recent legislation has changed the relationship between FNMA and FHLMC and the U.S. Government. Future legislation could further change the relationship between FNMA and FHLMC and the U.S. Government, and could also nationalize, privatize, or eliminate such entities entirely. Any law affecting these GSEs may create market uncertainty and have the effect of reducing the actual or perceived credit quality of securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA or FHLMC. As a result, such laws could increase the risk of loss on our investments in Agency RMBS guaranteed by FNMA and/or FHLMC. It also is possible that such laws could adversely impact the market for such securities and spreads at which they trade. All of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

We will be subject to the risk that U.S. Government agencies and/or GSEs may not be able to fully satisfy their guarantees of Agency RMBS or that these guarantee obligations may be repudiated, which may adversely affect the value of our assets and our ability to sell or finance these securities.

        The interest and principal payments we will receive on the Agency RMBS in which we intend to invest will be guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or the GNMA. Unlike the GNMA securities in which we may invest, the principal and interest on securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC are not guaranteed by the U.S. government. All the Agency RMBS in which we intend to invest depend on a steady stream of payments on the mortgages underlying the securities.

        As conservator of FNMA and FHLMC, the FHFA may disaffirm or repudiate contracts (subject to certain limitations for qualified financial contracts) that FHLMC or FNMA entered into prior to the FHFA's appointment as conservator if it determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that disaffirmation or repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of its affairs. The HERA requires the FHFA to exercise its right to disaffirm or repudiate most contracts within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator. FNMA and FHLMC have disclosed that the FHFA has disaffirmed certain consulting and other contracts that these entities entered into prior to the FHFA's appointment as conservator. FHLMC and FNMA have also disclosed that the FHFA has advised that it does not intend to repudiate any guarantee obligation relating to FNMA and FHLMC's mortgage-related securities, because the FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. In addition, the HERA provides that mortgage loans and mortgage-related assets that have been transferred to a FHLMC or FNMA securitization trust must be held for the beneficial owners of the related mortgage-related securities, and cannot be used to satisfy the general creditors of FHLMC or FNMA.

        If the guarantee obligations of FHLMC or FNMA were repudiated by FHFA, payments of principal and/or interest to holders of Agency RMBS issued by FHLMC or FNMA would be reduced in the event of any borrowers' late payments or failure to pay or a servicer's failure to remit borrower payments to the trust. In that case, trust administration and servicing fees could be paid from mortgage payments prior to distributions to holders of Agency RMBS. Any actual direct compensatory damages owed due to the repudiation of FHLMC or FNMA's guarantee obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by holders of Agency RMBS. FHFA also has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FHLMC or FNMA, including its guarantee obligation, without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer FHLMC or FNMA's guarantee obligations to another party, holders of Agency RMBS would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guarantee obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities and competition may limit our ability to acquire desirable investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and could also affect the pricing of these securities.

        We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities. Our profitability depends, in large part, on our ability to acquire Agency RMBS and our potential target assets at attractive prices. In acquiring these assets, we will compete with a variety of institutional investors, including other REITs, specialty finance companies, public and private funds (including other funds managed by our Manager), commercial and investment banks, commercial finance and insurance companies and other financial institutions. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Several other REITs have recently raised, or are expected to raise, significant amounts of capital, and may have investment objectives that overlap with ours, which may create additional competition for investment opportunities. Some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that may not be available to us, such as funding from the U.S. Government. Many of our competitors are not subject to the operating constraints associated with REIT tax compliance or maintenance of an exemption from

30


Table of Contents

the 1940 Act. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, competition for investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets may lead to the price of such assets increasing, which may further limit our ability to generate desired returns. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, desirable investments in these assets may be limited in the future and we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, as we can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objectives.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

        We expect that the assets that we will acquire will not be publicly traded. A lack of liquidity may result from the absence of a willing buyer or an established market for these assets, as well as legal or contractual restrictions on resale or the unavailability of financing for these assets. In addition, mortgage-related assets generally experience periods of illiquidity, including the recent period of delinquencies and defaults with respect to residential and commercial mortgage loans. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need or desire arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Further, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a business entity to the extent that we or our Manager has or could be attributed with material, non-public information regarding such business entity. As a result, our ability to vary our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions may be relatively limited, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse developments in the broader residential mortgage market may adversely affect the value of the assets in which we intend to invest.

        Since 2007, the residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced a variety of unprecedented difficulties and changed economic conditions, including defaults, credit losses and liquidity concerns. Certain commercial banks, investment banks and insurance companies announced extensive losses from exposure to the residential mortgage market. These losses reduced financial industry capital, leading to reduced liquidity for some institutions. These factors have impacted investor perception of the risk associated with real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and other high-quality RMBS assets. As a result, values for RMBS assets, including some Agency RMBS and other AAA-rated RMBS assets, have experienced a certain amount of volatility. Further increased volatility and deterioration in the broader residential mortgage and RMBS markets may adversely affect the performance and market value of the Agency and non-Agency RMBS in which we intend to invest.

        We intend to invest in Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS. We will need to rely on our securities as collateral for our financings. Any decline in their value, or perceived market uncertainty about their value, would likely make it difficult for us to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all, or maintain our compliance with terms of any financing arrangements already in place. The securities we intend to acquire will be classified for accounting purposes as available-for-sale. All assets classified as available-for-sale will be reported at fair value, based on market prices from third-party sources, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. As a result, a decline in fair values may reduce the book value of our assets. Moreover, if the decline in fair value of an available-for-sale security is other-than-temporarily

31


Table of Contents

impaired, such decline will reduce earnings. If market conditions result in a decline in the fair value of our assets, our financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

A prolonged economic recession and further declining real estate values could impair our assets and harm our operations.

        The risks associated with our business are more severe during economic recessions and are compounded by declining real estate values. The non-Agency RMBS in which we may invest a part of our capital will be particularly sensitive to these risks. Declining real estate values will likely reduce the level of new mortgage loan originations since borrowers often use appreciation in the value of their existing properties to support the purchase of additional properties. Borrowers will also be less able to pay principal and interest on loans underlying the securities in which we invest if the value of residential real estate weakens further. Further, declining real estate values significantly increase the likelihood that we will incur losses on non-Agency RMBS in the event of default because the value of collateral on the mortgages underlying such securities may be insufficient to cover the outstanding principal amount of the loan. Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, foreclosures or losses could adversely affect both our net interest income from non-Agency RMBS in our portfolio, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our investments in non-Agency RMBS are generally subject to losses.

        We may acquire non-Agency RMBS. In general, losses on a mortgaged property securing a mortgage loan included in a securitization will be borne first by the equity holder of the property, then by a cash reserve fund or letter of credit, if any, then by the holder of a mezzanine loan or B-Note, if any, then by the "first loss" subordinated security holder and then by the holder of a higher-rated security. In the event of default and the exhaustion of any equity support, reserve fund, letter of credit, mezzanine loans or B-Notes, and any classes of securities junior to those in which we invest, we will not be able to recover all of our investment in the securities we purchase. In addition, if the underlying mortgage portfolio has been overvalued by the originator, or if the values subsequently decline and, as a result, less collateral is available to satisfy interest and principal payments due on the related non-Agency RMBS. The prices of lower credit quality securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual issuer developments.

The mortgage loans underlying the non-Agency RMBS that we may acquire will be subject to defaults, foreclosure timeline extension, fraud and residential price depreciation and unfavorable modification of loan principal amount, interest rate and amortization of principal, which could result in losses to us.

        Our potential investments in non-Agency RMBS will be subject to the risks of defaults, foreclosure timeline extension, fraud and home price depreciation and unfavorable modification of loan principal amount, interest rate and amortization of principal, accompanying the underlying residential mortgage loans. The ability of a borrower to repay a mortgage loan secured by a residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors may impair borrowers' abilities to repay their loans, including:

32


Table of Contents

        In the event of defaults on the residential mortgage loans that underlie our investments in non-Agency RMBS and the exhaustion of any underlying or any additional credit support, we may not realize our anticipated return on our investments and we may incur a loss on these investments. In addition, our investments in non-Agency RMBS will be backed by residential real property but, in contrast to Agency RMBS, their principal and interest will not be guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or a GSE. The ability of a borrower to repay these loans or other financial assets is dependent upon the income or assets of these borrowers.

We may be affected by alleged or actual deficiencies in foreclosure practices of third parties, as well as related delays in the foreclosure process.

        Allegations of deficiencies in servicing and foreclosure practices among several large sellers and servicers of residential mortgage loans that surfaced in 2010 raised various concerns relating to such practices, including the improper execution of the documents used in foreclosure proceedings (so-called "robo signing"), inadequate documentation of transfers and registrations of mortgages and assignments of loans, improper modifications of loans, violations of representations and warranties at the date of securitization and failure to enforce put-backs.

        As a result of alleged deficiencies in foreclosure practices, a number of servicers temporarily suspended foreclosure proceedings beginning in the second half of 2010 while they evaluated their foreclosure practices. In late 2010, a group of state attorneys general and state bank and mortgage regulators representing nearly all 50 states and the District of Columbia, along with the U.S. Justice Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, began an investigation into foreclosure practices of banks and servicers. The investigations and lawsuits by several state attorneys general led to a proposed settlement agreement in early February 2012 with five of the nation's largest banks, pursuant to which the banks agreed to pay more than $25 billion to settle claims relating to improper foreclosure practices. The proposed settlement does not prohibit the states, the federal government, individuals or investors in RMBS from pursuing additional actions against the banks and servicers in the future.

        The integrity of the servicing and foreclosure processes are critical to the value of the mortgage loan portfolios underlying the RMBS in which we intend to invest, and our financial results could be adversely affected by deficiencies in the conduct of those processes. For example, delays in the foreclosure process that have resulted from investigations into improper servicing practices may adversely affect the values of, and our losses on, the non-Agency RMBS we may acquire. Foreclosure delays may also increase the administrative expenses of the securitization trusts for the non-Agency RMBS, thereby reducing the amount of funds available for distribution to investors. In addition, the subordinate classes of securities issued by the securitization trusts may continue to receive interest payments while the defaulted loans remain in the trusts, rather than absorbing the default losses. This may reduce the amount of credit support available for the senior classes we may own, thus possibly adversely affecting these securities. Additionally, a substantial portion of the proposed $25 billion settlement is intended to be a "credit" to the banks and servicers for principal write-downs or reductions they may make to certain mortgages underlying RMBS. There remains considerable uncertainty as to how these principal reductions will work and what effect they will have on the value of related RMBS; as a result, there can be no assurance that any such principal reductions will not adversely affect the value of certain of the RMBS in which we intend to invest.

33


Table of Contents

        While we believe that the sellers and servicers would be in violation of their servicing contracts to the extent that they have improperly serviced mortgage loans or improperly executed documents in foreclosure or bankruptcy proceedings, or do not comply with the terms of servicing contracts when deciding whether to apply principal reductions, it may be difficult, expensive, and time consuming for us to enforce our contractual rights. We continue to monitor and review the issues raised by the alleged improper foreclosure practices. While we cannot predict exactly how the servicing and foreclosure matters or the resulting litigation or settlement agreements will affect our business, there can be no assurance that these matters will not have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

The commercial mortgage loans underlying the CMBS we may acquire will be subject to defaults, foreclosure timeline extension, fraud and commercial price depreciation and unfavorable modification of loan principal amount, interest rate and amortization of principal, which could result in losses to us.

        CMBS are secured by a single commercial mortgage loan or a pool of commercial mortgage loans. Commercial mortgage loans are secured by multifamily or commercial property and are subject to risks of delinquency and foreclosure, and risks of loss that may be greater than similar risks associated with loans made on the security of residential property. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by an income-producing property typically is dependent primarily upon the successful operation of such property rather than upon the existence of independent income or assets of the borrower. If the net operating income of the property is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things,

If our Manager overestimates the loss-adjusted yields of our CMBS investments, we may experience losses.

        Our Manager will value our CMBS investments based on loss-adjusted yields, taking into account estimated future losses on the mortgage loans included in the securitization's pool of loans, and the estimated impact of these losses on expected future cash flows. Our Manager's loss estimates may not prove accurate, as actual results may vary from estimates. In the event that our Manager underestimates the pool level losses relative to the price we pay for a particular CMBS investment, we may experience losses with respect to such investment.

34


Table of Contents

We may not control the special servicing of the mortgage loans included in the CMBS in which we invest and, in such cases, the special servicer may take actions that could adversely affect our interests.

        With respect to CMBS in which we invest, overall control over the special servicing of the related underlying mortgage loans will be held by a "directing certificateholder" or a "controlling class representative," which is appointed by the holders of the most subordinate class of CMBS in such series. We may not have the right to appoint the directing certificateholder. In connection with the servicing of the specially serviced mortgage loans, the related special servicer may, at the direction of the directing certificateholder, take actions with respect to the specially serviced mortgage loans that could adversely affect our interests.

The receivables underlying the ABS we may acquire are subject to credit exposure, which could result in losses to us.

        ABS are securities backed by various asset classes including auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, equipment loans, floor plan loans and small business loans fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Small Business Administration, or the SBA. ABS remain subject to the credit exposure of the underlying receivables. In the event of increased rates of delinquency with respect to any receivables underlying our ABS, we may not realize our anticipated return on these investments.

We may experience a decline in the market value of our assets.

        A decline in the market value of our assets may require us to recognize an "other-than-temporary" impairment against such assets under U.S. GAAP if we were to determine that, with respect to any assets in unrealized loss positions, we do not have the ability and intent to hold such assets to maturity or for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery to the amortized cost of such assets. If such a determination were to be made, we would recognize unrealized losses through earnings and write down the amortized cost of such assets to a new cost basis, based on the fair market value of such assets on the date they are considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition; subsequent disposition or sale of such assets could further affect our future losses or gains, as they are based on the difference between the sale price received and adjusted amortized cost of such assets at the time of sale.

Some of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value and, as a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of these investments.

        Some of our portfolio investments will be in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We will value these investments quarterly at fair value, as determined in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which may include unobservable inputs. Because such valuations are subjective, the fair value of certain of our assets may fluctuate over short periods of time and our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. The value of our common stock could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of these investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon their disposal.

Because we intend to acquire fixed-rate securities, an increase in interest rates on our borrowings may adversely affect our book value.

        Increases in interest rates may negatively affect the market value of our assets. Any fixed-rate securities that we invest in generally will be more negatively affected by these increases than adjustable-rate securities. In accordance with accounting rules, we will be required to reduce our book value by the amount of any decrease in the market value of our assets that are classified for accounting

35


Table of Contents

purposes as available-for-sale. We will be required to evaluate our assets on a quarterly basis to determine their fair value by using third party bid price indications provided by dealers who make markets in these securities or by third-party pricing services. If the fair value of a security is not available from a dealer or third-party pricing service, we will estimate the fair value of the security using a variety of models and analyses, taking into consideration aggregate characteristics including, but not limited to, type of collateral, index, margin, periodic interest rate caps, lifetime interest rate caps, underwriting standards, age and delinquency experience. However, the fair value reflects estimates and may not be indicative of the amounts we would receive in a current market exchange. If we determine that an agency security is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would be required to reduce the value of such agency security on our balance sheet by recording an impairment charge in our income statement and our stockholders' equity would be correspondingly reduced. Reductions in stockholders' equity decrease the amounts that we may borrow to purchase additional assets, which could restrict our ability to increase our net income.

An increase in interest rates may cause a decrease in the volume of certain of our assets, which could adversely affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives and to generate income and make distributions.

        Rising interest rates generally reduce the demand for mortgage loans due to the higher cost of borrowing. A reduction in the volume of mortgage loans originated may affect the volume of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets available to us, which could adversely affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives. Rising interest rates may also cause our assets that were issued prior to an interest rate increase to provide yields that are below prevailing market interest rates. If rising interest rates cause us to be unable to acquire a sufficient volume of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets with a yield that is above our borrowing cost, our ability to satisfy our investment objectives and to generate income and make distributions may be materially and adversely affected.

        The relationship between short-term and longer-term interest rates is often referred to as the "yield curve." Ordinarily, short-term interest rates are lower than longer-term interest rates. If short-term interest rates rise disproportionately relative to longer-term interest rates (a flattening of the yield curve), our borrowing costs may increase more rapidly than the interest income earned on our assets. Because we expect our investments, on average, generally will bear interest based on longer-term rates than our borrowings, a flattening of the yield curve would tend to decrease our net income and the market value of our net assets. Additionally, to the extent cash flows from investments that return scheduled and unscheduled principal are reinvested, the spread between the yields on the new investments and available borrowing rates may decline, which would likely decrease our net income. It is also possible that short-term interest rates may exceed longer-term interest rates (a yield curve inversion), in which event our borrowing costs may exceed our interest income and we could incur operating losses.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect the value of our investments and cause our interest expense to increase, which could result in reduced earnings or losses and negatively affect our profitability as well as the cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        We will seek to invest in Agency RMBS, and may also invest in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. In a normal yield curve environment, an investment in such assets will generally decline in value if long-term interest rates increase. Declines in market value may ultimately reduce earnings or result in losses to us, which may negatively affect cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        A significant risk associated with Agency RMBS and our potential target assets is the risk that both long-term and short-term interest rates will increase significantly. If long-term rates increased significantly, the market value of these investments would decline, and the duration and weighted

36


Table of Contents

average life of the investments would increase. We could realize a loss if the securities were sold. At the same time, an increase in short-term interest rates would increase the amount of interest owed on any repurchase agreements we may enter into.

        Market values of our investments may decline without any general increase in interest rates for a number of reasons, such as increases or expected increases in defaults, or increases or expected increases in voluntary prepayments for those investments that are subject to prepayment risk or widening of credit spreads.

        In addition, in a period of rising interest rates, our operating results will depend in large part on the difference between the income from our assets and our financing costs. We anticipate that, in most cases, the income from such assets will respond more slowly to interest rate fluctuations than the cost of our borrowings. Consequently, changes in interest rates, particularly short-term interest rates, may significantly influence our net income. Increases in these rates will tend to decrease our net income and market value of our assets.

Interest rate mismatches between our RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs and our borrowings used to fund our purchases of these assets may cause us to suffer losses.

        We may fund our RMBS with borrowings that have interest rates that adjust more frequently than the interest rate indices and repricing terms of RMBS backed by adjustable-rate mortgages, or ARMs, or hybrid ARMs. Accordingly, if short-term interest rates increase, our borrowing costs may increase faster than the interest rates on RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs adjust. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, we could experience a decrease in net income or a net loss.

        In most cases, the interest rate indices and repricing terms of RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs and our borrowings will not be identical, thereby potentially creating an interest rate mismatch between our investments and our borrowings. While the historical spread between relevant short-term interest rate indices has been relatively stable, there have been periods when the spread between these indices was volatile. During periods of changing interest rates, these interest rate index mismatches could reduce our net income or produce a net loss, and adversely affect the level of our dividends and the market price of our common stock.

        In addition, RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs will typically be subject to lifetime interest rate caps that limit the amount an interest rate can increase through the maturity of the RMBS. However, our borrowings under repurchase agreements typically will not be subject to similar restrictions. Accordingly, in a period of rapidly increasing interest rates, the interest rates paid on our borrowings could increase without limitation while caps could limit the interest rates on these types of RMBS. This problem is magnified for RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs that are not fully indexed. Further, some RMBS backed by ARMs or hybrid ARMs may be subject to periodic payment caps that result in a portion of the interest being deferred and added to the principal outstanding. As a result, we may receive less cash income on these types of RMBS than we need to pay interest on our related borrowings. These factors could reduce our net interest income and cause us to suffer a loss during periods of rising interest rates.

Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect the level of our net income and the value of our assets and common stock.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Interest rate fluctuations present a variety of risks, including the risk of a narrowing of the difference between asset yields and borrowing rates, flattening or inversion of the yield curve and fluctuating prepayment rates, and may adversely affect our income and the value of our assets and common stock.

37


Table of Contents

        Increases in interest rates may negatively affect the market value of the fixed-rate mortgages, or FRMs, and hybrid ARMs in which we intend to invest. In accordance with accounting rules, we will be required to reduce our stockholders' equity, or book value, by the amount of any decrease in the market value of our securities that are classified for accounting purposes as available-for-sale. We will be required to evaluate our securities on a quarterly basis to determine their fair value by using third party bid price indications provided by dealers who make markets in these securities or by third-party pricing services. If the fair value of a security is not available from a dealer or third-party pricing service, we will estimate the fair value of the security using a variety of methods including, but not limited to, discounted cash flow analysis, matrix pricing, option-adjusted spread models and fundamental analysis. Aggregate characteristics taken into consideration include, but are not limited to, type of collateral, index, margin, periodic cap, lifetime cap, underwriting standards, age and delinquency experience. However, the fair value reflects estimates and may not be indicative of the amounts we would receive in a current market sale transaction. If we determine that a security is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would be required to reduce the value of such security on our balance sheet by recording an impairment charge in our income statement and our stockholders' equity would be correspondingly reduced. Reductions in stockholders' equity decrease the amounts we may borrow to purchase additional securities, which could restrict our ability to increase our net income. In addition, rising interest rates generally reduce the demand for consumer credit, including mortgage loans, due to the higher cost of borrowing. A reduction in the volume of mortgage loans originated may affect the volume of RMBS available to us, which could affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives.

Changes in prepayment rates may adversely affect our profitability.

        The RMBS assets we intend to acquire are backed by pools of residential mortgage loans. We receive payments, generally, from the payments that are made on these underlying residential mortgage loans. When borrowers prepay their residential mortgage loans at rates that are faster than expected, this results in prepayments that are faster than expected on the related RMBS. These faster than expected payments may adversely affect our profitability.

        We may purchase RMBS assets that have a higher interest rate than the then prevailing market interest rate. In exchange for this higher interest rate, we may pay a premium to par value to acquire the asset. In accordance with accounting rules, we will amortize this premium over the expected term of the asset based on our prepayment assumptions. If the asset is prepaid in whole or in part at a faster than expected rate, however, we must expense all or a part of the remaining unamortized portion of the premium that was paid at the time of the purchase, which will adversely affect our profitability.

        Prepayment rates generally increase when interest rates fall and decrease when interest rates rise, but changes in prepayment rates are difficult to predict. Prepayments can also occur when borrowers default on their residential mortgages and the mortgages are prepaid from the proceeds of a foreclosure sale of the property, or when borrowers sell the property and use the sale proceeds to prepay the mortgage as part of a physical relocation. Prepayment rates also may be affected by conditions in the housing and financial markets, increasing defaults on residential mortgage loans, which could lead to an acceleration of the payment of the related principal, general economic conditions and the relative interest rates on FRMs and ARMs. While we will seek to manage prepayment risk, in selecting RMBS investments we must balance prepayment risk against other risks, the potential returns of each investment and the cost of hedging our risks. No strategy can completely insulate us from prepayment or other such risks, and we may deliberately retain exposure to prepayment or other risks.

38


Table of Contents

        In addition, a decrease in prepayment rates may adversely affect our profitability. When borrowers prepay their residential mortgage loans at slower than expected rates, prepayments on the RMBS may be slower than expected. These slower than expected payments may adversely affect our profitability. We may purchase RMBS assets that have a lower interest rate than the then prevailing market interest rate. In exchange for this lower interest rate, we may pay a discount to par value to acquire the asset. In accordance with accounting rules, we will accrete this discount over the expected term of the asset based on our prepayment assumptions. If the asset is prepaid at a slower than expected rate, however, we must accrete the remaining portion of the discount at a slower than expected rate. This will extend the expected life of the asset and result in a lower than expected yield on assets purchased at a discount to par.

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to all stockholders.

        Our business is highly dependent on communications and information systems of our Manager. Any failure or interruption of our Manager's systems could cause delays or other problems in our securities trading activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Loss of our exemption from regulation pursuant to the 1940 Act would adversely affect us.

        We intend to conduct our business so as not to become regulated as an investment company under the 1940 Act in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the 1940 Act. Section 3(c)(5)(C), as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, requires that: (i) at least 55% of our investment portfolio consist of "mortgages and other liens on and interest in real estate," or "qualifying real estate interests," and (ii) at least 80% of our investment portfolio consist of qualifying real estate interests plus "real estate-related assets." In satisfying this 55% requirement, based on pronouncements of the SEC staff, we may treat whole pool Agency RMBS as qualifying real estate interests. The SEC staff has not issued guidance with respect to whole pool Non-Agency RMBS. Accordingly, based on our own judgment and analysis of the SEC's pronouncements with respect to whole pool Agency RMBS, we may also treat Non-Agency RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans in which we hold all of the certificates issued by the pool as qualifying real estate interests. We may also treat whole mortgage loans that we acquire directly as qualifying real estate interests provided that 100% of the loan is secured by real estate when we acquire it and we have the unilateral right to foreclose on the mortgage. We currently intend to treat partial pool Agency and Non-Agency RMBS and partial pool CMBS as real estate-related assets. We will treat any interest rate swaps or other derivative hedging transactions we enter into as miscellaneous assets that will not exceed 20% of our total assets. We expect to rely on guidance published by the SEC staff or on our analyses of guidance published with respect to other types of assets to determine which assets are qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets.

        The SEC recently solicited public comment on a wide range of issues relating to Section 3(c)(5)(C), including the nature of the assets that qualify for purposes of the exemption and whether mortgage REITs should be regulated in a manner similar to investment companies. There can be no assurance that the laws and regulations governing the 1940 Act status of REITs, including the guidance of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC regarding this exemption, will not change in a manner that adversely affects our operations. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to these matters, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could require us to hold assets we might wish to sell or to sell assets we might wish to hold.

39


Table of Contents

To the extent that the SEC staff provides more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the exemption we rely on from the 1940 Act, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. Any additional guidance from the SEC staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the strategies we have chosen.

        The mortgage related investments that we acquire are limited by the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. If the SEC determines that any of these securities are not qualifying interests in real estate or real estate-related assets, adopts a contrary interpretation with respect to these securities or otherwise believes we do not satisfy the above exceptions or changes its interpretation of the above exceptions, we could be required to restructure our activities or sell certain of our assets. We may be required at times to adopt less efficient methods of financing certain of our mortgage related investments and we may be precluded from acquiring certain types of higher yielding securities. The net effect of these factors would be to lower our net interest income. If we fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company or an exclusion from the definition of an investment company, our ability to use leverage would be substantially reduced. Our business will be materially and adversely affected if we fail to qualify for this exemption from regulation pursuant to the 1940 Act. In addition, the loss of our 1940 Act exemption would also permit our Manager to terminate the management agreement, which could result in material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The downgrade of the U.S. government's or certain European countries' credit ratings and any future downgrades of the U.S. government's or certain European countries' credit ratings may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's downgraded the U.S. government's credit rating for the first time in history. Because FNMA and FHLMC are in conservatorship of the U.S. government, downgrades to the U.S. government's credit rating could impact the credit risk associated with Agency RMBS and, therefore, decrease the value of the Agency RMBS in which we expect to invest. In addition, the downgrade of the U.S. government's credit rating and the credit ratings of certain European countries has created broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which has recently weighed heavily on the global banking system. Therefore, the recent downgrade of the U.S. government's credit rating and the credit ratings of certain European countries and any future downgrades of the U.S. government's credit rating or the credit ratings of certain European countries may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain actions by the U.S. Federal Reserve could cause a flattening of the yield curve, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

        On September 21, 2011, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced "Operation Twist," which is a program by which it intends to purchase, by the end of June 2012, $400 billion of U.S. Treasury securities with remaining maturities between six and 30 years and sell an equal amount of U.S. Treasury securities with remaining maturities of three years or less. The effect of Operation Twist could be a flattening in the yield curve, which could result in increased prepayment rates due to lower long-term interest rates and a narrowing of our net interest margin. Consequently, Operation Twist and any other future securities purchase programs by the U.S. Federal Reserve could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Risks related to financing and hedging

Our strategy involves significant leverage, which may amplify losses.

        We expect our leverage will range between five to nine times the amount of our stockholders' equity (calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP). We will incur this leverage by borrowing against a

40


Table of Contents

substantial portion of the market value of our assets. By incurring this leverage, we could enhance our returns. Nevertheless, this leverage, which is fundamental to our investment strategy, also creates significant risks.

        To the extent that we incur significant leverage, we may incur substantial losses if our borrowing costs increase. Our borrowing costs may increase for any of the following reasons:

There can be no assurance that our Manager will be able to prevent mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities.

        Because we will employ financial leverage in funding our portfolio, mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities can create risk in the need to continually renew or otherwise refinance our liabilities. Our net interest margins will be dependent upon a positive spread between the returns on our asset portfolio and our overall cost of funding. Our Manager expects to actively employ portfolio-wide and security-specific risk measurement and management processes in our daily operations. Our Manager's risk management tools will include software and services licensed or purchased from third parties, in addition to proprietary systems and analytical methods developed internally. There can be no assurance that these tools and the other risk management techniques described above will protect us from asset/liability risks.

We may be subject to margin calls under our master repurchase agreements, which could result in defaults or force us to sell assets under adverse market conditions or through foreclosure.

        We intend to enter into master repurchase agreements with various financial institutions and borrow under these master repurchase agreements to finance the acquisition of assets for our investment portfolio. Pursuant to the terms of borrowings under our master repurchase agreements, a decline in the value of the subject assets may result in our lenders initiating margin calls. A margin call means that the lender requires us to pledge additional collateral to re-establish the ratio of the value of the collateral to the amount of the borrowing. The specific collateral value to borrowing ratio that would trigger a margin call is not set in the master repurchase agreements and will not be determined until we engage in a repurchase transaction under these agreements. Our fixed-rate securities generally are more susceptible to margin calls as increases in interest rates tend to more negatively affect the market value of fixed-rate securities. If we are unable to satisfy margin calls, our lenders may foreclose on our collateral. The threat of or occurrence of a margin call could force us to sell our assets, either directly or through a foreclosure, under adverse market conditions. Because of the significant leverage we expect to have, we may incur substantial losses upon the threat or occurrence of a margin call.

If a counterparty to our repurchase transactions defaults on its obligation to resell the underlying security back to us at the end of the transaction term, or if the value of the underlying security has declined as of the end of that term, or if we default on our obligations under the repurchase agreement, we will lose money on our repurchase transactions.

        When we engage in repurchase transactions, we will generally sell securities to lenders (repurchase agreement counterparties) and receive cash from these lenders. The lenders will be obligated to resell the same securities back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. Because the cash we receive from the lender when we initially sell the securities to the lender will be less than the value of those securities (this difference is the haircut), if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same

41


Table of Contents

securities back to us we may incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming there was no change in the value of the securities). We would also lose money on a repurchase transaction if the value of the underlying securities has declined as of the end of the transaction term, as we would have to repurchase the securities for their initial value but would receive securities worth less than that amount. Further, if we default on one of our obligations under a repurchase transaction, the lender can terminate the transaction and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. We expect our repurchase agreements will contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any one agreement, the lenders under our other agreements could also declare a default. Any losses we incur on our repurchase transactions could adversely affect our earnings and thus our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

If a counterparty to one of our swap agreements or TBAs defaults on its obligations, we may incur losses.

        If a counterparty to one of the swap agreements or TBAs that we intend to enter into defaults on its obligations under the agreement, we may not receive payments due under the agreement, and thus, we may lose any unrealized gain associated with the agreement. If any such swap agreement hedged a liability, such liability could cease to be hedged upon the default of a counterparty. Additionally, we may also risk the loss of any collateral we have pledged to secure our obligations under a swap agreement if the counterparty becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy.

Failure to procure adequate repurchase agreement financing, which generally have short terms, or to renew or replace repurchase agreement financing as it matures, would adversely affect our results of operations.

        We intend to use repurchase agreement financing as a strategy to increase the return on our investment portfolio. However, we may not be able to achieve our desired leverage ratio for a number of reasons, including if the following events occur:

        We cannot assure you that any, or sufficient, repurchase agreement financing will be available to us on terms that are acceptable to us. In recent years, investors and financial institutions that lend in the securities repurchase market, have tightened lending standards in response to the difficulties and changed economic conditions that have materially adversely affected the RMBS market. These market disruptions have been most pronounced in the non-Agency RMBS market, and the impact has also extended to Agency RMBS, which has made the value of these assets unstable and relatively illiquid compared to prior periods. Any decline in their value, or perceived market uncertainty about their value, would make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all, or maintain our compliance with terms of any financing arrangements then in place. Additionally, the lenders from which we may seek to obtain repurchase agreement financing may have owned or financed RMBS that have declined in value and caused the lender to suffer losses as a result of the recent downturn in the residential mortgage market. If these conditions persist, these institutions may be forced to exit the repurchase market, become insolvent or further tighten lending standards or increase the amount of equity capital or haircut required to obtain financing, and in such event, could make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all. In the event that we cannot obtain sufficient funding on acceptable terms, there may be a negative impact on the value of our common stock and our ability to make distributions, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

42


Table of Contents

        Furthermore, because we intend to rely primarily on short-term borrowings, our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend not only on our ability to borrow money in sufficient amounts and on favorable terms, but also on our ability to renew or replace on a continuous basis our maturing short-term borrowings. If we are not able to renew or replace maturing borrowings, we will have to sell some or all of our assets, possibly under adverse market conditions. In addition, if the regulatory capital requirements imposed on our lenders change, they may be required to significantly increase the cost of the financing that they provide to us. Our lenders also may revise their eligibility requirements for the types of assets they are willing to finance or the terms of such financings, based on, among other factors, the regulatory environment and their management of perceived risk, particularly with respect to assignee liability.

The repurchase agreement financing may require us to provide additional collateral and may restrict us from leveraging our assets as fully as desired.

        We intend to use repurchase agreements to finance acquisitions of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. If the market value of the asset pledged or sold by us to a financing institution pursuant to a repurchase agreement declines, we may be required by the financing institution to provide additional collateral or pay down a portion of the funds advanced, but we may not have the funds available to do so, which could result in defaults. Posting additional collateral to support our credit will reduce our liquidity and limit our ability to leverage our assets, which could adversely affect our business. In the event we do not have sufficient liquidity to meet such requirements, financing institutions can accelerate repayment of our indebtedness, increase interest rates, liquidate our collateral or terminate our ability to borrow. Such a situation would likely result in a rapid deterioration of our financial condition and possibly necessitate a filing for bankruptcy protection.

        Further, financial institutions providing the repurchase facilities may require us to maintain a certain amount of cash uninvested or to set aside non-levered assets sufficient to maintain a specified liquidity position which would allow us to satisfy our collateral obligations. As a result, we may not be able to leverage our assets as fully as we would choose, which could reduce our return on equity. If we are unable to meet these collateral obligations, our financial condition could deteriorate rapidly.

Lenders may require us to enter into restrictive covenants relating to our operations.

        When we obtain financing, lenders could impose restrictions on us that would affect our ability to incur additional debt, our capability to make distributions to stockholders and our flexibility to determine our operating policies. Loan documents we execute may contain negative covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to repurchase stock, distribute more than a certain amount of our funds from operations, and employ leverage beyond certain amounts.

Our rights under repurchase agreements may be subject to the effects of the bankruptcy laws in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of us or our counterparties under the repurchase agreements.

        In the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, certain repurchase agreements may qualify for special treatment under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the effect of which, among other things, would be to allow the lender under the applicable repurchase agreement to avoid the automatic stay provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and to take possession of and liquidate the assets that we have pledged under their repurchase agreements. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of a lender during the term of a repurchase agreement, the lender may be permitted, under applicable insolvency laws, to repudiate the contract, and our claim against the lender for damages may be treated simply as an unsecured creditor. In addition, if the lender is a broker or dealer subject to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, or an insured depository institution subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, our ability to exercise our rights to recover our securities under a repurchase agreement or to be compensated for any damages resulting from the lender's insolvency may be further limited by those

43


Table of Contents

statutes. These claims would be subject to significant delay and, if and when received, may be substantially less than the damages we actually incur.

An increase in our borrowing costs relative to the interest that we receive on investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets may adversely affect our profitability and cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        As our financings mature, we will be required either to enter into new borrowings or to sell certain of our investments. An increase in short-term interest rates at the time that we seek to enter into new borrowings would reduce the spread between our returns on our assets and the cost of our borrowings. This would adversely affect our returns on our assets, which might reduce earnings and, in turn, cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

We may enter into hedging transactions that could expose us to contingent liabilities in the future.

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, part of our investment strategy may involve entering into hedging transactions that could require us to fund cash payments in certain circumstances (such as the early termination of the hedging instrument caused by an event of default or other early termination event, or the decision by a counterparty to request margin securities it is contractually owed under the terms of the hedging instrument). The amount due would be equal to the unrealized loss of the open swap positions with the respective counterparty and could also include other fees and charges. These economic losses will be reflected in our results of operations, and our ability to fund these obligations will depend on the liquidity of our assets and access to capital at the time, and the need to fund these obligations could adversely impact our financial condition.

Hedging against interest rate exposure may adversely affect our earnings, which could reduce our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may pursue various hedging strategies to seek to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity would vary in scope based on the level and volatility of interest rates, the type of assets held and other changing market conditions. Interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

44


Table of Contents

        Our hedging transactions, which would be intended to limit losses, may actually adversely affect our earnings, which could reduce our cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        In addition, hedging instruments involve risk since they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities. Consequently, there are no requirements with respect to record keeping, financial responsibility or segregation of customer funds and positions. Furthermore, the enforceability of agreements underlying hedging transactions may depend on compliance with applicable statutory and commodity and other regulatory requirements and, depending on the identity of the counterparty, applicable international requirements. The business failure of a hedging counterparty with whom we enter into a hedging transaction would most likely result in its default. Default by a party with whom we enter into a hedging transaction may result in the loss of unrealized profits and force us to cover our commitments, if any, at the then current market price. Although generally we would seek to reserve the right to terminate our hedging positions, it may not always be possible to dispose of or close out a hedging position without the consent of the hedging counterparty and we may not be able to enter into an offsetting contract in order to cover our risk. We cannot assure you that a liquid secondary market will exist for any hedging instruments purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in losses.

We may fail to qualify for hedge accounting treatment.

        We may elect to record any derivative and hedging transactions in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC 815-10. Under these standards, we may fail to qualify for hedge accounting treatment for a number of reasons, including if we use instruments that do not meet the ASC 815-10 definition of a derivative (such as short sales), we fail to satisfy ASC 815-10 hedge documentation and hedge effectiveness assessment requirements or our instruments are not highly effective. If we elect to use hedge accounting and we fail to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, our operating results may suffer because losses on the derivatives that we enter into may not be offset by a change in the fair value of the related hedged transaction.

We have limited experience in making critical accounting estimates, and our financial statements may be materially affected if our estimates prove to be inaccurate.

        Financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Different estimates, judgments and assumptions reasonably could be used that would have a material effect on the financial statements, and changes in these estimates, judgments and assumptions are likely to occur from period to period in the future. Significant areas of accounting requiring the application of management's judgment include, but are not limited to (1) determining the fair value of investment securities and (2) assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, if they prove to be wrong, then we face the risk that charges to income will be required. In addition, because we have limited operating history in some of these areas and limited experience in making these estimates, judgments and assumptions, the risk of future charges to income may be greater than if we had more experience in these areas. Any such charges could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting

45


Table of Contents

Policies" for a discussion of the accounting estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are the most critical to an understanding of our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks associated with our relationship with our Manager

Our Manager does not have any experience operating a REIT and we cannot assure you that our Manager's past experience will be sufficient to successfully manage our business as a REIT.

        Our Manager has never operated a REIT. The REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code are complex, and any failure to comply with those provisions in a timely manner could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT or force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties. In such event, our net income would be reduced and we could incur a loss.

Our board of directors will approve very broad investment guidelines for our Manager and will not approve each investment and financing decision made by our Manager.

        Our Manager will be authorized to follow very broad investment guidelines. Our board of directors will periodically review our investment guidelines and our investment portfolio but will not, and will not be required to, review all of our proposed investments, except that an investment in a security structured or issued by another entity managed by our Manager must be approved by a majority of our independent directors prior to such investment. In addition, in conducting periodic reviews, our board of directors may rely primarily on information provided to them by our Manager. Furthermore, our Manager may use complex strategies, and transactions entered into by our Manager may be costly, difficult or impossible to unwind by the time they are reviewed by our board of directors. Our Manager will have great latitude within the broad parameters of our investment guidelines in determining the types and amounts of Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS investments it may decide are attractive investments for us, which could result in investment returns that are substantially below expectations or that result in losses, which would materially and adversely affect our business operations and results. Further, decisions made and investments and financing arrangements entered into by our Manager may not fully reflect the best interests of our stockholders.

There are conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Manager that could result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

        We are subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our relationship with our Manager. All of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, are employees of our Manager. Although our current chief financial officer is an employee of our Manager, we anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. We do not anticipate having any future employees other than a chief financial officer and support staff for the chief financial officer. Our management agreement with our Manager was negotiated between related parties and its terms, including fees and other amounts payable, may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated at arm's length with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, the obligations of our Manager and its officers and personnel to engage in other business activities may reduce the time our Manager and its officers and personnel spend managing us.

        We will compete for investment opportunities directly with other client portfolios managed by our Manager. Clients of our Manager may have investment mandates and objectives that target the same assets as us. A substantial number of client accounts managed by our Manager have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and may have similar investment mandates and objectives. In addition, our Manager may have additional clients that compete directly with us for investment opportunities in the future. Our Manager has an investment allocation policy in place that is intended to ensure that no single client is intentionally favored over another and that trades are

46


Table of Contents

allocated in a fair and equitable manner. We may compete with our Manager or its other clients for investment or financing opportunities sourced by our Manager; however, we may either not be presented with the opportunity or have to compete with our Manager to acquire these investments or have access to these sources of financing. Our Manager and our executive officers may choose to allocate favorable investments to itself or to its or other clients instead of to us. Further, at times when there are turbulent conditions in the mortgage markets or distress in the credit markets or other times when we will need focused support and assistance from our Manager, our Manager's other clients will likewise require greater focus and attention, placing our Manager's resources in high demand. In such situations, we may not receive the level of support and assistance that we may receive if we were internally managed or if our Manager did not act as a manager for other entities. There is no assurance that our Manager's allocation policies that address some of the conflicts relating to our access to investment and financing sources, which are described under "Management—Conflicts of interest," will be adequate to address all of the conflicts that may arise.

        We have agreed to pay our Manager a management fee that is not tied to our performance. The management fee may not sufficiently incentivize our Manager to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for us. This could hurt both our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, the compensation payable to our Manager will increase as a result of future issuances of our equity securities, even if the issuances are dilutive to existing stockholders.

        Concurrently with this offering, we will also complete a private placement in which we will sell an aggregate of 46,043 shares of our common stock (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements") at $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make such investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of the plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates. These shares will be subject to a two year lock-up with the underwriters. To the extent these shares are sold, our Manager's interests may be less aligned with our interests.

We are dependent on our Manager and its key personnel for our success.

        We have no separate facilities and are completely reliant on our Manager. All of our executive officers and two of our directors are employees of our Manager. Although our current chief financial officer is an employee of our Manager, we anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. We do not anticipate having any future employees other than a chief financial officer and support staff for the chief financial officer. Our Manager has significant discretion as to the implementation of our investment and operating policies and strategies. Accordingly, we believe that our success will depend to a significant extent upon the efforts, experience, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the executive officers and key personnel of our Manager. The executive officers and key personnel of our Manager will evaluate, negotiate, close and monitor our investments; therefore, our success will depend on their continued service. The departure of any of the executive officers or key personnel of our Manager could have a material adverse effect on our performance. In addition, we offer no assurance that our Manager will remain our investment manager or that we will continue to have access to our Manager's principals and professionals. The initial term of our management agreement with our Manager only extends until the third anniversary of the closing of this offering, with automatic one-year renewals thereafter. If the management agreement is terminated and no suitable replacement is found to manage us, we may not be able to execute our business plan. Moreover, our Manager is not obligated to dedicate any of its personnel exclusively to us nor is it obligated to dedicate any specific portion of its time to our business, and none of our Manager's personnel are contractually dedicated to us under our management agreement with our Manager.

47


Table of Contents

The management agreement with our Manager was not negotiated on an arm's-length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party and may be costly and difficult to terminate.

        Our executive officers and two of our directors are employees of our Manager. Our management agreement with our Manager was negotiated between related parties and its terms, including fees payable, may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

        Termination of the management agreement with our Manager without cause is difficult and costly. Our independent directors will review our Manager's performance and any fees payable to our Manager annually and, following the initial three-year term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our independent directors based upon: (1) our Manager's unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us, or (2) our determination that any fees payable to our Manager are not fair, subject to our Manager's right to prevent termination based on unfair fees by accepting a reduction of management fees agreed to by at least two-thirds of our independent directors. We will provide our Manager 180 days prior notice of any such termination. Unless terminated for cause, we will pay our Manager a termination fee equal to three times the average annual management fee earned by our Manager during the prior 24-month period immediately preceding such termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter before the date of termination. This provision increases the effective cost to us of electing not to renew, or defaulting in our obligations under, the management agreement, thereby adversely affecting our inclination to end our relationship with our Manager, even if we believe our Manager's performance is not satisfactory.

        Our Manager is only contractually committed to serve us until the third anniversary of the closing of this offering. Thereafter, the management agreement is automatically renewable for one-year terms; provided, however, that our Manager may terminate the management agreement annually upon 180 days prior notice. If the management agreement is terminated and no suitable replacement is found to manage us, we may not be able to execute our business plan.

        Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager will not assume any responsibility other than to render the services called for thereunder and will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow its advice or recommendations. Our Manager maintains a contractual as opposed to a fiduciary relationship with us. Under the terms of the management agreement, our Manager, its officers, stockholders, members, managers, directors, personnel, any person controlling or controlled by our Manager and any person providing sub-advisory services to our Manager will not be liable to us, our directors, our stockholders or any partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the management agreement, except because of acts constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of their duties under the management agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our Manager, its officers, stockholders, members, managers, directors, personnel, any person controlling or controlled by our Manager and any person providing sub-advisory services to our Manager with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims arising from acts of our Manager not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of duties, performed in good faith in accordance with and pursuant to the management agreement.

Our Manager's management fee is payable regardless of our performance.

        We will pay our Manager a management fee regardless of the performance of our portfolio. Our Manager's entitlement to non-performance-based compensation might reduce its incentive to devote its time and effort to seeking assets that provide attractive risk-adjusted returns for our portfolio. This in turn could hurt both our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.

48


Table of Contents

Our Manager is subject to extensive regulation as an investment advisor, which could adversely affect its ability to manage our business.

        Our Manager is subject to regulation as an investment advisor by various regulatory authorities that are charged with protecting the interests of its clients, including us. Instances of criminal activity and fraud by participants in the investment management industry and disclosures of trading and other abuses by participants in the financial services industry have led the U.S. government and regulators to consider increasing the rules and regulations governing, and oversight of, the U.S. financial system. This activity is expected to result in changes to the laws and regulations governing the investment management industry and more aggressive enforcement of the existing laws and regulations. Our Manager could be subject to civil liability, criminal liability, or sanction, including revocation of its registration as an investment adviser, revocation of the licenses of its employees, censures, fines, or temporary suspension or permanent bar from conducting business, if it is found to have violate any of these laws or regulations. Any such liability or sanction could adversely affect its ability to manage our business.

        Our Manager must continually address conflicts between its interests and those of its clients, including us. In addition, the SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest. We believe our Manager has procedures and controls that are reasonably designed to address these issues. However, appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and if our Manager fails, or appears to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest, it could face litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which could adversely affect its ability to manage our business.

Risks related to our common stock

There is no public market for our common stock and a market may never develop, which could result in holders of our common stock being unable to monetize their investment.

        Our shares of common stock are newly-issued securities for which there is no established trading market. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "WMC," but there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our common stock will develop. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the ability of our stockholders to sell their common stock or the price that our stockholders may obtain for their common stock.

        Some of the factors that could negatively affect the market price of our common stock include:

        Market factors unrelated to our performance could also negatively impact the market price of our common stock. One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our common stock is our distribution rate as a percentage of our stock price relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may demand a higher distribution rate or seek alternative investments paying higher dividends or interest. As a result, interest rate fluctuations

49


Table of Contents

and conditions in the capital markets can affect the market value of our common stock. For instance, if interest rates rise, it is likely that the market price of our common stock will decrease as market rates on interest-bearing securities increase.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

        In April 2012, President Obama signed into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for "emerging growth companies," including certain requirements relating to accounting standards and compensation disclosure. We are classified as an emerging growth company. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to (1) provide an auditor's attestation report on management's assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies, (3) comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (4) comply with any new audit rules adopted by the PCAOB after April 5, 2012 unless the SEC determines otherwise, (5) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (6) hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        As noted above, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We may take advantage of such extended transition period. If we do, we would not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Investing in our common stock may involve a high degree of risk.

        The investments that we make in accordance with our investment objectives may result in a high amount of risk when compared to alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

Common stock eligible for future sale may have adverse effects on our share price.

        We are offering 8,000,000 shares of our common stock as described in this prospectus. In addition, concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will complete a private placement to certain institutional accredited investors in which we will sell 2,231,787 units, consisting of 2,231,787 shares of our common stock and warrants entitling the holders to purchase up to an additional 1,115,893 shares, and a private placement of 46,043 shares of our common stock to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, in each case subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements." Moreover, under our equity incentive plans, we will be able to issue a number of shares of common stock equivalent to 3.0% of our issued and outstanding common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of the award (other than any shares subject to awards made under any of these plans).

50


Table of Contents

        We and our Manager have, and each of our executive officers and directors and each executive officer of our Manager has, agreed with the underwriters to a 180-day lock-up period (subject to extension in certain circumstances), meaning that, until the end of the 180-day lock-up period, we and our Manager, and each of our executive officers and directors and each executive officer of our Manager, will not, subject to certain exceptions, sell or transfer any shares of common stock without the prior consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., which are acting as the representatives of the underwriters. In addition, the shares of common stock to be sold in the private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan will be subject to a two year lock-up agreement with the underwriters that is substantially similar to the lock-up agreements to be executed by our Manager, our directors and executive officers and the executive officers of our Manager. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time from time to time and without notice, waive the terms and conditions of the lock-up agreements to which they are a party. Assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option to purchase additional shares, approximately 1% of our shares of common stock will be subject to lock-up agreements. When the lock-up periods expire, these shares of common stock will become eligible for sale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are described under "Shares eligible for future sale."

        We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future sales of our common stock, or the availability of shares for future sales, on the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale (or lock up agreements) by certain of our stockholders lapse. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock or the perception that such sales could occur may adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

        Also, we may issue additional shares in subsequent public offerings or private placements to make new investments or for other purposes. We are not required to offer any such shares to existing stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, it may not be possible for existing stockholders to participate in such future share issuances, which may dilute the existing stockholders' interests in us.

We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and we cannot assure you of our ability to pay distributions in the future.

        We intend to pay quarterly distributions and to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount such that we distribute all or substantially all of our net taxable income in each year. We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and our ability to pay distributions may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including the risk factors described in this prospectus. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, debt covenants, maintenance of our REIT qualification and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We believe that a change in any one of the following factors could adversely affect our results of operations and impair our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders:

51


Table of Contents

        We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions in the future. In addition, some of our distributions may include a return in capital.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities, which would rank senior to our common stock, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        If we decide to issue debt or equity securities in the future, which would rank senior to our common stock, it is likely that they will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus holders of our common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting the value of their stock holdings in us. Furthermore, the compensation payable to our Manager will increase as a result of future issuances of our equity securities, including issuances upon exercise of the warrants, even if the issuances are dilutive to existing stockholders.

The dilutive effect of the warrants, including in certain circumstances, upon future issuances of our common stock, could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock or otherwise adversely affect the interests of our common stockholders.

        The warrants, which will be issued in our concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, will have an initial exercise price of $20.50 per share (subject to adjustment and limitation on exercise in certain circumstances) and will be exercisable for seven years after the date of the warrants' issuance, or earlier upon notice of redemption by us. The exercise of the warrants in the future would be dilutive to holders of our common stock if our book value per share or the market price of our common stock is higher than the exercise price at the time of exercise. The potential for dilution from the warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our common stock.

        Further, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted under certain circumstances, including, subject to certain exceptions, if we sell common stock (or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock) in a public offering or private placement, in each case after the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placements, for cash at a price per share (after deduction of underwriting discounts or placement fees and other expenses incurred by us that are attributable to the offering) that is less than the closing price of our common stock immediately prior to (a) the announcement of the proposed sale in the case of public offerings or (b) the execution of the purchase agreement in the case of private placements. Accordingly, any public offerings or private placements of our common stock we conduct in the future will likely increase the dilutive effect of the warrants.

Risks related to our organization and structure

Our authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock may prevent a change in our control.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of common or preferred stock. In addition, our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, amend our certificate of incorporation to increase the aggregate number of our shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue and classify or reclassify

52


Table of Contents

any unissued shares of common or preferred stock and set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may establish a series of shares of common or preferred stock that could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our shares of common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Ownership limitations may restrict change of control or business combination opportunities in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares.

        In order for us to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year after 2012, no more than 50% in value of our outstanding capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals during the last half of any calendar year. "Individuals" for this purpose include natural persons, private foundations, some employee benefit plans and trusts, and some charitable trusts. To assist us in maintaining our qualification as a REIT, our certificate of incorporation generally prohibits any person from directly or indirectly owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our capital stock or more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This ownership limitation could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction in which holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their shares over the then prevailing market price or which holders might believe to be otherwise in their best interests.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and Delaware law may have the effect of preventing or hindering a change in control and adversely affecting the market price of our common stock.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of us even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price our common stock.

We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets to the extent that distributions exceed earnings or cash flow from our operations.

        We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets to the extent that distributions exceed earnings or cash flow from our operations. Such distributions would reduce the amount of cash we have available for investing and other purposes and could be dilutive to our financial results. In addition, funding our distributions from our net proceeds may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each stockholder's basis in its shares of common stock.

Tax risks

If we do not qualify as a REIT or fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as a regular corporation and could face a substantial tax liability, which would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        We intend to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. Although we do not intend to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, as to our REIT qualification, we will receive an opinion of our counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, with respect to our qualification as a REIT in connection with this offering of common stock. Investors should be aware, however, that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS or any court. The opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP will represent only the view of our counsel based on our counsel's review and analysis of

53


Table of Contents

existing law and on certain representations as to factual matters and covenants made by us and our Manager, including representations relating to the values of our assets and the sources of our income. The opinion will be expressed as of the date issued. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP will have no obligation to advise us or the holders of our common stock of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in applicable law. Furthermore, both the validity of the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, and our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, stockholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis, the results of which will not be monitored by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Our ability to satisfy the asset tests depends upon our analysis of the characterization and fair market values of our assets, some of which are not susceptible to a precise determination, and for which we will not obtain independent appraisals. Our compliance with the REIT income and quarterly asset requirements also depends upon our ability to successfully manage the composition of our income and assets on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our interests in subsidiaries or in securities of other issuers will not cause a violation of the REIT requirements.

        If we were to fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, and dividends paid to our stockholders would not be deductible by us in computing our taxable income. Any resulting corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders, which in turn could have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock. Unless we were entitled to relief under certain Internal Revenue Code provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT.

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

        The maximum tax rate applicable to income from "qualified dividends" payable to domestic stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates is 15% through the end of 2012. Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although this legislation does not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, the more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the stock of REITs, including our common stock.

REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan.

        We generally must distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income in order for U.S. federal corporate income tax not to apply to earnings that we distribute. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed net taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal tax laws. We intend to make distributions to our stockholders to comply with the REIT requirements of the Internal Revenue Code.

        From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our income for financial reporting purposes prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash may occur. If we do not have other funds available in these situations we could be required to borrow funds on unfavorable terms, sell investments at disadvantageous prices or distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to

54


Table of Contents

satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs or reduce our equity. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to grow, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Even if we remain qualified as a REIT, we may face other tax liabilities that reduce our cash flow.

        Even if we remain qualified for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, property and transfer taxes, such as mortgage recording taxes. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation." Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distribution to our stockholders. In addition, in order to meet the REIT qualification requirements, or to avert the imposition of a 100% tax that applies to certain gains derived by a REIT from dealer property or inventory, we intend to hold some of our assets through a TRS or other subsidiary corporations that will be subject to corporate-level income tax at regular rates. Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive opportunities.

        To qualify as a REIT, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified REIT real estate assets, including certain mortgage loans and securities. The remainder of our investments (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our total assets (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total assets can be represented by securities of one or more TRSs. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation." If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate from our investment portfolio otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

        In addition to the asset tests set forth above, to qualify as a REIT we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the amounts we distribute to our stockholders and the ownership of our stock. We may be unable to pursue investments that would be otherwise advantageous to us in order to satisfy the source-of-income or asset-diversification requirements for qualifying as a REIT. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to make certain attractive investments.

We may be required to report taxable income for certain investments in excess of the economic income we ultimately realize from them.

        We may acquire mortgage-backed securities in the secondary market for less than their face amount. In addition, pursuant to our ownership of certain mortgage-backed securities, we may be treated as holding certain debt instruments acquired in the secondary market for less than their face amount. The discount at which such securities or debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as "market discount" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accrued market discount is reported as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of

55


Table of Contents

principal of the mortgage-backed security or debt instrument is made. If we collect less on the mortgage-backed security or debt instrument than our purchase price plus the market discount we had previously reported as income, we may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions. In addition, pursuant to our ownership of certain mortgage-backed securities, we may be treated as holding distressed debt investments that are subsequently modified by agreement with the borrower. If the amendments to the outstanding debt are "significant modifications" under applicable Treasury regulations, the modified debt may be considered to have been reissued to us at a gain in a debt-for-debt exchange with the borrower. In that event, we may be required to recognize taxable gain to the extent the principal amount of the modified debt exceeds our adjusted tax basis in the unmodified debt, even if the value of the debt or the payment expectations have not changed.

        Moreover, some of the mortgage-backed securities that we acquire may have been issued with original issue discount. We will be required to report such original issue discount based on a constant yield method and will be taxed based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such mortgage-backed securities will be made. If such mortgage-backed securities turn out not to be fully collectable, an offsetting loss deduction will become available only in the later year that uncollectability is provable.

        Finally, in the event that mortgage-backed securities or any debt instruments we are treated as holding pursuant to our investments in mortgage-backed securities are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, we may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectability. Similarly, we may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at the stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received or are ultimately collectable. In each case, while we would in general ultimately have an offsetting loss deduction available to us when such interest was determined to be uncollectable, the utility of that deduction could depend on our having taxable income in that later year or thereafter.

Certain apportionment rules may affect our ability to comply with the REIT asset and gross income tests.

        The Internal Revenue Code provides that a regular or a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit, or REMIC, is generally treated as a real estate asset for the purpose of the REIT asset tests, and any amount includible in our gross income with respect to such an interest is generally treated as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property for the purpose of the REIT gross income tests. If, however, less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC in which we hold an interest consist of real estate assets (determined as if we held such assets), we will be treated as holding our proportionate share of the assets of the REMIC for the purpose of the REIT asset tests and receiving directly our proportionate share of the income of the REMIC for the purpose of determining the amount of income from the REMIC that is treated as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property. In connection with the recently expanded Agency RMBS-backed HARP loan program in which we may invest, the IRS recently issued guidance providing that, among other things, if a REIT holds a regular interest in an "eligible REMIC," or a residual interest in an "eligible REMIC" that informs the REIT that at least 80% of the REMIC's assets constitute real estate assets, then the REIT may treat 80% of the interest in the REMIC as a real estate asset for the purpose of the REIT income and asset tests. Although the portion of the income from such a REMIC interest that does not qualify for purposes of the REIT 75% gross income test would likely be qualifying income for the purpose of the 95% REIT gross income test, the remaining 20% of the REMIC interest generally would not qualify as a real estate asset, which could adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT asset tests. Accordingly, owning such a REMIC interest could adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT.

56


Table of Contents

The "taxable mortgage pool" rules may increase the taxes that we or our stockholders may incur, and may limit the manner in which we effect future securitizations.

        Securitizations could result in the creation of taxable mortgage pools for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a REIT, so long as we own 100% of the equity interests in a taxable mortgage pool, we generally would not be adversely affected by the characterization of the securitization as a taxable mortgage pool. Certain categories of stockholders, however, such as foreign stockholders eligible for treaty or other benefits, stockholders with net operating losses, and certain tax-exempt stockholders that are subject to unrelated business income tax, could be subject to increased taxes on a portion of their dividend income from us that is attributable to the taxable mortgage pool. In addition, to the extent that our stock is owned by tax-exempt "disqualified organizations," such as certain government-related entities and charitable remainder trusts that are not subject to tax on unrelated business income, we may incur a corporate level tax on a portion of our income from the taxable mortgage pool. In that case, we may reduce the amount of our distributions to any disqualified organization whose stock ownership gave rise to the tax. Moreover, we would be precluded from selling equity interests in these securitizations to outside investors, or selling any debt securities issued in connection with these securitizations that might be considered to be equity interests for tax purposes. These limitations may prevent us from using certain techniques to maximize our returns from securitization transactions.

Our ability to invest in and dispose of "to be announced" securities could be limited by our election to be subject to tax as a REIT.

        We intend to purchase Agency RMBS through "to-be-announced" forward contracts, or TBAs. In certain instances, rather than take delivery of the Agency RMBS subject to a TBA, we may dispose of the TBA through a dollar roll transaction in which we agree to purchase similar securities in the future at a predetermined price or otherwise, which may result in the recognition of income or gains. We intend to account for dollar roll transactions as purchases and sales of securities. The law is unclear regarding whether TBAs will be qualifying assets for the 75% asset test and whether income and gains from dispositions of TBAs will be qualifying income for the 75% gross income test. Accordingly, our ability to purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs and to dispose of TBAs, through dollar roll transactions or otherwise, could be limited.

The failure of securities subject to repurchase agreements to qualify as real estate assets could adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT.

        We intend to enter into financing arrangements that are structured as sale and repurchase agreements pursuant to which we would nominally sell certain of our securities to a counterparty and simultaneously enter into an agreement to repurchase these securities at a later date in exchange for a purchase price. Economically, these agreements are financings which are secured by the securities sold pursuant thereto. We believe that we would be treated for REIT asset and income test purposes as the owner of the securities that are the subject of any such sale and repurchase agreement notwithstanding that such agreements may transfer record ownership of the securities to the counterparty during the term of the agreement. It is possible, however, that the IRS could assert that we did not own the securities during the term of the sale and repurchase agreement, in which case we could fail to qualify as a REIT.

Liquidation of assets may jeopardize our REIT qualification.

        To qualify as a REIT, we must comply with requirements regarding our assets and our sources of income. If we are compelled to liquidate our investments to repay obligations to our lenders, we may be unable to comply with these requirements, ultimately jeopardizing our qualification as a REIT, or we may be subject to a 100% tax on any resultant gain if we sell assets that are treated as dealer property or inventory.

57


Table of Contents

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.

        The REIT provisions of the Internal Revenue Code substantially limit our ability to hedge our assets and liabilities. Any income from a hedging transaction we enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes with respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry real estate assets does not constitute "gross income" for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the gross income tests. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation." As a result of these rules, we intend to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a domestic TRS. This could increase the cost of our hedging activities because our TRS would be subject to tax on gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, losses in our TRS will generally not provide any tax benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable income in the TRS.

Qualifying as a REIT involves highly technical and complex provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Internal Revenue Code provisions for which only limited judicial and administrative authorities exist. Even a technical or inadvertent violation could jeopardize our REIT qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, stockholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis. In addition, our ability to satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT depends in part on the actions of third parties over which we have no control or only limited influence, including in cases where we own an equity interest in an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

58


Table of Contents


Forward-looking statements

        We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, plans and objectives. When we use the words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "plan," "continue," "intend," "should," "may" or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:

        The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. Some of these

59


Table of Contents

factors are described in this prospectus under the headings "Summary," "Risk factors," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and "Business." If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

60


Table of Contents


Use of proceeds

        In this offering, we are offering 8,000,000 shares of our common stock at $20.00 per share. Assuming no shares are issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares, this offering would result in gross proceeds of $160.0 million to us. Concurrently with, and conditional upon the consummation of, this offering, we will also issue and sell (i) 2,231,787 units, with each unit consisting of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 share of our common stock, to certain institutional accredited investors for $20.00 per unit, and (ii) 46,043 shares of our common stock, at a price of $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan in another private placement, in each case subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements." The sale of our securities in these two private placements would result in gross proceeds of $45.6 million to us. Our Manager has agreed to pay the $        per share underwriting discount payable with respect to each share sold in this offering and the placement agent fee payable with respect to each unit sold in the concurrent private placement of units to certain institutional accredited investors (other than to investors who have pre-existing business relationships with our Manager for which there will not be any placement agent fee payable). No placement agent fee or underwriting discount will be payable with respect to the shares of common stock we will sell to our Manager's deferred compensation plan. We currently estimate the expenses attributable to our organization, this offering and the two private placements (other than the underwriting discount and the placement agent fee payable by our Manager) to be $1.2 million. If these total expenses exceed $1.2 million, our Manager has agreed to pay us for any expenses that exceed this amount. Therefore, we estimate that our aggregate net proceeds from this offering and the two private placements will be $204.4 million, after deducting estimated organizational and offering expenses payable by us (or $232.0 million, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).

        We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to purchase Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, focusing predominantly on Agency RMBS. Subject to prevailing market conditions at the time of purchase, we currently expect that the capital we deploy will be used initially to purchase Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in the following ranges: approximately 85-100% Agency RMBS, approximately 0-15% non-Agency RMBS, approximately 0-5% CMBS and approximately 0-5% ABS. Until appropriate investments can be identified, our Manager may invest the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements in interest-bearing short-term investments, including money market accounts and/or funds, that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT and maintain our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. These initial investments, if any, are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. We anticipate that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets within approximately one to two months after the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement. However, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities and subject to market prevailing conditions, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify a sufficient amount of investments within this timeframe.

        Prior to the time we have fully used the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements to acquire Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net proceeds.

61


Table of Contents


Distribution policy

        We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income. We generally intend over time to pay quarterly distributions in an amount equal to our net taxable income. We plan to pay our first distribution in respect of the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2012, which may be prior to the time when we have fully invested the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets.

        If we pay a taxable stock distribution, our stockholders would be sent a form that would allow each stockholder to elect to receive its proportionate share of such distribution in all cash or in all stock, and the distribution will be made in accordance with such elections, provided that if the stockholders' elections, in the aggregate, would result in the payment of cash in excess of the maximum amount of cash to be distributed, then cash payments to stockholders who elect to receive cash will be prorated, and the excess of each such stockholder's entitlement in the distribution, less such prorated cash payment, would be paid to such stockholder in shares of our common stock.

        To the extent that in respect of any calendar year, cash available for distribution is less than our net taxable income, we could be required to sell assets or borrow funds to make cash distributions or make a portion of the required distribution in the form of a taxable stock distribution or distribution of debt securities. In addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net proceeds, which would reduce the amount of cash we have available for investing and other purposes. We will generally not be required to make distributions with respect to activities conducted through any TRSs. For more information, see "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation."

        To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income and excise tax, we intend to make regular quarterly distributions of all or substantially all of our net taxable income to holders of our common stock out of assets legally available therefor. The amount of cash available for distribution will be decreased by any fees or expenses payable by us to our Manager under the management agreement. Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, debt covenants, funding or margin requirements under repurchase agreements, warehouse facilities or other secured and unsecured borrowing agreements, maintenance of our REIT qualification, restrictions under Delaware law, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. Our earnings and financial condition will be affected by various factors, including the net interest and other income from our portfolio, our operating expenses and any other expenditures. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially adversely affect our earnings and financial condition, see "Risk factors."

        We anticipate that our distributions generally will be taxable as ordinary income to our stockholders, although a portion of the distributions may be designated by us as qualified dividend income or capital gain, or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, return of capital, qualified dividend income or capital gain. For more information, see "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of stockholders—Taxation of taxable domestic stockholders."

62


Table of Contents


Capitalization

        The following table sets forth (1) our actual capitalization at March 31, 2012, and (2) our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the effect of:

        You should read this table together with "Use of proceeds" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2012  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  

Stockholder's equity:

             

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 100,000 shares authorized, and 100 shares issued and outstanding, actual and 500,000,000 shares authorized and 10,333,489 shares outstanding, as adjusted (1)

  $ 1   $ 103,335  

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 0 shares authorized and 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual and 100,000,000 shares authorized and 0 shares outstanding, as adjusted

         

Additional paid in capital (2)

    999     204,253,265  
           

Total stockholder's equity

  $ 1,000   $ 204,356,600  
           

(1)
Excludes 100 shares of common stock issued to our Manager on March 24, 2011 at $10.00 per share because we will repurchase these shares at their issue price shortly before the completion of this offering. Does not include (i) the approximately 1,115,893 shares initially issuable upon exercise of the warrants (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements"), and (ii) the shares of our common stock available for future grants under our equity incentive plans, which is initially expected to be equal to 252,676 shares of our common stock (after deduction of the initial grant of 51,159 shares of restricted common stock to our Manager and an aggregate of 4,500 shares of restricted common stock to our three director nominees).

(2)
Additional paid-in-capital, as adjusted has been reduced by estimated offering and organizational expenses payable by us, which we currently estimate to be $1.2 million. If the total expenses attributable to our organization, this offering and the concurrent private placements (other than the underwriting discount applicable to this offering and the placement agent fee applicable to the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors) exceed $1.2 million, our Manager has agreed to pay for any expenses exceeding $1.2 million. In addition, our Manager has agreed to pay (i) all of the underwriting discounts payable with respect to the shares sold in this offering and (ii) the placement agent fee that will be payable with respect to each unit sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors (other than to investors who have a pre-existing business relationship with our Manager for which there will not be any placement agent fee payable).

63


Table of Contents


Selected financial information

        The following table presents selected financial information as of March 31, 2012 that has been derived from our historical balance sheet as of such date and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have no operating history and no investment portfolio.

        The following selected financial information is only a summary and is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our balance sheet as of March 31, 2012 and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of
March 31, 2012
 

Assets:

       

Cash

  $ 1,000  
       

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity:

       

Stockholder's equity

  $ 1,000  
       

64


Table of Contents


Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition
and results of operations

         You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled "Risk factors," "Forward-looking statements" and "Business" and our balance sheet dated as of March 31, 2012 and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation is focused on investing in, financing and managing primarily in Agency RMBS. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. We intend to finance investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        We are organized as a Delaware corporation. We filed a Certificate of Dissolution in Delaware on May 5, 2010 and revoked such dissolution by filing a Certificate of Revocation of Dissolution on March 24, 2011. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income to the extent that we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to stockholders and maintain our intended qualification as a REIT. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

        We will be externally managed and advised by our Manager, an SEC-registered investment advisor and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Our Manager will be responsible for administering our business activities and our day-to-day operations, subject to the supervision of our board of directors.

Outlook

        Our business will be affected by general U.S. residential real estate fundamentals and the overall U.S. economic environment. In particular, our strategy is influenced by the specific characteristics of these markets, including prepayment rates and interest rate levels. We expect the results of our operations to be affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our results of operations will primarily depend on, among other things, the level of our net interest income, the market value of our investment portfolio and the supply of and demand for mortgage-related securities. Our net interest income, which includes the amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of discounts, will vary primarily as a result of changes in interest rates, borrowing costs, and prepayment speeds on our RMBS investments, which is a measurement of how quickly borrowers pay down the unpaid principal balance on their residential mortgage loans.

        The current economic and market outlook are shaped in a significant manner by the unprecedented level of fiscal and monetary stimulus that the U.S. Government and Federal Reserve Board provided in the aftermath of the 2008 credit crisis. The current rate environment is characterized by a steep yield curve with the spread between two-year U.S. Treasury Notes and 10-year U.S. Treasury Notes well above the average spread over the last three decades. The Federal Reserve Board has maintained a near-zero target for the federal funds rate, and has reiterated its commitment to fulfilling the mandate of the second round of quantitative easing, or QE2, implemented at the end of 2010. QE2 was intended to promote higher growth and lower unemployment and to maintain price stability in the U.S. economy through the purchase of $600 billion in U.S. Treasury securities through June 2011.

65


Table of Contents

        It is our Manager's view that while recent economic data suggests an improvement in U.S. economic growth, the significant mortgage debt burden, run-off of fiscal stimulus and budget discipline at both the U.S. federal and state level will serve as a heavy anchor to real GDP and employment growth in 2012. Although headline inflation data is being pushed higher due to rising commodity costs, we do not believe these input costs will lead to higher core rates due to a plentiful supply of labor preventing wage pressure and low rates of resource utilization. For these reasons, and considering its dual mandate to manage both inflation and unemployment, we believe that the Federal Reserve Board will exercise patience before unwinding any form of QE2 or other monetary stimulus now in effect. We expect this type of muted recovery to keep the yield curve relatively steep and, barring any system shocks to the capital markets, for healthy demand for Agency RMBS to continue.

        On September 21, 2011, the U.S. Federal Reserve, in a program dubbed "Operation Twist," announced that they intend to sell $400 billion shorter term U.S. Treasury securities by the end of June 2012, and reinvest the proceeds to purchase longer term U.S. Treasury securities with a goal of further monetary stimulus. They also announced that they will continue to reinvest principal repayments from agency securities back into agency securities. This program is intended to extend the average maturity of the securities in the U.S. Federal Reserve's portfolio. By reducing the supply of longer term U.S. Treasury securities in the market, this action should put downward pressure on longer term interest rates, including rates on financial assets that investors consider to be close substitutes for longer term U.S. Treasury securities, like certain types of agency securities. The reduction in longer term interest rates, in turn, may contribute to a broad easing in financial market conditions that the U.S. Federal Reserve hopes will provide additional stimulus to support the economic recovery.

        We believe investors continue to seek incremental spreads relative to U.S. Treasury Notes in a low yield environment and financial institutions continue to prefer high quality, liquid Agency RMBS. Yield spreads on agency mortgage-backed securities are attractive relative to historical spread levels. Prepayments that are being made at rates less than the historical average should provide opportunity to capture such spread, which we refer to as the carry premium. Non-Agency RMBS continue to be priced to high default and loss severity rates and low prepayment scenarios and offer attractive loss-adjusted yields in the fixed income market.

        As the capital markets have recovered, commercial banks have re-entered the secured lending market which has quickened the pace of asset recovery and the return to more normalized credit spreads. Financing of Agency and non-Agency RMBS is currently widely available through, among other vehicles, repurchase agreements. Haircuts, or the discount attributed to the value of securities sold under repurchase agreements, average between 3% and 10% for Agency RMBS and average between 10% and 50% for non-Agency RMBS, depending on the specific security used as collateral for such repurchase agreements.

        The U.S. government, through the FHA, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, and the U.S. Treasury, has commenced or proposed implementation of programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. These loan modification and refinance programs, future U.S. federal, state and/or local legislative or regulatory actions that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans, as well as changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans with FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, residential mortgage loans, RMBS, real estate-related securities and various other asset classes in which we may invest. In addition to the foregoing, the U.S. Congress and/or various states and local legislators may enact additional legislation or regulatory action designed to address the current economic crisis or for other purposes that could have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our business strategies.

        In September 2011, the White House announced they are working on a major plan to allow certain homeowners who owe more on their mortgages than their homes are worth to refinance. In October

66


Table of Contents

2011, the FHFA announced changes to HARP to expand access to refinancing for qualified individuals and families whose homes have lost value, including increasing the HARP loan-to-value ratio above 125%. However, this would only apply to mortgages guaranteed by the U.S. government-sponsored entities. In addition, the expansion does not change the time period which these loans were originated, maintaining the requirement that the loans must have been guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to June 2009. There are many challenging issues to this proposal, notably the question as to whether a loan with a loan-to-value ratio of 125% qualifies as a mortgage or an unsecured consumer loan. The chances of this initiative's success have created additional uncertainty in the agency securities market, particularly with respect to possible increases in prepayment rates.

        On January 4, 2012, the U.S. Federal Reserve released a report titled "The U.S. Housing Market: Current Conditions and Policy Considerations" to Congress providing a framework for thinking about certain issues and tradeoffs that policy makers might consider. It is unclear how future legislation may impact the housing finance market and the investing environment for agency securities as the method of reform is undecided and has not yet been defined by the regulators.

Factors impacting our operating results

Prepayment speeds

        Prepayment speeds, as reflected by the Constant Prepayment Rate, or CPR, vary according to interest rates, the type of residential mortgage loan, conditions in financial markets and housing markets, availability of residential mortgages, borrowers' credit profile, competition and other factors, none of which can be predicted with any certainty. CPR, expressed as a percentage over a pool of residential mortgages, is the rate at which principal is expected to prepay in the given year (usually the next one). For example, if a certain residential mortgage loan pool has a CPR of 9%, then 9% of the existing pool principal outstanding is expected to prepay over the next year. In general, when interest rates rise, it is relatively less attractive for borrowers to refinance their residential mortgage loans, and as a result, prepayment speeds tend to decrease. When interest rates fall, however, prepayment speeds tend to increase. When house price appreciation is positive, prepayment rates may increase and when house prices depreciate in value, prepayment rates may decline. For RMBS purchased at a premium, as prepayment speeds increase, the amount of income we will earn on these investments will be less than expected because the purchase premium we will pay for the bonds amortizes faster than expected. Conversely, decreases in prepayment speeds result in income greater than expected and can extend the period over which we amortize the purchase premium. For RMBS purchased at a discount, as prepayment speeds increase, the amount of income we will earn will be greater than expected because of the acceleration of the accretion of the discount into interest income. Conversely, decreases in prepayment speeds result in income less than expected and can extend the period over which we accrete the purchase discount into interest income.

Interest rate environment

        As indicated above, as interest rates rise, prepayment speeds generally decrease, increasing our interest income. Rising interest rates, however, increase our financing costs which may result in a net negative impact on our net interest income. In addition, if we acquire RMBS collateralized by monthly reset ARMs, and three- and five-year hybrid ARMs, such interest rate increases should result in decreases in our net investment income, as there could be a timing mismatch between the interest rate reset dates on our investment portfolio and the financing costs of these investments. Monthly reset ARMs are ARMs on which coupon rates reset monthly based on indices such as one-month LIBOR. Hybrid ARMs are mortgages that have interest rates that are fixed for an initial period (typically three, five, seven or ten years) and thereafter reset at regular intervals subject to interest rate caps.

67


Table of Contents

        Rising interest rates generally reduce the demand for consumer credit, including residential mortgage loans, due to the higher cost of borrowing. A reduction in the volume of residential mortgage loans originated may affect the volume of Agency and non-Agency RMBS, which could affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives.

Mortgage-related securities spreads

        During the credit market disruptions beginning in the summer of 2007, U.S. Treasury yields declined and yields on RMBS increased, resulting in a historically wide difference between the two yields, or the spread relationship. If fixed income market concerns return, causing mortgage-related security spreads to increase, the value of mortgage-related securities may decline and lenders under our repurchase agreements may require us to post additional collateral for our mortgage-related securities under outstanding repurchase agreements.

Size of investment portfolio

        The size of our investment portfolio, as measured by the aggregate unpaid principal balance of our investment portfolio, will also be a key driver of our gross interest income. Generally, as the size of our investment portfolio grows, the amount of interest income that we receive will increase. The larger investment portfolio, however, will drive increased expenses as we will incur additional interest expense to finance the purchase of our investment portfolio.

Critical accounting policies

        Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions that involve the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties. In accordance with SEC guidance, the following discussion addresses the accounting policies that we will apply based on our expectation of our initial operations. Our most critical accounting policies will involve decisions and assessments that could affect our reported assets and liabilities, as well as our reported revenues and expenses. We believe that all of the decisions and assessments upon which our financial statements will be based will be reasonable at the time made and based upon information available to us at that time. We will rely on independent pricing of our assets at each quarter's end to arrive at what we believe to be reasonable estimates of fair market value. We have identified what we believe will be our most critical accounting policies to be the following:

Investments

        ASC 320-10, Debt and Equity Securities, requires that at the time of purchase, we designate a security as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading depending on our ability and intent to hold such security to maturity. Securities available-for-sale will be reported at fair value, while securities held-to-maturity will be reported at amortized cost. We may sell any of our securities as part of our overall management of our investment portfolio. Accordingly, we will elect to classify substantially all of our securities as available-for-sale. All assets classified as available-for-sale will be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from net income or loss and reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. See "—Valuation of financial instruments." We do not have an investment portfolio at this time.

        For an available-for-sale security, or AFS security, where its fair value has declined below its amortized cost basis, we evaluate the security for other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI. If we either (i) intend to sell the impaired security, (ii) will more likely than not be required to the sell the impaired security before it recovers in value or (iii) do not expect to recover the impaired security's amortized cost basis even if we do not intend to sell the security, then the impairment is deemed an OTTI and we record the entire difference between the security's fair value and its amortized cost in net

68


Table of Contents

income or loss. Conversely, if one of these three conditions are met, we analyze the expected cash flows, or cost recovery of the security, to determine what, if any, OTTI is recognized through our net income or loss. This analysis includes an assessment of any changes in the regulatory and/or economic environment that might affect the performance of the security.

        If we conclude through our analysis that there has been no significant adverse change in our cash flow assumptions for the security, then the impairment is deemed temporary in nature and the associated difference between the security's fair value and its amortized cost basis is recorded as an unrealized loss through other comprehensive income or loss, a component of stockholders' equity. Alternatively, if we conclude that there has been a significant adverse change in our cash flow assumptions for the security, then the impairment is deemed an OTTI and we perform an additional analysis to determine what portion of OTTI, if any, should be recorded through net income or loss. This analysis entails discounting the security's cash flows to a present value using the prior period yield for the security to determine an "expected recoverable value." The difference between this expected recoverable value and the amortized cost basis of the security is deemed to be the "credit" component of the OTTI that is recorded in our net income or loss. The amortized cost of the security is then adjusted to the expected recoverable value, and the difference between this expected recoverable value and the fair value is deemed to be the "non-credit" component of the OTTI that is recorded to other comprehensive income or loss. Future amortization and accretion for the security is computed based upon the new amortized cost basis.

Valuation of financial instruments

        ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and expands financial statement disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. ASC Topic 820 further specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques, which is based on whether the inputs into the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. The hierarchy is as follows:

        The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

        When available, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of an asset or liability. If quoted market prices are not available, we will consult independent pricing services or third party broker quotes, provided that there is no ongoing material event that affects the issuer of the securities being valued or the market therefor. If there is such an ongoing event, or if quoted market prices are not available, our pricing officer will determine the fair value of the securities using valuation techniques that use, when possible, current market-based or independently-sourced market parameters, such as interest rates.

69


Table of Contents

        Valuation techniques for RMBS may be based on models that consider the estimated cash flows of each debt tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield, and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche including, but not limited to, the prepayment speed assumptions and attributes of the collateral underlying such securities. To the extent the inputs are observable and timely, the values would be categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise they would be categorized as Level 3.

        We expect that most of the RMBS that we intend to acquire upon consummation of this offering and the concurrent private placements, along with any related derivative and hedging instruments, will be valued based on the similar-asset valuation approach using Level 2 inputs.

        Fair value under U.S. GAAP represents an exit price in the normal course of business, not a forced liquidation price. If we were forced to sell assets in a short period to meet liquidity needs, the prices we receive could be substantially less than their recorded fair values. Furthermore, the analysis of whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell securities in an unrealized loss position prior to an expected recovery in value (if any), the amount of such expected required sales, and the projected identification of which securities would be sold is also subject to significant judgment, particularly in times of market illiquidity.

Interest income

        AFS securities are carried at their estimated fair values with cumulative unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in our statement of equity. Coupon interest is recognized as interest income when earned and deemed collectible, and the interest method is used to determine an effective yield to amortize purchase premiums, discounts, and fees associated with these securities into income over time. This requires us to project cash flows over the remaining life of each security and make assumptions with regards to interest rates, prepayment rates, the timing and amount of credit losses, and other factors. We review our cash flow projections on an ongoing basis and monitor these projections based on input and analyses received from external sources, internal models, and our own judgment and experience.

Repurchase agreements

        We intend to enter into master repurchase agreements with various financial institutions and borrow under these master repurchase agreements to finance the acquisition of assets for our investment portfolio. Repurchase transactions will be treated as collateralized financing transactions and will be carried at their contractual amounts, including accrued interest, as specified in the respective transactions. The economic terms of our borrowings under these master repurchase agreements will not be determined until we engage in a repurchase transaction under such agreements. We will not engage in any repurchase transactions until after the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements. To the extent our borrowings incur premiums or discounts, and/or debt issue costs, they will be carried at amortized cost and the contractual interest method over the contractual life will be used to determine the effective yield to amortize the purchase premiums, discounts or other costs into income or expense over time.

        In instances where we acquire securities through repurchase agreements with the same counterparty from whom the securities were purchased, we will account for the purchase commitment and repurchase agreement on a net basis and record a forward commitment to purchase securities as a derivative instrument if the transaction does not comply with the criteria in ASC 860-10, Transfers and Servicing, for gross presentation. Such forward commitments are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in income. Additionally, we will record the cash portion of our investment in securities as a mortgage-related receivable from the counterparty on our balance sheet. If the transaction complies with the criteria for gross presentation in ASC 860-10, we will record the

70


Table of Contents

assets and the related financing on a gross basis in our statements of financial condition, and the corresponding interest income and interest expense in our statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

Derivatives and hedging activities

        We may elect to account for derivative financial instruments in accordance with ASC 815-10. ASC 815-10 requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheets and to measure those instruments at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives are classified as either hedges of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge) or hedges of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). Derivatives are used for hedging purposes rather than speculation. We will value derivative financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820. See "—Valuation of financial instruments."

        In the normal course of business, we may use a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risk on our borrowings. These derivative financial instruments must be effective in reducing our interest rate risk exposure in order to qualify for hedge accounting. When the terms of an underlying transaction are modified, or when the underlying hedged item ceases to exist, all changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are marked-to-market with changes in value included in net income or loss for each period until the derivative instrument matures or is settled. Any derivative instrument used for risk management that does not meet the effective hedge criteria is marked-to-market with the changes in value included in net income.

Income taxes

        We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. Accordingly, we will generally not be subject to corporate U.S. federal or state income tax to the extent that we make qualifying distributions to our stockholders, and provided that we satisfy on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, the REIT requirements including certain asset, income, distribution and stock ownership tests. If we fail to qualify as a REIT, and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, we will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year in which we lost our REIT qualification. Accordingly, our failure to qualify as a REIT could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

        Our dividends paid deduction for qualifying dividends paid to our stockholders is computed using our taxable income as opposed to net income reported on the financial statements. Taxable income, generally, will differ from net income reported on the financial statements because the determination of taxable income is based on tax provisions and not financial accounting principles.

        We may elect to treat certain of our subsidiaries as TRSs. In general, a TRS of ours may hold assets and engage in activities that we cannot hold or engage in directly and generally may engage in any real estate or non-real estate-related business. A TRS is subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate income taxes.

        While a TRS will generate net income, a TRS can declare dividends to us which will be included in our taxable income and necessitate a distribution to our stockholders. Conversely, if we retain earnings at a TRS level, no distribution is required and we can increase book equity of the consolidated entity.

71


Table of Contents

Warrants

        We will account for the warrants comprising a part of the units issued in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 815, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which provides guidance on the specific accounting treatment of a multitude of derivative instruments. In the case of equity related instruments, such instruments or embedded features are accounted for at fair value, using appropriate fair value methodologies. Common provisions such as certain anti-dilution clauses in equity warrants may lead to an accounting treatment of the warrants as a liability, where subsequent changes in fair value are reported in earnings. If warrants qualify for equity treatment, the cost basis of the warrants is accounted for in equity each reporting period.

Share-Based Compensation

        We will follow ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" with regard to our equity incentive plans. ASC 718 covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted stock plans, performance based awards, and related other arrangements. ASC 718 requires that compensation cost relating to stock-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements at the time of grant or remeasurement date. The costs are measured based on the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

        Compensation cost related to restricted common stock to be granted to our directors will be measured at its estimated fair value at the grant date, and will be amortized and expensed over the vesting period on a straight-line basis. Compensation cost related to restricted common stock issued to our Manager will be initially measured at estimated fair value at the grant date, and will be remeasured on subsequent dates to the extent the awards are unvested. We have elected to use the straight-line method to amortize compensation expense for the restricted common stock to be granted to our Manager.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 ("ASU No. 2011-12"). In order to defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments, the guidance in ASU 2011-12 supersedes certain pending guidance in ASU 2011-05. The amendments are being made to allow the FASB time to deliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. In the course of FASB's deliberation, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. ASU No. 2011-12 is required to be applied for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance may increase our disclosures where applicable, but is not expected to have a material impact on our statement of financial condition or results of operations.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11,— Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities ("ASU No. 2011-11") which requires entities to provide enhanced disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either presented on a net basis in the balance sheet or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement including (i) a description of the rights of offset associated with relevant agreements and

72


Table of Contents

(ii) both net and gross information, including amounts of financial collateral, for relevant assets and liabilities. The purpose of the update is to enhance comparability between those companies that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those that prepare their financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and enables users of the financial statements to understand the effect or potential effect of the offsetting arrangements on the balance sheet. ASU No. 2011-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and for interim periods within those years. Disclosures are required retrospectively for all comparative periods presented in an entity's financial statements. This guidance may increase our disclosures where applicable, but is not expected to have a material impact on our statement of financial condition or results of operations.

        Issued in June 2011, ASU No. 2011-05 : Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income , ("ASU No. 2001-05"), which improves the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and increases the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. Current U.S. GAAP allows reporting entities three alternatives for presenting other comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. ASU No. 2011-05 eliminates one of the presentation options whereby the components of other comprehensive income are presented as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. In addition, ASU No. 2011-05 will require consecutive presentation of the statement of net income and other comprehensive income as well as require an entity to present reclassification adjustments on the face of the financial statements from other comprehensive income to net income. The amendments in ASU No. 2011-05 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance may increase our disclosures where applicable, but is not expected to have a material impact on our statement of financial condition or results of operations.

        In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S GAAP and IFRSs . The guidance generally clarifies the application of existing requirements on topics including the concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise, measuring the fair value of instruments classified in shareholders' equity, and disclosing quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used in the measurements of instruments categorized within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Additionally, the guidance includes changes on topics such as measuring the fair value of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio and additional disclosure for fair value measurements categorized within the Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The amended guidance is effective for public companies for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2011. This guidance may increase our disclosures related to fair value measurements when applicable, but is not expected to have a material impact on our statement of financial condition or results of operations.

        Issued in April 2011, ASU No. 2011-03 Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements ("ASU No. 2011-03") is intended to improve the accounting for repurchase agreements ("repos") and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. FASB determined that the criterion pertaining to an exchange of collateral should not be a determining factor in assessing effective control and also concluded that the assessment of effective control should focus on a transferor's contractual rights and obligations with respect to transferred financial assets, not on whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. FASB also concluded that the remaining criteria are sufficient to determine effective control. Consequently, the amendments remove the transferor's ability criterion from the consideration of effective control for repos and other agreements that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. ASU No. 2011-03 is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011, and will be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing

73


Table of Contents

transactions that occur on or after the effective date. We are currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this ASU will have on our financial statements.

Results of operations

        As of the date of this prospectus, we have not commenced any significant operations because we are in our organization stage. We will not commence any significant operations until we have completed this offering and the concurrent private placements. We are not aware of any material trends or uncertainties, other than economic conditions affecting mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and real estate, generally, that may reasonably be expected to have a material impact, favorable or unfavorable, on revenues or income from the acquisition of real estate-related investments, other than those referred to in this prospectus.

        The offering costs to be incurred by us in connection with this offering will be reflected as a reduction of our additional paid-in-capital when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Costs incurred that are not directly associated with the completion of this offering will be accrued and expensed as incurred by us.

        As of March 31, 2012, our Manager has incurred approximately $650,000 related to this offering, the concurrent private placements and organization costs. We are responsible for the payment of all offering and organizational expenses (other than the underwriting discount and the placement agent fee applicable to the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors) to the extent they do not exceed $1.2 million in the aggregate. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will be required to reimburse our Manager for these costs from the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placements. If the total expenses attributable to our organization, this offering and the concurrent private placements (other than the underwriting discount and the placement agent fee applicable to the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors) exceed $1.2 million, our Manager has agreed to pay for any expenses exceeding $1.2 million. In addition, our Manager has agreed to pay (i) the underwriting discount payable with respect to the shares sold in this offering and (ii) the placement agent fee that will be payable with respect to each unit sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors (other than to investors who have a pre-existing business relationship with our Manager for which there will not be any placement agent fee payable).

Liquidity and capital resources

        Liquidity is a measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, including ongoing commitments to pay dividends, fund investments, repay borrowings and other general business needs. Our primary sources of funds for liquidity will consist of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements, net cash provided by operating activities, cash from repurchase agreements and other financing arrangements and future issuances of common equity (including issuances of common equity upon the exercise of our warrants, where the holders of such warrants do not elect cashless exercise), preferred equity, convertible securities, trust preferred and/or debt securities. We intend to finance Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        Under repurchase agreements, we may be required to pledge additional assets to our repurchase agreement counterparties (lenders) in the event that the estimated fair value of the existing pledged collateral under such agreements declines and such lenders demand additional collateral which may take the form of additional securities or cash. Generally, repurchase agreements contain a financing rate, term and trigger levels for margin calls and haircuts depending on the types of collateral and the counterparties involved. If the estimated fair value of the investment securities increases due to changes in market interest rates or market factors, lenders may release collateral back to us. Specifically, margin

74


Table of Contents

calls may result from a decline in the value of the investments securing our repurchase agreements, prepayments on the residential mortgages securing our RMBS investments and from changes in the estimated fair value of such investments generally due to principal reduction of such investments from scheduled amortization and resulting from changes in market interest rates and other market factors. Counterparties also may choose to increase haircuts based on credit evaluations of our company and/or the performance of the bonds in question. Haircuts, or the discount attributed to the value of securities sold under repurchase agreements, average between 3% and 10% for Agency RMBS and average between 10% and 50% for non-Agency RMBS, depending on the specific security used as collateral for such repurchase agreements. Should prepayment speeds on the residential mortgages underlying our RMBS investments or market interest rates increase, margin calls on our repurchase agreements could result, causing an adverse change in our liquidity position.

        Upon repayment of each borrowing under a repurchase agreement, we may use the collateral immediately for borrowing under a new repurchase agreement. We have not at the present time entered into any other commitment agreements under which the lender would be required to enter into new repurchase agreements during a specified period of time.

        We believe these identified sources of funds will be adequate for purposes of meeting our short-term (within one year) liquidity and long-term liquidity needs. However, our ability to meet our long-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may require additional financing. Our short-term and long-term liquidity needs include funding future investments, operating costs and distributions to our stockholders. A number of financial institutions, including potential and current repurchase agreement lenders, have tightened their lending standards and reduced their lending overall. If we are unable to obtain or renew our sources of financing or unable to obtain them on attractive terms, it may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        To qualify as a REIT, we generally must distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income. These distribution requirements limit our ability to retain earnings and thereby replenish or increase capital for operations.

Contractual obligations and commitments

        We had no contractual obligations as of March 31, 2012. Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager that will become effective upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements. Our Manager will be entitled to receive a management fee and the reimbursement of certain expenses. See "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement—Management fee and expense reimbursements." If, as anticipated, we hire a chief financial officer in the future that is not an employee of our Manager, we will directly compensate such chief financial officer and such chief financial officer's support staff, which will be our only employees, with customary compensation packages, as applicable, including (without limitation) base salaries, cash bonuses and equity compensation. Because our management agreement provides that our Manager is responsible for managing our affairs, our executive officers who are employees of our Manager and not our employees will not receive cash compensation from us for serving as our executive officers. Our Manager will compensate all of our officers and personnel that are employees of our Manager.

        Under our equity incentive plans, the administrator of the plans is authorized to approve grants of equity-based awards to our Manager, its personnel and its affiliates, our officers and directors as well as certain other service providers. To date, our board of directors has not approved any grants of equity awards, although we intend to grant certain equity awards upon the completion of this offering. See "Management—Equity incentive plans."

        We expect to enter into certain contracts that may contain a variety of indemnification obligations, principally with brokers, underwriters and counterparties to repurchase agreements. The maximum

75


Table of Contents

potential future payment amount we could be required to pay under these indemnification obligations may be unlimited.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

        As of March 31, 2012, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Dividends

        We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income. We generally intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to our stockholders in an amount equal to our net taxable income. Before we pay any dividend, whether for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise, we must first meet both our operating requirements and debt service on our repurchase agreements and other debt payable. If cash available for distribution to our stockholders is less than our net taxable income, we could be required to sell assets or borrow funds to make cash distributions, or we may make a portion of the required distribution in the form of a taxable stock distribution or distribution of debt securities.

Inflation

        Virtually all of our assets and liabilities will be interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors influence our performance far more so than does inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and our distributions will be determined by our board of directors consistent with our obligation to distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our net taxable income on an annual basis in order to maintain our REIT qualification; in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair market value without considering inflation.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

        The primary components of our market risk are related to interest rate, prepayment and market value risk. While we do not seek to avoid risk completely, we believe the risk can be quantified from historical experience and seek to actively manage that risk, to earn sufficient compensation to justify taking those risks and to maintain capital levels consistent with the risks we undertake.

Interest rate risk

        Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control.

        We will be subject to interest rate risk in connection with our investments and our repurchase agreements. Our repurchase agreements will typically be of limited duration and will be periodically refinanced at current market rates. We may mitigate this risk through utilization of derivative contracts, primarily interest rate swap agreements, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.

Interest rate effect on net interest income

        Our operating results will depend in large part on differences between the yields earned on our investments and our cost of borrowing and any interest rate hedging activities. A portion of our borrowings may be based on fixed interest rates. We expect that our borrowings under the repurchase

76


Table of Contents

agreements we intend to enter into for Agency RMBS and our potential target assets will generally be based on prevailing market interest rates. We will attempt to match fund our borrowings and assets by attempting to use fixed-rate borrowings to finance fixed-rate assets and variable rate borrowings to finance our assets that pay variable rates of interest. However, it will not always be possible to match fund our borrowings and assets in this way.

        During periods of rising interest rates, the borrowing costs associated with our variable rate borrowings tend to increase while the income earned on our fixed interest rate investments may remain substantially unchanged, or the income earned on our variable rate assets may reset more slowly than the changes in our borrowing costs. These factors will result in a narrowing of the net interest spread between the related assets and borrowings and may even result in losses. Further, during this portion of the interest rate and credit cycles, defaults could increase and result in credit losses to us, which could adversely affect our liquidity and operating results. Such delinquencies or defaults could also have an adverse effect on the spread between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

        Hedging techniques are partly based on assumed levels of prepayments of our RMBS. If prepayments are slower or faster than assumed, the life of the RMBS will be longer or shorter, which would reduce the effectiveness of any hedging strategies we may use and may cause losses on such transactions. Hedging strategies involving the use of derivative securities are highly complex and may produce volatile returns.

Interest rate effects on fair value

        Another component of interest rate risk is the effect changes in interest rates will have on the market value of the assets we acquire. We will face the risk that the market value of our assets will increase or decrease at different rates than those of our liabilities, including any hedging instruments.

        We will primarily assess our interest rate risk by estimating the duration of our assets and the duration of our liabilities. Duration essentially measures the market price volatility of financial instruments as interest rates change. We generally calculate duration using various financial models and empirical data. Different models and methodologies can produce different duration numbers for the same securities.

        It is important to note that the impact of changing interest rates on fair value can change significantly when interest rates change materially. Therefore, the volatility in the fair value of our assets could increase significantly when interest rates change materially. In addition, other factors impact the fair value of our interest rate-sensitive investments and any hedging instruments, such as the shape of the yield curve, market expectations as to future interest rate changes and other market conditions. Accordingly, changes in actual interest rates may have a material adverse effect on us.

Prepayment risk

        As we receive prepayments of principal on our RMBS investments, premiums paid on such investments will be amortized against interest income. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the amortization of purchase premiums, thereby reducing the interest income earned on the RMBS investments. Conversely, discounts on such RMBS investments are accreted into interest income. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the accretion of purchase discounts, thereby increasing the interest income earned on the RMBS investments.

Extension risk

        If prepayment rates decrease in a rising interest rate environment, the life of the fixed-rate portion of the related RMBS assets could extend beyond the term of the swap agreement or other hedging instrument. This could have a negative impact on our results from operations, as borrowing costs would

77


Table of Contents

no longer be fixed after the end of the hedging instrument, while the income earned on the hybrid ARM RMBS would remain fixed. This situation may also cause the market value of our hybrid ARM RMBS to decline, with little or no offsetting gain from the related hedging transactions. In extreme situations, we may be forced to sell assets to maintain adequate liquidity, which could cause us to incur losses.

Market risk

Market value risk

        Our available-for-sale securities will be reflected at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, or ASC 320. The estimated fair value of these securities fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, in a rising interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to decrease; conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, the estimated fair value of these securities would be expected to increase.

Real estate risk

        Residential and commercial property values are subject to volatility and may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including, but not limited to: national, regional and local economic conditions (which may be adversely affected by industry slowdowns and other factors); local real estate conditions (such as an oversupply of housing); changes or continued weakness in specific industry segments; construction quality, age and design; demographic factors; and retroactive changes to building or similar codes. In addition, decreases in property values reduce the value of the collateral and the potential proceeds available to our securities, which could also cause us to suffer losses.

Credit risk

        We retain the risk of potential credit losses on the loans underlying the non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS we may hold. We may seek to manage this risk through our pre-acquisition due diligence process, through the use of non-recourse financing that limits our exposure to credit losses to the specific assets that are subject to the non-recourse financing and, subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, through the use of derivative financial instruments, including, among others, contracts with respect to the Markit ABX.HE index, a tradeable index referencing a basket of 20 subprime MBS, and the Markit CMBX index, a tradeable index referencing a basket of 25 CMBS. In addition, with respect to any particular target asset, our Manager's investment team will evaluate, among other things, relative valuation, supply and demand trends, shape of yield curves, prepayment rates, delinquency and default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral.

Risk management

        To the extent consistent with maintaining our REIT qualification, we will seek to manage risk exposure to protect our investment portfolio against the effects of major interest rate changes. We may generally seek to manage this risk by:

78


Table of Contents

79


Table of Contents


Business

Our Company

        We are organized as a Delaware corporation focused on investing in, financing and managing primarily residential mortgage-backed securities, or RMBS, for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, or GNMA, or a U.S. Government-sponsored entity, or GSE, including the Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or FHLMC. We refer to these types of securities as Agency RMBS. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with RMBS that are not guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or GSE, or non-Agency RMBS, commercial mortgage-backed securities, or CMBS, and other asset-backed securities, or ABS. We refer to these assets as our potential target assets. We intend to finance investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        Our objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over the long term, primarily through dividends and secondarily through capital appreciation. We intend to achieve this objective by selectively acquiring a diversified investment portfolio of assets designed to produce attractive returns across a variety of market conditions and economic cycles. We intend to construct a diversified investment portfolio by focusing on the relative value of securities within various sectors of the mortgage markets and security selection.

        We will be externally managed and advised by our Manager, an investment advisor registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc., or Legg Mason (NYSE: LM). Our Manager will be responsible for administering our business activities and day-to-day operations, subject to the supervision and oversight of our board of directors.

        We have not made any investments in Agency RMBS or our potential target assets as of the date of this prospectus. We will not commence significant operations until we have completed this offering and the concurrent private placements. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our net taxable income to the extent that we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to stockholders and maintain our intended qualification as a REIT. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

Current market opportunities

        Since the height of the financial crisis in 2008, there have been a number of proposals put forward regarding the reform of the housing finance market. We believe the most important theme of these proposals, as highlighted in the U.S. Department of Treasury and Department of Housing and Urban Development report to Congress on February 11, 2011, is the reduction of the government's role in, and the return of private capital to, the housing finance market. Several tools intended to encourage investment of private capital were recommended in the U.S. Department of Treasury and Department of Housing and Urban Development report including increasing guarantee fees, decreasing loan limits and tightening underwriting criteria for conforming loans. We believe these recommended changes, some of which have begun to be implemented, such as the tightening of conforming loan limits in October 2011, will reduce the future supply of Agency RMBS, limit mortgage refinancing and associated prepayment risk, and reduce the future volatility of the Agency RMBS market, which we view as positive developments for existing Agency RMBS.

80


Table of Contents

        We believe investors continue to seek incremental spreads relative to U.S. Treasury Notes in a low yield environment and financial institutions continue to prefer high quality, liquid Agency RMBS. In addition, our Manager has observed that the long-standing correlation between the prepayment rates of borrowers and their ability to refinance mortgage loans (as defined by the difference between available rates in the market and the legacy rates being paid by borrowers) has become partially de-linked in the past several years. Our Manager believes this is primarily a result of the inability of many borrowers to refinance their existing mortgages because of the significant decrease in the equity value of those borrowers' homes. With yield spreads on Agency RMBS at what our Manager views as attractive levels, our Manager believes there will continue to be strong demand for Agency RMBS.

        Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with non-Agency RMBS, which are collateralized by non-conforming residential mortgages. While we anticipate mortgage loan delinquencies and credit losses may continue to rise and housing conditions may continue to deteriorate, we believe that current prices for certain non-Agency RMBS offer the potential for attractive risk-adjusted returns. Over time, we believe reform of GSEs, such as FNMA and FHLMC, will accelerate the demand for private capital into the housing finance sector, and we expect that we will be well positioned to make attractive risk-adjusted investments in new residential-mortgage assets.

        The current interest rate environment is characterized by a steep yield curve with the spread between two-year U.S. Treasury Notes and 10-year U.S. Treasury Notes well above the average spread over the last three decades. The Federal Reserve Board has maintained a near-zero target for the federal funds rate. On January 25, 2012, the Federal Open Market Committee released a statement indicating that it would maintain the target range for the federal funds rate at 0% to 0.25% and that it continues to anticipate that economic conditions, including low rates of resource utilization and a subdued outlook for inflation over the medium term, are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through 2014, which statement the Federal Open Market Committee reiterated on April 25, 2012. Our Manager believes recent economic data suggest an improvement in U.S. economic growth. However, certain indicators such as high unemployment, low levels of capacity utilization, the current large shadow inventory of non-performing loans, declining home prices in most markets, increased loan defaults and continued stress in the housing and construction markets all point to a muted recovery. We believe this slow growth environment should keep the yield curve relatively steep and promote continued demand for Agency and non-Agency RMBS.

        As the capital markets have recovered, commercial banks have re-entered the secured lending market which has quickened the pace of the recovery of asset values in the credit markets. Financing of Agency and non-Agency RMBS is currently widely available through, among other vehicles, repurchase agreements. Haircuts, or the discount attributed to the value of securities sold under repurchase agreements, average between 3% and 10% for Agency RMBS and average between 10% and 50% for non-Agency RMBS, depending on the specific security used as collateral for such repurchase agreements. We intend to use leverage to seek to increase potential returns to our stockholders by borrowing against existing assets through repurchase agreements and using the proceeds to acquire additional assets.

        Our Manager's views of the current market opportunities are based on its own assessments. There can be no assurance that our investment and financing strategies based on our Manager's views will be able to generate attractive returns for our stockholders.

Our Manager

        We will be externally managed and advised by Western Asset Management Company. Established in 1971 and acquired by Legg Mason in 1986, our Manager is a registered investment advisor headquartered in Pasadena, California, that specializes in fixed-income asset management. From offices

81


Table of Contents

in Pasadena, Hong Kong, London, Melbourne, New York, São Paulo, Singapore and Tokyo, our Manager's 904 employees provide investment services for a wide variety of global clients, including mutual funds, corporate, public, insurance, health care, union organizations and charitable foundations. Client portfolios range across an equally wide variety of mandates, from money markets to emerging markets. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had 529 clients, representing 40 countries and 1051 accounts. By concentrating resources on fixed-income, our Manager is able to fully commit to serving clients of all types within the fixed-income sector.

        As of December 31, 2011, our Manager and its investment advisory affiliates over which our Manager has operational responsibility, or its supervised affiliates, had approximately $443 billion in assets under management. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had a total of $61.5 billion in assets under management in the asset classes corresponding to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, of which $37.6 billion was invested in Agency RMBS, $13.8 billion in non-Agency RMBS, $2.4 billion in CMBS and $7.7 billion in ABS. Our Manager manages these assets using a range of specific strategies and investment vehicles, including mutual and private funds, private commingled vehicles and separately managed accounts. Our Manager's investment professionals and other staff have extensive experience in managing fixed-income assets, including Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS, ABS and other such instruments.

        Our chief investment officer, Stephen P. Fulton, who also serves as the head of our Manager's Agency RMBS team of five investment professionals averaging 17 years of experience, will, along with two senior portfolio managers from the Agency RMBS team, be primarily responsible for overseeing the management of our assets. The Agency RMBS team works alongside and is able to utilize the resources of our Manager's structured products team, which is made up of 16 investment professionals averaging 11 years of experience and focuses on managing and evaluating our potential target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. The Agency RMBS team is also able to call on the experience of a number of our Manager's other investment professionals, not specifically dedicated to managing our assets, but with expertise that covers certain aspects of our potential target assets as well as on specialists in our derivatives team, comprised of four investment professionals averaging 11 years of experience, and our liquidity team, comprised of 11 investment professionals averaging 23 years of experience, who are part of our Manager's broader investment team. The collective team operates under the purview of our Manager's U.S. broad markets committee which sets overall sector allocations for broad market accounts. Our Manager seeks to unite groups of specialists dedicated to different market sectors. The daily interaction among the different teams is designed to develop a consensus approach that draws on the expertise of all team members. Our Manager's overall investment management team consists of 127 investment professionals.

        Our Manager's investment process is based on a team approach using a combination of security-level research and macroeconomic analysis. Our Manager's investment style starts with developing a global investment outlook, as a part of which our Manager engages in forecasting economic growth, interest rates and inflation. However, rather than selecting precise targets, our Manager restricts its forecasting to long-term trends, focusing on factors such as economic growth, interest rates and inflation. Investment strategies are then driven by the difference between our Manager's reading of the underlying fundamentals and the macroeconomic trends that have been generally priced into securities by the market. Using a disciplined investment approach, our Manager will set targets for asset allocation and duration for each sector of the fixed-income market. This view is then weighed carefully against expectations already priced into the markets in order to arrive at an investment strategy and portfolio structure. Each of our Manager's sector teams is tasked with choosing the issues and issuers for a particular sector. Factors that are taken into consideration in evaluating specific securities include relative credit strength, liquidity, issue structure, event risk, covenant protection and market valuation, focusing on the selection of individual assets based upon a fundamental analysis of the asset and an evaluation of the asset's relative value. In addition, with respect to any particular target asset, our Manager's investment team will evaluate, among other things,

82


Table of Contents

relative valuation, supply and demand trends, shape of yield curves, prepayment rates, delinquency and default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral.

        We also expect to benefit from our Manager's portfolio management, finance and administration functions, which will address securities valuation, risk management, legal, compliance, investor relations and operational matters, trade allocation and execution and information technologies in connection with the performance of its duties. We expect that our Manager and its affiliates will continue to manage their existing portfolios and provide management services to their other clients.

Our investment strategy

        Our Manager's investment philosophy, which developed from a singular focus in fixed-income asset management over a variety of credit cycles and conditions, is to provide clients with diversified, tightly controlled, long-term value-oriented portfolios. Through rigorous analysis of all sectors of the fixed-income market, our Manager seeks to identify assets with the greatest risk-adjusted total value potential. In making investment decisions on our behalf, our Manager will incorporate its views on the economic environment and the outlook for the mortgage markets, including relative valuation, supply and demand trends, the level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, prepayment rates, financing and liquidity, commercial and residential real estate prices, delinquencies, default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral, subject to maintaining our REIT qualification and our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. We expect to benefit from the breadth and depth of our Manager's overall investment philosophy, which focuses on a macroeconomic analysis as well as an in-depth analysis of individual assets and their relative value.

        We will rely on our Manager's expertise in asset allocation and identifying attractive assets within our investment strategy. Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, our Manager's expertise in related investment disciplines such as non-Agency RMBS, CMBS, and ABS provides our Manager with both (1) valuable investment insights to our RMBS investment selection and strategy and (2) flexibility to invest in assets other than Agency RMBS opportunistically as market conditions warrant.

        We expect to purchase and sell Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Our Manager does not expect to purchase securities on our behalf with a view to selling them shortly after purchase. However, in order to maximize returns and manage portfolio risk while remaining opportunistic, we may dispose of securities earlier than anticipated or hold securities longer than anticipated depending upon prevailing market conditions, credit performance, availability of leverage or other factors regarding a particular security or our capital position.

Agency RMBS

        Residential mortgage-backed securities in which we intend to invest include mortgage pass-through securities and CMOs for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency such as GNMA or a GSE such as FNMA or FHLMC. We refer to these types of securities as Agency RMBS. The Agency RMBS we acquire could be secured by FRMs, ARMs, or hybrid ARMs. FRMs have interest rates that are fixed for the term of the loan and do not adjust. The interest rates on ARMs generally adjust annually (although some may adjust more frequently) to an increment over a specified interest rate index. Hybrid ARMs have interest rates that are fixed for a specified period of time (typically three, five, seven or ten years) and, thereafter, adjust to an increment over a specified interest rate index. ARMs and hybrid ARMs generally have periodic and lifetime constraints on how much the loan interest rate can change on any predetermined interest rate reset date. Relative value analysis, including consideration of current market conditions, will determine our allocation to FRMs, ARMs and hybrid ARMs.

83


Table of Contents

        Subject to prevailing market conditions at the time of purchase, we currently expect that the capital we deploy will be used initially to purchase approximately 85-100% Agency RMBS, with the remainder, if any, being allocated among our potential target assets as described below under "—Our potential target assets."

        Mortgage pass-through certificates.     Mortgage pass-through certificates are securities representing interests in "pools" of mortgage loans secured by residential real property where payments of both interest and principal, plus pre-paid principal, on the securities are made monthly to holders of the securities, in effect "passing through" monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the mortgage loans that underlie the securities, net of fees paid to the issuer/guarantor and servicers of the securities.

        Collateralized mortgage obligations.     CMOs are securities that are structured from mortgage pass-through certificates, which receive monthly payments of principal and interest or payments of principal or interest only. CMOs divide the cash flows which come from the underlying mortgage pass-through certificates into different classes of securities that may have different maturities and different weighted average lives than the underlying pass-through certificates. CMOs can re-distribute the risk characteristics of pass-through certificates to better satisfy the demands of various investor types. These risk characteristics would include average life variability, prepayment volatility, floating versus fixed interest rate and payment and interest rate risk. Monthly payments of principal, including prepayments, are generally first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired.

        CMOs include stripped securities, which are mortgage-backed securities structured with two or more classes that receive different distributions of principal or interest on a pool of Agency RMBS. Stripped securities include interest only Agency RMBS and inverse interest only Agency RMBS, each of which we may invest in subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT.

        Interest Only Agency RMBS.     This type of stripped security only entitles the holder to interest payments. The yield to maturity of interest only Agency RMBS is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (particularly prepayments) on the underlying pool of mortgages. If we decide to invest in these types of securities, we anticipate doing so primarily to take advantage of particularly attractive prepayment-related or structural opportunities in the Agency RMBS markets.

        Inverse Interest Only Agency RMBS.     This type of stripped security has a coupon with an inverse relationship to its index and is subject to caps and floors. Inverse interest only Agency RMBS entitles the holder to interest only payments based on a notional principal balance, which is typically equal to a fixed rate of interest on the notional principal balance less a floating rate of interest on the notional principal balance that adjusts according to an index subject to set minimum and maximum rates. The value of inverse interest only Agency RMBS will generally decrease when its related index rate increases and increase when its related index rate decreases.

        The types of mortgage pass-through certificates in which we may invest, or which may comprise the CMOs in which we may invest, include, but are not limited to, the following.

FHLMC certificates

        FHLMC is a shareholder-owned, federally-chartered corporation created pursuant to an act of the U.S. Congress on July 24, 1970. The principal activity of FHLMC currently consists of the purchase of mortgage loans or participation interests in mortgage loans and the resale of the loans and participations in the form of guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. FHLMC guarantees to each holder of FHLMC certificates the timely payment of interest at the applicable pass-through rate and principal on the holder's pro rata share of the unpaid principal balance of the related mortgage loans. The obligations of FHLMC under its guarantees are solely those of FHLMC and are not backed by the

84


Table of Contents

full faith and credit of the United States. If FHLMC were unable to satisfy its obligations, distributions to holders of FHLMC certificates would consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, defaults and delinquencies on the underlying mortgage loans would adversely affect monthly distributions to holders of FHLMC certificates. (In September 2008, FHLMC was placed into the conservatorship of the U.S. Government and has been receiving significant support from the U.S. Government.)

        FHLMC certificates are backed by pools of single-family mortgage loans or multi-family mortgage loans. These underlying mortgage loans may have original terms to maturity of up to 40 years. FHLMC certificates may be issued under cash programs (composed of mortgage loans purchased from a number of sellers) or guarantor programs (composed of mortgage loans acquired from one seller in exchange for certificates representing interests in the mortgage loans purchased).

FNMA certificates

        FNMA is a shareholder-owned, federally-chartered corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act, created in 1938 and rechartered in 1968 by Congress as a stockholder owned company. FNMA provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending. FNMA guarantees to the registered holder of a FNMA certificate that it will distribute amounts representing scheduled principal and interest on the mortgage loans in the pool underlying the FNMA certificate, whether or not received, and the full principal amount of any such mortgage loan foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated, whether or not the principal amount is actually received. The obligations of FNMA under its guarantees are solely those of FNMA and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. If FNMA were unable to satisfy its obligations, distributions to holders of FNMA certificates would consist solely of payments and other recoveries on the underlying mortgage loans and, accordingly, defaults and delinquencies on the underlying mortgage loans would adversely affect monthly distributions to holders of FNMA certificates. (In September 2008, FNMA was placed into the conservatorship of the U.S. Government and has been receiving significant support from the U.S. Government).

        FNMA certificates may be backed by pools of single-family or multi-family mortgage loans. The original term to maturity of any such mortgage loan generally does not exceed 40 years. FNMA certificates may pay interest at a fixed rate or an adjustable rate. Each series of FNMA ARM certificates bears an initial interest rate and margin tied to an index based on all loans in the related pool, less a fixed percentage representing servicing compensation and FNMA's guarantee fee. The specified index used in different series has included the Treasury Index, the 11th District Cost of Funds Index published by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, LIBOR and other indices. Interest rates paid on fully-indexed FNMA ARM certificates equal the applicable index rate plus a specified number of percentage points. The majority of series of FNMA ARM certificates issued to date have evidenced pools of mortgage loans with monthly, semi-annual or annual interest rate adjustments. Adjustments in the interest rates paid are generally limited to an annual increase or decrease of either 1.00% or 2.00% and to a lifetime cap of 5.00% or 6.00% over the initial interest rate.

GNMA certificates

        GNMA is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD. The National Housing Act of 1934, or the Housing Act, authorizes GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates which represent an interest in a pool of mortgages insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs and other loans eligible for inclusion in mortgage pools underlying GNMA certificates. Section 306(g) of the Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the

85


Table of Contents

United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under any guaranty by GNMA.

        At present, most GNMA certificates are backed by single-family mortgage loans. The interest rate paid on GNMA certificates may be a fixed rate or an adjustable rate. The interest rate on GNMA certificates issued under GNMA's standard ARM program adjusts annually in relation to the Treasury Index. Adjustments in the interest rate are generally limited to an annual increase or decrease of 1.00% and to a lifetime cap of 5.00% over the initial coupon rate.

TBAs

        We may utilize "to-be-announced" forward contracts, or TBAs, in order to invest in Agency RMBS. Pursuant to these TBAs, we would agree to purchase, for future delivery, Agency RMBS with certain principal and interest terms and certain types of underlying collateral, but the particular Agency RMBS to be delivered would not be identified until shortly before the TBA settlement date. Our ability to purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs may be limited by the 75% income and asset tests applicable to REITs. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation."

Our potential target assets

        Although our core investment strategy will be focused on Agency RMBS, we may opportunistically supplement our portfolio with the types of assets described below. Subject to prevailing market conditions at the time of purchase, we currently expect that the capital we deploy will be used initially to purchase our potential target assets in the following ranges: approximately 0-15% non-Agency RMBS, approximately 0-5% CMBS and approximately 0-5% ABS.

Non-Agency RMBS

        Non-Agency RMBS are residential mortgage-backed securities that are not issued or guaranteed by a U.S. Government agency or GSE. Like Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS represent interests in "pools" of mortgage loans secured by residential real property.

        The mortgage loan collateral for non-Agency RMBS consists of residential mortgage loans that do not generally conform to underwriting guidelines issued by a federally chartered corporation, such as FNMA or FHLMC, or an agency of the U.S. Government, such as GNMA, due to certain factors, including mortgage balances in excess of agency underwriting guidelines, borrower characteristics, loan characteristics and level of documentation, and therefore are not issued or guaranteed by an agency. Senior RMBS typically are rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or Moody's, Standard & Poor's, or S&P, or Fitch, Inc., and are or were at the time of issuance AAA-rated by at least one of these rating agencies, although such ratings may have been subsequently downgraded.

        The non-Agency RMBS we acquire could be secured by FRMs, ARMs, or hybrid ARMs. Relative value analysis, including consideration of current market conditions, will determine our allocation to FRMs, ARMs and hybrid ARMs.

        Our allocation of our non-Agency RMBS collateralized by FRMs, ARMs or hybrid ARMs will depend on various factors including, but not limited to, relative value, expected future prepayment trends, home price appreciation trends, supply and demand, availability of financing, expected future interest rate volatility and the overall state of the non-Agency RMBS secondary market. Borrowers of the underlying loans that secure the non-Agency RMBS assets we may purchase can be divided into prime, Alternative-A and subprime borrowers based on their credit rating.

86


Table of Contents

CMBS

        CMBS are securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by commercial mortgages on real property or interests therein having a multifamily or commercial use, such as regional malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, apartments, nursing homes and senior living facilities. Our emphasis will be on securities that when originally issued were rated in the highest rating category by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. We have not established a minimum current rating requirement.

        CMBS are typically issued in multiple tranches whereby the more senior classes are entitled to priority distributions from the trust's income to make specified interest and principal payments on such tranches. Losses and other shortfalls from expected amounts to be received on the mortgage pool are borne by the most subordinate classes, which receive principal payments only after the more senior classes have received all principal payments to which they are entitled. The credit quality of CMBS depends on the credit quality of the underlying mortgage loans, which is a function of factors such as the principal amount of loans relative to the value of the related properties; the cash flow produced by the property; the mortgage loan terms, such as amortization; market assessment and geographic location; construction quality of the property; and the creditworthiness of the borrowers.

ABS

        ABS are securities backed by various asset classes including auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, equipment loans, floor plan loans and small business loans fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the SBA. ABS remain subject to the credit exposure of the underlying receivables. Our emphasis will be on securities that when originally issued were rated in the highest rating category by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. We have not established a minimum current rating requirement. Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may acquire debt tranches from these securitizations.

Other Agency MBS

        We may also invest in mortgage-backed securities, or MBS, for which the principal and interest payments are guaranteed by a GSE, but for which the underlying mortgage loans are secured by real property other than single family residences. These may include, but are not limited to FNMA DUS (Delegated Underwriting and Servicing) MBS, FHLMC Multifamily Mortgage Participation Certificates, and GNMA project loan pools, or CMOs structured from such collateral.

Our competitive advantages

        We believe that our competitive advantages include the following:

Significant experience of our Manager

        Our Manager has utilized Agency RMBS as a vital component within its investment strategy since its inception in 1971 and has managed through several interest rate, housing, and credit cycles. Our Manager has extensive experience managing Agency RMBS strategies as separately-managed accounts, commingled vehicles, and mutual funds. These strategies include Agency RMBS only, GNMA RMBS only and several Agency RMBS strategies with varying degrees of non-Agency RMBS exposure. Agency RMBS has also been a significant portion of our Manager's broad market strategies since 1971. Moreover, our Manager has been an active investor in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS for over 20 years as those markets have developed. Our Manager manages these assets in broad market accounts as well as non-Agency RMBS specific strategies, including commingled funds and mutual

87


Table of Contents

funds. Our Manager, in a joint venture with RLJ Companies, LLC, also manages the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Investment Fund, a master-feeder fund complex participating in the U.S. Treasury's Legacy Securities Public-Private Investment Program and investing entirely in non-Agency RMBS and CMBS. We will have access to our Manager's dedicated Agency RMBS team, which is led by our chief investment officer. In addition, we expect to utilize the resources of our Manager's structured products team, which focuses on our potential target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. We also expect to call on the experience of specialists in derivatives and liquidity who are part of our Manager's broader investment team. In addition, we believe that our Manager's senior management team, which has a long track record and broad experience in managing mortgage-related assets through a variety of credit and interest rate environments, has demonstrated the ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns under different market conditions and cycles and will provide us with a competitive advantage.

Extensive strategic relationships

        Our Manager and its supervised affiliates maintain extensive long-term relationships with other financial intermediaries, including primary dealers, leading investment banks, brokerage firms, leading mortgage originators and commercial banks. As one of the largest fixed-income investment managers in the world, our Manager has access to deal flow and secondary trading opportunities to which smaller firms do not have access. Additionally, our Manager's size and broad market access are valuable in developing and implementing our investment strategy. We believe these relationships will enhance our ability to source, finance and hedge investment opportunities and, thus, enable us to grow in various credit and interest rate environments. In addition, we believe the contacts our Manager and its supervised affiliates have with numerous investment grade derivative and lending counterparties will assist us in implementing our financing and hedging strategies.

Disciplined investment approach

        Our Manager takes a value-oriented approach to managing Agency RMBS. Using that approach, our Manager seeks to optimize yield while adjusting for prepayment and interest rate risk.

        From a macroeconomic perspective, our Manager examines current and forward interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, gross domestic product, or GDP, growth and inflation expectations, regional and local property trends, local employment conditions, national loan modification initiatives and mortgage servicer timelines and techniques. At the security level, our Manager examines borrower and collateral characteristics such as the incentives a homeowner might have to refinance and the level of equity in the home.

Access to our Manager's analytical tools and infrastructure

        We expect our Manager to use its analytical and portfolio management modeling tools and processes to seek to generate positive net interest margins for our assets. We will employ a combination of proprietary and third-party tools in an effort to identify investments in the Agency RMBS sector with the most attractive risk-adjusted returns.

        Our Manager will analyze macroeconomic factors to seek to determine the appropriate sector mix and strategy for us that will best capitalize on the market knowledge, experience and relationships within our Manager's existing platform. We intend to capitalize on the market knowledge and ready access to data across our target markets that our Manager obtains through these tools and processes and believe that our Manager's sophisticated analysis of both macro and micro economic factors will position us to manage cash flows from Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and make distributions to our stockholders while preserving capital. We believe we will also benefit from our Manager's comprehensive finance and administrative infrastructure, including its risk management and financial reporting operations, as well as its business development, legal and compliance teams.

88


Table of Contents

Alignment of our Manager's interests

        We have taken steps to structure our relationship with our Manager so that our interests and those of our Manager are closely aligned. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will issue and sell in a private placement an aggregate of 46,043 shares of our common stock (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements") at $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make such investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of the plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates. These shares will be subject to a two year lock-up agreement with the underwriters that is substantially similar to the 180-day lock-up agreements to be executed by our Manager, our directors and executive officers and the executive officers of our Manager.

        In addition, our equity incentive plans will allow us to grant common stock-based awards to our Manager and its employees, including our executive officers, representing up to 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Upon the completion of this offering, we will grant to our Manager a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. One-third of these shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.

Our investment process and analysis

General

        Our Manager's strategic goal is to add value to client portfolios while adhering to a disciplined risk control process. Our Manager's investment philosophy combines traditional analysis with innovative technology applied to all sectors of the market. Our Manager believes inefficiencies exist in the fixed-income markets and attempts to add incremental value by exploiting these inefficiencies across all eligible market sectors. Our Manager's management style emphasizes the use of multiple strategies and active sector rotation and issue selection, while constraining overall interest rate risk.

        Our Manager's fixed-income discipline emphasizes a team approach that unites groups of specialists dedicated to different market sectors. The investment responsibilities of each sector group are distinct, yet results are derived from the constant interaction that unites the specialty groups into a cohesive investment management team. The sector teams are comprised of our Manager's senior portfolio managers and research analysts who are highly skilled and experienced in each major area of the fixed-income market. They exchange views on a daily basis and periodically meet more formally to review our Manager's economic outlook and investment strategy. This structure seeks to generate an investment consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members.

        Members of our Manager's U.S. and Global Broad Market Strategy Committees continually analyze the broad economic environment to determine its potential impact on sector performance. This group studies historical yield spreads, identifies the fundamental factors that influence yield spread relationships and relates these findings to our Manager's projections to determine attractive alternatives.

        Our Manager's analysts continually augment this process by providing detailed analyses of specific sectors. In particular, mortgage analysis includes the use of external research which integrates the components of prepayment, housing turnover, default and refinancing.

89


Table of Contents

Issue selection

        Agency RMBS.     Our Manager takes a value-oriented approach to managing Agency RMBS. Using that approach, our Manager seeks to optimize yield while adjusting for prepayment and interest rate risk. Our Manager has historically focused its Agency RMBS investing almost exclusively on pass-through securities and CMOs for which the underlying collateral is FRMs or hybrid ARMs. Our Manager believes that hedging the embedded prepayment option and the changing effective duration of these securities to achieve a stable leveraged return profile can be an effective investment strategy. Our Manager believes that many of the financial models that predict prepayments and value mortgages have historically underestimated the changing nature of the refinancing process. These models have underestimated prepayments during periods of time when yields are falling or the availability of credit is increasing, and overestimated prepayments when rates are stable to rising or credit is tightening. Our Manager structures its Agency RMBS investment portfolio based on a conservative approach to the convexity (the measure of the sensitivity of the duration of a bond to changes in interest rates) of the mortgage market and conducts hedging strategies consistent with this outlook. Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, our Manager may utilize derivative financial instruments to hedge all or a portion of the interest rate risk associated with the financing of our investment portfolio. Specifically, our Manager may, subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT, seek to hedge our exposure to potential interest rate mismatches between the interest that we earn on our investments and our borrowing costs caused by fluctuations in short-term interest rates. In utilizing leverage and interest rate hedges, our Manager seeks to improve risk-adjusted returns and, where possible, to lock in, on a long-term basis, a favorable spread between the yield on our assets and the cost of our financing.

        Non-Agency RMBS.     A key element of the non-Agency RMBS investment process is the forecast of expected losses due to defaults on the underlying non-Agency RMBS loan collateral. The level of losses is dependent on the quantity of loans which default and the loss severity upon liquidation of defaulted loans. Our Manager has developed a number of proprietary tools to analyze residential mortgage loan defaults and loss severities. These tools encompass home price models, default models, and loan loss severity models. When projecting future performance, many assumptions have to be made. Our Manager uses in-house quantitative research from loan level data to project mortgage pool cash flows, analyze security structures, and ultimately assess the risk in its non-Agency RMBS positions. Our Manager also makes qualitative adjustments to reflect the current state of the housing market, securities market liquidity, and potential implications of policy changes and macroeconomic conditions.

        Our Manager's approach to asset acquisition and ongoing surveillance of risk follows similar methodologies. Our Manager uses raw loan level data and loan level time-series in conjunction with economic variables to develop projections of characteristic specific borrower behavior trends. The end result of this research is to produce top line cash flow assumptions that can be applied to each mortgage pool evaluated, and includes default rates, delinquency rolling rates, delinquency curing rates, loss severities, payment velocities, and voluntary prepayments. These variables are analyzed and stratified across various loan level risk factors, including the following: loan status (current, delinquent, foreclosed, bankrupt, real estate owned); credit score; loan payment history; loan-to-value ratio, borrower equity, and home price appreciation/depreciation from origination; loan age and seasoning; geography at the state, metropolitan statistical area, county, and zip code level; loan originator and servicer; payment and interest rate reset shock; and documentation, loan purpose, occupancy, and additional loan terms.

        Given the existing housing environment, our Manager currently believes home price declines and negative equity will be the primary drivers of default risk. The default rate models our Manager has developed are utilized to project residential loan defaults on prime, Alternative-A, and subprime collateral. The strength of the housing market is an important factor in projecting the rate of defaults

90


Table of Contents

as the amount of positive or negative equity can be a significant factor in the decision of a borrower to default on a loan.

        The loss severity models assist our Manager in predicting loss severity and recovery rates if borrowers default on their loans. The loss severity models are based on a number of factors including but not limited to the costs of foreclosing and liquidating loans, the loan-to-value ratio of the loan and the cumulative amount of home price appreciation or depreciation since the loan was originated. Voluntary prepayment speeds are determined considering, among other things, historical loan-level detail from other home price depreciation environments, such as California in the early 90s and, more recently, the Midwestern United States. Updated borrower information, loan-to-value data and refinance incentive factor heavily in our Manager's calculations.

        Our Manager scores and forecasts an equilibrium home price level for zip codes throughout the country. This home price appreciation/depreciation forecast is constructed using numerous data such as inflation, personal income growth and unemployment. By combining the loan level analysis and the home price appreciation forecasts, our Manager generates default, loss, and recovery expectations for a given pool of loans.

        The housing, default rate, and loss severity models listed above in addition to other proprietary tools enable our Manager to project prepayment, delinquency, default, and loss severity rates on residential loan pools backing non-Agency RMBS. These assumptions, in conjunction with the payment structure and credit enhancement of the non-Agency RMBS transactions allow our Manager to project bond cashflows, yields, yield spreads, and projected returns across a number of scenarios. This level and variability of these cashflows, yields, yield spreads, and projected returns serve as the basis of our Manager's relative value framework and asset acquisition process.

        Our Manager provides ongoing surveillance of non-Agency RMBS which is utilized in our relative value framework and decisions to sell holdings. As updated security and loan information becomes available including the level of credit enhancement, the paydown of securities, delinquency rates, prepayment rates, default rates, and loss severities, this data is tracked by our Manager. This updated data along with changes in the housing, economic, and interest rate environment serve as the basis for updated projections. As projections of bond cashflows, yields, yield spreads, and returns are updated based on this new information, our Manager's appraisal of overall risk level for each non-agency RMBS is updated. This process serves as the basis for our Manager's asset disposition process.

        CMBS.     Our Manager has been an active participant in the CMBS market since its inception. Our Manager was a significant investor in the Resolution Trust Corporation programs to securitize loans acquired from failed financial institutions. Our Manager invests across the capital structure in large diverse conduit deals, single borrower and single property deals as well one-off deals such as credit tenant lease transactions. The level of analysis for different securities will vary based on the risk profile of the investment being evaluated. To manage risk appropriately for troubled CMBS, our Manager evaluates the potential for losses based on both the structure of the security or loan, as well as how the cash flows and values of the underlying properties will contribute to potential defaults and ultimate recoveries. Specifically, our Manager evaluates the following as a part of this process:

91


Table of Contents

        ABS.     Our Manager evaluates ABS securities by evaluating collateral characteristics, timing of cash flows, strength of issuer and servicer, structural features as well as overall macro economic conditions. The analysis for any specific ABS asset will vary depending on the perceived drivers of risk. Some default and severity related factors our Manager reviews include (to the extent relevant for that asset type):

        Our Manager also evaluates principal and interest waterfalls, as well as the various type of credit enhancement available to protect a given class of bonds. Our Manager stresses defaults and severities under various scenarios and also evaluates performance under a range of cash flow scenarios.

Investment sourcing

        We expect our Manager to take advantage of the broad network of relationships it has established to identify investment opportunities. Our Manager and its supervised affiliates have extensive long-term relationships with financial intermediaries, including primary dealers, leading investment banks, brokerage firms, leading mortgage originators and commercial banks.

        Investing in, and sourcing financing for, Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS, ABS and Agency MBS is highly competitive. Although our Manager competes with many other investment managers for profitable investment opportunities in fixed-income asset classes and related investment opportunities and sources of financing, we believe that a combination of our Manager's experience, together with the vast resources and relationships of our Manager, will provide us with a significant advantage in identifying and capitalizing on attractive opportunities.

Investment guidelines

        Our board of directors will adopt a set of investment guidelines that sets forth our target asset classes and other criteria to be used by our Manager to evaluate specific assets as well as our overall portfolio composition. Our Manager will make determinations as to the percentage of our assets that will be invested in each of our target asset classes, consistent with the investment guidelines adopted by

92


Table of Contents

our board of directors and the limits necessary to maintain compliance with REIT tax rules and our exemption under the 1940 Act. We expect our Manager's investment decisions will depend on prevailing market conditions and may change over time in response to opportunities available in different interest rate, economic and credit environments. As a result, we cannot predict the percentage of our assets that will be invested in any of our target asset classes at any given time, although we expect to focus on investing in Agency RMBS and expect our capital will be initially deployed, subject to prevailing market conditions, as described above under "—Agency RMBS" and "—Our potential target assets." We believe that the diversification of our portfolio of assets, our Manager's extensive experience in investing in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and the flexibility of our strategy, combined with our Manager's and its supervised affiliates' general investment and advisory expertise and comprehensive finance and administrative infrastructure, will enable us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns under a variety of market conditions and economic cycles.

        Our board of directors will adopt the following investment guidelines:

        These investment guidelines may be changed from time to time by our board of directors without the approval of our stockholders. Changes to our investment guidelines may include, without limitation, modification or expansion of the types of assets in which we may invest.

Our financing strategy and leverage

        We will fund the acquisition of our assets through the use of leverage from a number of financing sources, subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT. We intend to finance investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets primarily through the use of repurchase agreements.

        We intend to use leverage to increase potential returns to our stockholders. We will accomplish this by borrowing against existing mortgage-backed securities through repurchase agreements that we intend to enter into upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, and using the proceeds to acquire additional assets. There are no limits on the maximum amount of leverage that we may use, and we are not required to maintain any particular debt-to-equity leverage ratio. We may also change our financing strategy and leverage without the consent of stockholders.

        We initially expect to borrow between five to nine times the amount of our stockholders' equity (calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP), although there is no minimum or maximum leverage that our investment policies explicitly require. Depending on the different cost of borrowing funds at different maturities, we will vary the maturities of our borrowed funds to attempt to produce lower borrowing costs and reduce interest rate risk. We intend to enter into collateralized borrowings only with institutions that are rated investment grade by at least one nationally-recognized statistical rating organization.

        The leverage that we employ will be specific to each asset class and will be determined based on several factors, including potential asset price volatility, margin requirements, the current cycle for interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, the outlook for interest rates and our ability to use and the

93


Table of Contents

effectiveness of interest rate hedges. We analyze both historical volatility and market-driven implied volatility for each asset class in order to determine potential asset price volatility. Our leverage targets attempt to risk-adjust asset classes based on each asset class's potential price volatility. The goal of our leverage strategy is to ensure that, at all times, our investment portfolio's overall leverage ratio is appropriate for the level of risk inherent in the investment portfolio, and that each asset class has individual leverage targets that are appropriate for its potential price volatility.

Repurchase agreements

        We intend to use repurchase agreements to finance the purchase of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Repurchase agreements are financings pursuant to which we will sell our assets to the repurchase agreement counterparty, the buyer, for an agreed upon price with the obligation to repurchase these assets from the buyer at a future date and at a price higher than the original purchase price. The amount of financing we will receive under a repurchase agreement is limited to a specified percentage of the estimated market value of the assets we sell to the buyer. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the interest expense of financing under a repurchase agreement. Under repurchase agreement financing arrangements, the buyer, or lender, could require us to provide additional cash collateral to re-establish the ratio of value of the collateral to the amount of borrowing. Haircuts, or the discount attributed to the value of securities sold under repurchase agreements, average between 3% and 10% for Agency RMBS and average between 10% and 50% for non-Agency RMBS, depending on the specific security used as collateral for such repurchase agreements. A significant decrease in advance rate or an increase in the haircut could result in the borrower having to sell securities in order to meet any additional margin requirements by the lender, regardless of market condition. We expect to mitigate our risk of margin calls by employing a prudent amount of leverage that is below what could be used under current advance rates.

        We plan to leverage our Manager's and its supervised affiliates' existing relationships with financial intermediaries, including primary dealers, leading investment banks, brokerage firms, commercial banks and other repurchase agreement counterparties to execute repurchase agreements for certain Agency RMBS and our potential target assets.

        To the extent that we invest in Agency RMBS through TBAs in the future, we may enter into dollar roll transactions using TBAs in which we would sell a TBA and simultaneously purchase a similar, but not identical, TBA. Our ability to enter into dollar roll transactions with respect to TBAs may be limited by the 75% gross income test applicable to REITs. See "U.S. federal income tax considerations—Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation—Income tests."

Other financing

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may in the future use other funding sources to acquire our assets, including warehouse facilities, securitizations and other secured and unsecured forms of borrowing.

Our interest rate hedging and risk management strategy

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may, from time to time, utilize derivative financial instruments to hedge the interest rate risk associated with our borrowings. Under the U.S. federal income tax laws applicable to REITs, we generally will be able to enter into certain transactions to hedge indebtedness that we may incur, or plan to incur, to acquire or carry real estate assets, although our total gross income from interest rate hedges that do not meet this requirement and other non-qualifying sources generally must not exceed 5% of our gross income.

94


Table of Contents

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may also engage in a variety of interest rate management techniques that seek on one hand to mitigate the influence of interest rate changes on the values of some of our assets and on the other hand help us achieve our risk management objectives. The U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to REITs may require us to implement certain of these techniques through a domestic TRS that is fully subject to U.S. federal corporate income taxation. Our interest rate management techniques may include:

        We may attempt to reduce interest rate risks and to minimize exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of match funded financing structures, when appropriate, whereby we may seek (1) to match the maturities of our debt obligations with the maturities of our assets and (2) to match the interest rates on our assets with like-kind debt (i.e., we may finance floating rate assets with floating rate debt and fixed-rate assets with fixed-rate debt), directly or through the use of interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, or other financial instruments, or through a combination of these strategies. We expect these instruments will allow us to minimize, but not eliminate, the risk that we have to refinance our liabilities before the maturities of our assets and to reduce the impact of changing interest rates on our earnings.

        Risk management is a component of our strategy to deliver consistent risk-adjusted returns to our stockholders. Because we intend to acquire primarily fixed-income securities, losses from credit defaults, interest rate volatility or other risks can meaningfully reduce or eliminate our distributions to stockholders. In addition, because we expect to employ financial leverage in funding our portfolio, mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities may create the need to renew or otherwise refinance our liabilities. Our net interest margins will be dependent upon a positive spread between the returns on our asset portfolio and our overall cost of funding. In order to minimize the risks to us, we expect to employ security-specific risk measurement and management processes. Our risk management tools include software and services licensed or purchased from third parties, in addition to proprietary systems and analytical methods developed by our Manager. There can be no guarantee that these tools and the other risk management techniques described above will protect us from market risks.

Policies with respect to certain other activities

        If our board of directors determines that additional funding is required, we may raise such funds through additional offerings of equity or debt securities or the retention of cash flow (subject to REIT distribution requirements) or a combination of these methods. In the event that our board of directors determines to raise additional equity capital, it has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue additional common stock or preferred stock in any manner and on such terms and for such consideration as it deems appropriate, at any time.

        In addition, we may borrow money to finance the acquisition of investments. We intend to use traditional forms of financing, such as repurchase agreements. Our investment guidelines and our portfolio and leverage are periodically reviewed by our board of directors as part of their oversight of our Manager.

95


Table of Contents

        As of the date of this prospectus, we do not intend to offer equity or debt securities in exchange for property. Though we have no current intention to do so, we may in the future repurchase or otherwise reacquire our shares.

        As of the date of this prospectus, we do not intend to invest in the securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers for the purpose of exercising control over such entities.

        We engage in the purchase and sale of investments. We may make loans to third parties in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not intend to underwrite the securities of other issuers.

        We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent certified public accountants and file quarterly reports with the SEC containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

        Our board of directors may change any of these policies without prior notice to you or a vote of our stockholders.

Risk management

        As part of our risk management strategy, our Manager may, subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT, seek to actively manage the financing, interest rate, credit, prepayment and convexity risks associated with holding a portfolio of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets.

Interest rate hedging

        Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT and exemption from registration under the 1940 Act, we may engage in a variety of interest rate management techniques that seek on one hand to mitigate the influence of interest rate changes on the values of some of our assets and on the other hand help us achieve our risk management objectives. We may utilize derivative financial instruments, including, among others, puts and calls on securities or indices of securities, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate swaptions, exchange-traded derivatives, U.S. Treasury securities and options on U.S. Treasury securities and interest rate floors to hedge all or a portion of the interest rate risk associated with the financing of our investment portfolio. Specifically, we may hedge our exposure to potential interest rate mismatches between the interest that we earn on our investments and our borrowing costs caused by fluctuations in short-term interest rates. We may also purchase interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest cancelable swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate corridors, eurodollar futures contracts and options on such contracts, and other interest rate and non-interest rate derivatives, including, but not limited to, total return swaps. In utilizing leverage and interest rate hedges, our objectives will be to improve risk-adjusted returns and, where possible, to lock in, on a long-term basis, a favorable spread between the yield on our assets and the cost of our financing. We will rely on our Manager's expertise to manage these risks on our behalf. We may implement part of our hedging strategy through a TRS, which will be subject to U.S. federal, state and, if applicable, local income tax.

Asset/liability risk management

        Because we will employ financial leverage in funding our portfolio, mismatches in the maturities of our assets and liabilities can create the risk that we will need to continually renew or otherwise refinance our liabilities. Our net interest margins will be dependent upon a positive spread between the returns on our asset portfolio and our overall cost of funding. Our Manager expects to actively employ portfolio-wide and security-specific risk measurement and management processes in our daily

96


Table of Contents

operations. Our Manager's risk management tools will include software and services licensed or purchased from third parties, in addition to proprietary systems and analytical methods developed internally. There can be no assurance, however, that these tools and the other risk management techniques described above will protect us from asset/liability risks.

Credit risk

        We retain the risk of potential credit losses on the loans underlying the non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS we may hold. We may seek to manage this risk through our pre-acquisition due diligence process, through the use of non-recourse financing that limits our exposure to credit losses to the specific assets that are subject to the non-recourse financing and through the use of derivative financial instruments, including, among others, contracts with respect to the Markit ABX.HE index and the Markit CMBX index. In addition, with respect to any particular target asset, our Manager's investment team will evaluate, among other things, relative valuation, supply and demand trends, shape of yield curves, prepayment rates, delinquency and default rates, recovery of various segments of the economy and vintage of collateral.

Investment oversight committee

        Our Manager plans to appoint an investment oversight committee that will be made up of senior investment personnel from our Manager and will be tasked with reviewing, considering and approving our interest rate, hedging and leverage strategies. Initially, we expect the investment oversight committee to be composed of our chief investment officer and senior members of the Agency MBS team, as well as one of our Manager's senior generalist portfolio managers, senior portfolio managers from our Manager's liquidity trading desk and derivatives trading desk and senior personnel from our Manager's portfolio and quantitative analytics team. We expect that the investment oversight committee will meet as frequently as necessary in order for us to make rapid investment decisions. The investment oversight committee will also periodically review our investment portfolio and be available to provide updates to our board of directors in connection with its reviews of our investment performance.

Operating and regulatory structure

REIT qualification

        We intend to elect and qualify as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares. We believe that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

        So long as we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our net taxable income we distribute currently to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates for the taxable year in which our REIT qualification is lost, and we may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year during which we lost our REIT qualification. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income or property and our domestic TRSs will be subject to regular corporate income tax.

97


Table of Contents

1940 Act exemption

        We intend to conduct our business so as not to become regulated as an investment company under the 1940 Act, in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the 1940 Act. Section 3(c)(5)(C), as interpreted by the staff of the SEC, requires us to invest at least 55% of our assets in "mortgages and other liens on and interest in real estate" or "qualifying real estate interests" and at least 80% of our assets in qualifying real estate interests and "real estate-related assets." In satisfying this 55% requirement, based on pronouncements of the SEC staff, we may treat Agency RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans in which we hold all of the certificates issued by the pool as qualifying real estate interests. The SEC staff has not issued guidance with respect to whole pool Non-Agency RMBS. Accordingly, based on our own judgment and analysis of the SEC's pronouncements with respect to whole pool Agency RMBS, we may also treat Non-Agency RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool of mortgage loans in which we hold all of the certificates issued by the pool as qualifying real estate interests. We may also treat whole mortgage loans that we acquire directly as qualifying real estate interests provided that 100% of the loan is secured by real estate when we acquire it and we have the unilateral right to foreclose on the mortgage. We currently intend to treat partial pool Agency and Non-Agency RMBS and partial pool CMBS as real estate-related assets. We will treat any interest rate swaps or other derivative hedging transactions we enter into as miscellaneous assets that will not exceed 20% of our total assets. We expect to rely on guidance published by the SEC staff or on our analyses of guidance published with respect to other types of assets to determine which assets are qualifying real estate assets and real estate-related assets.

        The SEC recently solicited public comment on a wide range of issues relating to Section 3(c)(5)(C), including the nature of the assets that qualify for purposes of the exemption and whether mortgage REITs should be regulated in a manner similar to investment companies. There can be no assurance that the laws and regulations governing the 1940 Act status of REITs, including the guidance of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC regarding this exemption, will not change in a manner that adversely affects our operations. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to these matters, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could require us to hold assets we might wish to sell or to sell assets we might wish to hold. To the extent that the SEC staff provides more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the exemption we rely on from the 1940 Act, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. Any additional guidance from the SEC staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the strategies we have chosen.

        The mortgage-related investments that we acquire are limited by the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. We also may be required at times to adopt less efficient methods of financing certain of our mortgage-related investments and we may be precluded from acquiring certain types of mortgage-related investments. This exemption also prohibits us from issuing redeemable securities. If we fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act or an exclusion from the definition of an investment company, our ability to use leverage would be substantially reduced, and we would not be able to conduct our business as described in this prospectus.

Competition

        Our net income will depend, in large part, on our ability to acquire assets at favorable spreads over our borrowing costs. In acquiring Agency RMBS, we will compete with other REITs, specialty finance companies, savings and loan associations, banks, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, mutual funds, institutional investors, investment banking firms, financial institutions, governmental bodies and other entities. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results

98


Table of Contents

of operations—Factors impacting our operating results." In addition, there are numerous REITs with similar asset acquisition objectives, including a number that have been recently formed, and others may be organized in the future. These other REITs will increase competition for the available supply of mortgage assets suitable for purchase. Many of our anticipated competitors are significantly larger than we are, have access to greater capital and other resources and may have other advantages over us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than we can. Current market conditions may attract more competitors, which may increase the competition for sources of financing. An increase in the competition for sources of funding could adversely affect the availability and cost of financing, and thereby adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Factors impacting our operating results."

        In the face of this competition, we expect to have access to our Manager's professionals and their industry expertise, which may provide us with a competitive advantage and help us assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for certain potential investments. We expect that these relationships will enable us to compete more effectively for attractive investment opportunities. In addition, we believe that current market conditions may have adversely affected the financial condition of certain competitors. Thus, not having a legacy portfolio may also enable us to compete more effectively for attractive investment opportunities. However, we may not be able to achieve our business goals or expectations due to the competitive risks that we face. For additional information concerning these competitive risks, see "Risk factors—Risks related to our business—We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities and competition may limit our ability to acquire desirable investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and could also affect the pricing of these securities."

Staffing

        We will be managed by our Manager pursuant to the management agreement between our Manager and us. Upon completion of this offering, all of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, will be employees of our Manager. We anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. See "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement."

Legal proceedings

        Neither we nor, to our knowledge, our Manager are currently subject to any legal proceedings which we or our Manager consider to be material.

99


Table of Contents


Management

Our directors, director nominees and executive officers

        Currently, Messrs. Hirschmann and James are our only directors. Immediately following the pricing of this offering, our board of directors is expected to be comprised of five members, two of which will be executive officers of our Manager. Our directors will each be elected to serve a term of one year. Our bylaws provide that a majority of the entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than the minimum number required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, or more than 15.

        The following sets forth certain information with respect to our directors, director nominees and executive officers:

Name
  Age   Position Held with Us
James W. Hirschmann III     51   Chairman of the Board
Gavin L. James     51   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Edward D. Fox*     64   Director Nominee
M. Christian Mitchell*     57   Director Nominee
Richard W. Roll*     72   Director Nominee
Travis Carr     42   Chief Operating Officer
Bruce D. Alberts     51   Interim Chief Financial Officer
Stephen P. Fulton     54   Chief Investment Officer

*
We expect that our board of directors will determine that this director is independent for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, corporate governance listing requirements.

        Set forth below is biographical information for our directors, director nominees and executive officers.

Directors and director nominees

         James W. Hirschmann III has been the chairman of our board of directors since July 2009. He has also served as the chief executive officer of our Manager since 1999. Mr. Hirschmann serves on our Manager's board of directors and chairs our Manager's global strategy committee. Mr. Hirschmann has worked at our Manager since 1989. Mr. Hirschmann also served as the president of our Manager's parent company, Legg Mason, from May 2006 to April 2007. Mr. Hirschmann received a BS from Widener University. The board believes Mr. Hirschmann is qualified to serve as a director because of his experience as chief executive officer and member of the board of directors of our Manager and his experience in the financial and investment management industry.

         Gavin L. James has been our president, chief executive officer and director since July 2011 and has over 30 years of investment experience. He is also the director of portfolio operations at our Manager since July 2009. Mr. James also serves as a member of our Manager's global strategy committee and as a member of the management committee of our Pasadena office. Prior to that he served as our Manager's director of global client service and marketing from 2002 to July 2009 and has worked at our Manager since 1998. Mr. James was senior portfolio manager of J.P. Morgan Investment Management from 1990 to 1998. He was also head of fixed income sales and trading for Mellon Bank from 1987 to 1990. Prior to joining Mellon Bank, Mr. James was a cross market trader for Drexel Burnham Lambert from 1981 to 1987. Mr. James received a BA from Kingston College in London.

100


Table of Contents

The board believes Mr. James is qualified to serve as a director because of his experience in the management of our Manager and his experience in the financial industry.

         Edward D. Fox will join our board of directors upon consummation of this offering as an independent member of our board of directors. Mr. Fox has served as chairman and chief executive officer of Vantage Property Investors, LLC, a private real estate investment and development company since January 2003. Mr. Fox was chairman and chief executive officer of Center Trust, a real estate investment trust, from 1998 to January 2003 when Center Trust was acquired by Pan Pacific Retail Properties. Mr. Fox co-founded and served as the chairman of CommonWealth Partners, a fully integrated real estate operating company, from 1995 through October 2003. Prior to forming CommonWealth Partners, Mr. Fox was a senior partner with Maguire Thomas Partners, a national full-service real estate operating company. A certified public accountant, Mr. Fox started his career in public accounting specializing in real estate transactions. Mr. Fox is a director of Thomas Properties Group, Inc., a full-service real estate operating company. Mr. Fox also serves as co-chairman on the Dean's advisory council for the USC School of Architecture, a director of the Orthopaedic Hospital Foundation and on the board of trustees of its foundation and a director of the Los Angeles Boy Scouts. He is a member of the Urban Land Institute and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He received a bachelor's degree in accounting and a master's degree in business, both with honors, from the University of Southern California. The board believes Mr. Fox is qualified to serve as a director due to the depth of his experience in the real estate industry, his previous management experience in both real estate operating companies and real estate investment trusts and his experience on public and private boards.

         M. Christian Mitchell will join our board of directors upon consummation of this offering as an independent member of our board of directors. Mr. Mitchell retired from Deloitte & Touche LLP in 2003, where he was the national managing partner of the mortgage, banking and finance companies practice. During his 26-year career at Deloitte, he also served as regional managing partner for various practices including audit, enterprise risk services and financial services. He is a director of Marshall & Stevens, a Los Angeles-based national valuation consulting firm, of Special Value Opportunities Fund LLC, a registered investment fund managed by Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC, of Reis, Inc., a New York-based real estate information company, and of Grandpoint Capital, a Los Angeles-based bank holding company. Mr. Mitchell previously served as an adjunct professor of accounting at the University of Redlands and is the chapter president of the National Association of Corporate Directors, Southern California, and is designated a NACD Governance Fellow. Mr. Mitchell received a BS from the University of Alabama. The board believes Mr. Mitchell is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive experience in the real estate and mortgage industry, his professional and educational background in accounting and finance and his previous experience serving on corporate boards. In 2011, Mr. Mitchell was named "one of the 100 most influential people in corporate governance" by Directorship magazine.

         Richard Roll will join our board of directors upon consummation of this offering as an independent member of our board of directors. Mr. Roll has been a professor at the Anderson Graduate School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles, or UCLA, since 1976, where he holds the Joel Freid Chair in Applied Finance, and is the principal of the consulting firm, Compensation Valuation, Inc., which he founded in 2003. He was the managing director of WP Capital Management, a fixed-income investment management firm from 1992 to 1995, and he was co-chairman of the board of directors for Roll and Ross Asset Management Corporation, a quantitative investment management firm, from 1985 through 2003. Mr. Roll also served as a vice-president at Goldman, Sachs & Co. from 1985 to 1987. Mr. Roll has a BAE from Auburn University, an MBA from the University of Washington and a PhD from the University of Chicago. The board believes Mr. Roll is qualified to serve as a director based on his academic and professional career focusing on the investment management and finance and his experience serving on corporate boards.

101


Table of Contents

Executive officers

        In addition to Mr. James, the following individuals serve as our executive officers.

         Bruce D. Alberts has been our interim chief financial officer since March 2011. He will serve as chief financial officer until we appoint a permanent chief financial officer. Mr. Alberts has been our Manager's chief financial officer since 1999. He also serves as a member of our Manager's global strategy committee and chairs our Manager's management committee. Mr. Alberts is a certified public accountant and a certified valuation analyst. Mr. Alberts received a BA from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an MBA from the Anderson Graduate School of Management at UCLA.

         Travis Carr has been our chief operating officer since July 2011 and has over 18 years of investment experience. He has also served as a product specialist and head of mortgage-related business efforts at our Manager since 2000. Prior to joining our Manager, Mr. Carr was a senior associate for Pacific Investment Management Company from 1997 to 2000. He was also a secondary market analyst for Royal Thrift and Loan Company from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Carr was a mortgage broker for Home State Financial Corp. from 1993 to 1994. Mr. Carr is a CFA charter holder. He received his BA from UCLA.

         Stephen P. Fulton has been our chief investment officer since March 2011 and has over 28 years of investment experience. Mr. Fulton has served as head of Agency RMBS since March 2010 and is a member of the U.S. Broad Markets Committee. Prior to that Mr. Fulton served as a product specialist focusing on Agency RMBS for our Manager from 2000 to 2010. Prior to joining our Manager, Mr. Fulton worked in MBS sales at Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. as senior vice president of fixed income sales and as a member of their fixed income executive committee from 1996 to 1999. Prior to 1996, he was senior vice president of fixed income sales for Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Fulton also worked at J.P. Morgan Securities as director of Fixed Income Sales and a member of the Fixed Income Management committee from 1992 to 1994. Mr. Fulton was vice president of fixed income sales for The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. from 1985 to 1992. Mr. Fulton also worked at Gibraltar Savings as the head of mortgage portfolio management and asset/liability Management from 1983 to 1985. Mr. Fulton received an MBA from the Amos Tuck School at Dartmouth College and a BA from UCLA.

Corporate governance—Board of directors and committees

        Our business is managed by our Manager, subject to the supervision and oversight of our board of directors, which has established investment guidelines described under "Business—Investment guidelines" for our Manager to follow in its day-to-day management of our business. A majority of our board of directors is "independent," as determined by the requirements of the NYSE and the regulations of the SEC. Our directors keep informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will form an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and adopt charters for each of these committees. Each of these committees will have three directors. As permitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the rules of the NYSE, the audit committee will be composed of a majority of independent directors for up to one year from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and thereafter will be composed exclusively of independent directors. Each of the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed exclusively of independent directors, as defined by the listing standards of the NYSE. Moreover, the compensation committee will be composed exclusively of individuals intended to be, to the extent provided by Rule 16b-3 of the

102


Table of Contents

Exchange Act, non-employee directors and will, at such times as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, qualify as outside directors for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Audit committee

        The audit committee will initially be comprised of Messrs. Fox, Mitchell and Roll, each of whom are "financially literate" under the rules of the NYSE. Each of Messrs. Fox, Mitchell and Roll will be an independent director. Mr. Mitchell will chair our audit committee and serve as our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC.

        The audit committee assists our board of directors in overseeing:

        The audit committee is also responsible for engaging our independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

Compensation committee

        The compensation committee will be comprised of Messrs. Fox, Mitchell and Roll, each of whom will be an independent director. Mr. Roll will chair our compensation committee.

        The compensation committee will be responsible for:

        The compensation committee is also responsible for reviewing and discussing the compensation discussion and analysis that we will include in our annual proxy statement filed with the SEC, and to approve the compensation committee report for inclusion in such filings, as required by the rules of the SEC.

103


Table of Contents

Nominating and corporate governance committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messrs. Fox, Mitchell and Roll, each of whom will be an independent director. Mr. Fox will chair our nominating and corporate governance committee.

        The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for:

Executive and director compensation

Director Compensation

        A member of our board of directors who is also an employee of our Manager or any of our or its affiliates is referred to as an executive director. Executive directors will not receive cash compensation for serving on our board of directors. However, we may grant equity incentive awards to executive directors pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans. The purpose of any such grants will be to encourage their respective individual efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability and to reward and retain them.

        We have not made any payments to any of our directors or director nominees to date. Each independent director will receive an annual cash retainer of $50,000 in quarterly payments in arrears. In addition, each independent director will receive an annual retainer of $30,000 in the form of restricted shares of our common stock. The first installment of restricted stock will be granted upon completion of this offering, with subsequent grants made immediately following our annual stockholders' meeting, in each case vesting in full on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to continuing service on our board of directors on the vesting date. Any new independent director who joins our board of directors in the future will be granted restricted shares of our common stock that will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that such director continues to serve on our board of directors as of the applicable vesting date. We will also reimburse our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with performance of their duties as directors, including, without limitation, travel expenses in connection with their attendance at full board and committee meetings. In addition, the chair of our audit committee will be paid an annual cash retainer of $10,000, and the chairs of our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee each will be paid an annual cash retainer of $5,000, in each case in addition to the annual retainer of $80,000 paid in cash and restricted shares of our common stock.

Executive compensation

        We will pay our Manager the fees described in "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement—Management fee and expense reimbursements." If, as anticipated, we hire a

104


Table of Contents

chief financial officer in the future that is not an employee of our Manager, we will directly compensate such chief financial officer and such chief financial officer's support staff, which will be our only employees, with customary compensation packages, as applicable, including (without limitation) base salaries, cash bonuses and equity compensation. Because our management agreement provides that our Manager is responsible for managing our affairs, our executive officers who are employees of our Manager and not our employees will not receive cash compensation from us for serving as our executive officers.

        Our Manager currently employs and compensates each of our executive officers. We will adopt equity incentive plans pursuant to which we may make awards based on our common stock to: (a) our Manager and its affiliates, (b) employees of our Manager who provide services to us, including, but not limited to, our current executive officers, (c) any executive officers that we may directly employ in the future, and (d) our independent directors, none of whom are employed by or affiliated with our Manager. These awards will be made to encourage the efforts of our Manager and these individuals toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability and to attract, reward and to retain key personnel. See "—Equity incentive plans" below for a detailed description of our equity incentive plans.

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to grant our Manager an equity incentive award under our Manager Equity Plan. In the future, we may make additional equity incentive awards to our Manager to encourage its efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability. In addition, we may grant awards under our equity incentive plans directly to our executive officers, even if they are directly employed by our Manager, and other employees of our Manager who provide services to us, in order to encourage their respective individual efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability and to reward and retain them.

Equity incentive plans

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will adopt two equity incentive plans under which our directors and officers and our Manager and its employees, respectively, will be eligible to receive common stock-based awards. The aggregate number of shares that may be made subject to awards under these equity incentive plans will be equal to 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the number of shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance will be 308,335 shares.

Equity Plan

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will adopt the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan, or the Equity Plan, which will provide for the issuance of equity-based awards, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other awards based on our common stock to our directors and officers. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees. Shares of common stock to be issued to our independent directors in respect of their annual fees paid in restricted stock will be issued under this plan.

        The Equity Plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. The plan administrator will have the full authority to (1) grant awards; (2) determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which

105


Table of Contents

awards will be granted; (3) determine the type and number of awards to be granted, the number of shares of common stock to which an award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any award; (4) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; (5) make adjustments in the terms and conditions of awards; (6) construe and interpret the Equity Plan and any award; (7) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Equity Plan; (8) determine the terms and provisions of the award agreements; and (9) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Equity Plan. In connection with this authority, the plan administrator may, among other things, establish performance goals that must be met in order for awards to be granted or to vest, or for the restrictions on any such awards to lapse. Except as provided below with respect to equitable adjustments, the plan administrator may not take any action that would have the effect of reducing the exercise or purchase price of any award granted under the Equity Plan without first obtaining the consent of our stockholders.

        The maximum number of shares that may be made subject to awards under the Equity Plan will be equal to 3.0% percent of the number of shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans), less any shares of common stock issued or subject to awards granted under our Manager Equity Plan. To the extent required to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to awards awarded to any one participant during any calendar year may not, subject to adjustment, exceed the total number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our two equity incentive plans. All shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan may be made subject to awards of incentive stock options. If any shares subject to an award granted under the Equity Plan are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the participant, or if shares of our common stock are surrendered or withheld by us as payment of either the exercise price of an award and/or withholding taxes in respect of an award, the shares of common stock with respect to such award will again be available for awards under the Equity Plan. Upon the exercise of any award granted in tandem with any other award, the related award will be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of common stock as to which the award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, that number of shares will no longer be available for awards under the Equity Plan.

        In the event that the plan administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, common stock, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects our common stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the Equity Plan, then the plan administrator will make equitable changes or adjustments to: (i) the number and kind of shares of common stock or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with awards; (ii) the number and kind of shares of common stock or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding awards; (iii) the exercise price, base price or purchase price relating to any award and (iv) the performance criteria, if any, applicable to outstanding awards. In addition, the plan administrator may determine that any equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of our common stock).

        Each stock option and stock appreciation right granted under the Equity Plan will have a term of no longer than 10 years, and will have an exercise price that is no less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of the award. No stock option and stock appreciation right may be exercised unless (1) the participant is then providing services to us and (2) the participant has continuously maintained such relationship since the date of grant; provided, that the award

106


Table of Contents

agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of stock options or stock appreciation rights, in the event of specified terminations of service, to a date not later than the expiration date of such stock option stock appreciation right. The exercise price for stock option may generally be paid in cash or by an exchange of common stock previously owned by the participant, through a "broker cashless exercise" procedure approved by the plan administrator or a combination of the above, in any case in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price. The other terms of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted by us under the Equity Plan will be determined by the plan administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be granted alone or in tandem with another award.

        The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units under the Equity Plan. Restricted stock units confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, having a value equal to the number of shares of our common stock that are subject to the award. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, holders of restricted stock will have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote restricted stock and the right to receive dividends and distributions thereon. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, (1) dividends and distributions paid on awards of restricted stock will be paid at the dividend or distribution payment date, provided that such payments may be deferred to such date as determined by the plan administrator, and in any event will be payable in cash or in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends and distributions and (2) common stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend or distribution, will be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the awards of restricted stock to which such dividend or distribution relates. The plan administrator is authorized to grant to holders of restricted stock units the right to receive dividend equivalents and distribution equivalents for the period prior to settlement of the restricted stock unit. Dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the holder of restricted stock units, may be settled in cash or common stock, and may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the plan administrator may establish. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, any such dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents will be paid or credited, as applicable, on the dividend or distribution payment date to the holders of restricted stock units as though each such restricted stock unit were a share of outstanding common stock. Upon termination of service to us during the applicable restriction period, awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units and any accrued but unpaid dividends or distributions or, in the case of restricted stock units, dividend equivalents and distribution equivalents, that are then subject to restrictions will be forfeited; provided, that the plan administrator may provide or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of a termination.

        The plan administrator may determine to make grants of our common stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture or to grant other stock-based awards to eligible participants, the terms and conditions of which will be determined by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

        The Equity Plan will automatically expire on the 10th anniversary of the date on which it was adopted. Our board of directors may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Equity Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval as required by law or stock exchange rules. The plan administrator may amend the terms of any outstanding award under the Equity Plan at any time. No amendment or termination of the Equity Plan or any outstanding award may adversely affect any of the rights of an award holder without the holder's consent.

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will not issue any equity-based compensation under the Equity Plan. Effective as of the completion of this offering and concurrent private placement, we will grant awards of an aggregate of 4,500 shares of our

107


Table of Contents

restricted common stock under the Equity Plan to our three director nominees, as set forth in the table below. With respect to the grants to our director nominees, each grant will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided that such director continues to serve on our board of directors as of the applicable vesting date. The grantees will be entitled to receive dividends and distributions that become payable on the shares during the restricted period. If the grantee's services to us terminate for any reason prior to the date on which the shares become vested, any unvested shares will be immediately forfeited, except that if the grantee's service is terminated other than for Cause (as defined in the Equity Plan) or because such individual retires, dies or becomes disabled, any then unvested shares of restricted stock will become immediately vested.

Name of Grantee and Title
  Number of Shares
of Restricted Stock
 

Edward D. Fox, Director Nominee

    1,500  

M. Christian Mitchell, Director Nominee

    1,500  

Richard W. Roll, Director Nominee

    1,500  

Manager Equity Plan

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will adopt the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan, or the Manager Equity Plan, which will provide for the issuance of equity-based awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock awards and other awards based on our common stock to our Manager, employees of our Manager and affiliates of our Manager, who may or may not be eligible to be granted awards under our Equity Plan, or entities owned by our Manager, its executives and employees.

        The Manager Equity Plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. The plan administrator will have the full authority (1) grant awards; (2) determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be granted; (3) determine the type and number of awards to be granted, the number of shares of common stock to which an award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any award; (4) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; (5) make adjustments in the terms and conditions of awards; (6) construe and interpret the Manager Equity Plan and any award; (7) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Manager Equity Plan; (8) determine the terms and provisions of the award agreements; and (9) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Manager Equity Plan. In connection with this authority, the plan administrator may, among other things, establish performance goals that must be met in order for awards to be granted or to vest, or for the restrictions on any such awards to lapse.

        Our Manager may make awards to its directors, officers, employees, advisors or consultants, or those of its affiliates, which are in the form of or based on the shares of our common stock acquired by our Manager under the Manager Equity Plan, in which case, our Manager will make all determinations concerning the eligible persons who may receive such awards, which form the awards will take, and the terms and conditions of the awards.

        Except as provided below with respect to equitable adjustments, the plan administrator may not take any action that would have the effect of reducing the exercise or purchase price of any award granted under the Manager Equity Plan without first obtaining the consent of our stockholders.

        The maximum number of shares that may be made subject to awards under the Manager Equity Plan will be equal to 3.0% percent of the number of shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to

108


Table of Contents

one of our equity incentive plans), less any shares of common stock issued or subject to awards granted under our Equity Plan. To the extent required to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to awards awarded to any one participant during any calendar year may not, subject to adjustment, exceed the total number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our two equity incentive plans. All shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Manager Equity Plan may be made subject to awards of incentive stock options. If any shares subject to an award granted under the Manager Equity Plan are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to our Manager, or if shares of our common stock are surrendered or withheld by us as payment of the exercise price of an award, the shares of common stock with respect to such award will again be available for awards under the Manager Equity Plan. Upon the exercise of any award granted in tandem with any other award, the related award will be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of common stock as to which the award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, that number of shares will no longer be available for award under the Manager Equity Plan.

        In the event that the plan administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, common stock, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects our common stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the Manager Equity Plan, then the plan administrator will make equitable changes or adjustments to: (i) the number and kind of shares of common stock or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with awards; (ii) the number and kind of shares of common stock or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding awards; (iii) the exercise price, base price or purchase price relating to any award and (iv) the performance criteria, if any, applicable to outstanding awards. In addition, the plan administrator may determine that any equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of our common stock).

        Each stock option and stock appreciation right granted under the Manager Equity Plan will have a term of no longer than 10 years, and will have an exercise price that is no less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of the award. The exercise price for stock option may generally be paid in cash or by an exchange of common stock previously owned by the participant, through a "broker cashless exercise" procedure approved by the plan administrator or a combination of the above, in any case in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price. The other terms of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Manager Equity Plan will be determined by the plan administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be granted alone or in tandem with another award.

        The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each grant of restricted stock or restricted stock units under the Manager Equity Plan. Restricted stock units confer on the participant the right to receive cash, common stock or other property, as determined by the plan administrator, having a value equal to the number of shares of our common stock that are subject to the award. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, holders of restricted stock will have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote restricted stock and the right to receive dividends and distributions thereon. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, (1) dividends and distributions paid on awards of restricted stock will be paid at the dividend or distribution payment date, provided that such payments may be deferred to such date as determined by the plan administrator, and in any event will be payable in cash or in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends and distributions and (2) common stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend or distribution, will be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the

109


Table of Contents

awards of restricted stock to which such dividend or distribution relates. The plan administrator is authorized to grant to holders of restricted stock units the right to receive dividend equivalents and distribution equivalents for the period prior to settlement of the restricted stock unit. Dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the holder of restricted stock units, may be settled in cash or common stock, and may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the plan administrator may establish. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, any such dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents will be paid or credited, as applicable, on the dividend or distribution payment date to the holders of restricted stock units as though each such restricted stock unit were a share of outstanding common stock.

        The plan administrator may determine to make grants of our common stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture or to grant other stock-based awards to our Manager, the terms and conditions of which will be determined by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

        If the management agreement with our Manager (1) is terminated by us for cause or (2) expires following our Manager's issuance of a termination notice for a termination without cause (as described herein under "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement—Term and termination"), all unvested awards then held by our Manager and all accrued and unpaid dividends or dividend equivalents related to such awards will be immediately cancelled and forfeited without consideration. If the management agreement expires or is terminated for any other reason, any award then held by our Manager that was not previously vested will become fully vested and/or payable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to such award will be deemed to be fully achieved. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, all unvested awards then held by a holder who is not our Manager and who ceases to provide services to our Manager will be immediately cancelled and forfeited without consideration. The terms of award agreements will set forth the terms under which a stock option or stock appreciation right may remain exercisable following such a termination of service with our Manager.

        The Manager Equity Plan will automatically expire on the 10th anniversary of the date on which it was adopted. Our board of directors may terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Manager Equity Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval as required by law or stock exchange rules. The plan administrator may amend the terms of any outstanding award under the Manager Equity Plan at any time. No amendment or termination of the Manager Equity Plan or any outstanding award may adversely affect any of the rights of an award holder without the holder's consent.

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will not issue any equity-based compensation under the Manager Equity Plan. Effective as of the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will grant to our Manager a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and 2,231,787 units in such concurrent private placement, we will grant to our Manager 51,159 shares of restricted common stock. One-third of these shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date.

Code of conduct

        Our board of directors has established a code of conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees. Any such director, officer or employee who is also subject to our Manager's code of conduct will, in the event of a conflict in policy, be held to the more restrictive provision. Among other matters, our code of conduct is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

110


Table of Contents

        Waivers of any provisions of the code of conduct may be granted in writing by our chief executive officer, except that any waiver sought by one of our directors or executive officers may be granted only by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. In considering any request for a waiver, the chief executive officer will consult with appropriate senior management, our legal and compliance department and/or external legal advisors, as appropriate under the circumstances. Any changes to or waivers of the code of conduct will, to the extent required, be disclosed as required by applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

Conflicts of interest

Dependence on our Manager and its personnel

        We are dependent on our Manager for our day-to-day management. All of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, are employees of our Manager. Although our current chief financial officer is an employee of our Manager, we anticipate that in the future we will hire a chief financial officer that is not an employee of our Manager and support staff for such chief financial officer. We do not anticipate having any future employees other than a chief financial officer and support staff for the chief financial officer. Our Manager does not serve us exclusively and is not obligated to dedicate any of its personnel to us. Because our Manager serves other clients in addition to us, it is difficult to estimate the amount of time our Manager or its personnel will allocate to our business. The obligations of our Manager and its officers and personnel to engage in other business activities may reduce the time our Manager and its officers and personnel spend managing us.

Management agreement and fees

        Our management agreement with our Manager was negotiated between related parties and its terms, including fees and other amounts payable, may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated at arm's length with an unaffiliated third party.

        We have agreed to pay our Manager a management fee that is not tied to our performance. The management fee may not sufficiently incentivize our Manager to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for us. This could hurt both our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the market price of our common stock.

Investment allocation policies

        Our Manager has an investment allocation policy in place that is designed to treat all of its client accounts fairly and equitably with the goal of providing all clients with the best execution under the circumstances for transactions in fixed-income securities. Our Manager's investment allocation policy provides that no single client is intentionally favored over another and the procedures associated with this policy require our Manager's investment management department to allocate trades in a fair and equitable manner. When possible, in order to minimize transaction costs and seek best execution for all client accounts, transactions may be bunched or blocked together, with securities generally allocated to client accounts on a pro rata basis. According to our Manager's investment allocation policy, investments may be allocated by taking into account factors, including but not limited to investment

111


Table of Contents

goals or guidelines, available cash, liquidity requirements, odd lot positions, minimum allocations, existing portfolio holdings compared to target weightings, regulatory and legal restrictions and the tax implications of an investment. Our Manager's investment allocation policy requires that these bunched or blocked trades be allocated on the same day they are executed and requires that all clients receive the same average cost for the transaction.

        Our Manager periodically reviews its client accounts to identify situations where a potential conflict may exist, and when appropriate, may design specific procedures to address these situations. The investment allocation policy may be amended by our Manager at any time without our consent. To the extent that our Manager's or our business changes in such a way as to give rise to conflicts not currently addressed by our Manager's investment allocation policy, our Manager may need to refine its investment allocation policy to address such situation. Our independent directors will review our Manager's compliance with its investment allocation policy and the conflicts or potential conflicts of interest surrounding our Manager. In addition, to avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with our Manager, prior to an acquisition of any security structured or issued by an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates or the purchase or sale of any asset from or to an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates, such transaction must be approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors.

Other clients of our Manager

        We do not have any agreement or understanding with our Manager that would give us any priority over any other client of our Manager in opportunities to invest in Agency RMBS or any class of our potential target assets. Accordingly, we may compete for investment opportunities in these asset classes directly with other investment portfolios managed by our Manager. As discussed further below, several investment portfolios managed by our Manager invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets and a substantial number of investment portfolios managed by our Manager have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. In addition, our Manager may in the future have additional clients that may compete with us for investment opportunities in Agency RMBS and our potential our target assets.

        As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had a total of $443 billion in assets under management. Of this total, $61.5 billion was invested in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, of which $37.6 billion was invested in Agency RMBS, $13.8 billion in non-Agency RMBS, $2.4 billion in CMBS and $7.7 billion in ABS. Our Manager manages a number of portfolios in strategies that invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. These portfolios include mutual funds, private commingled investment vehicles and separate accounts. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $2.1 billion in 15 separate accounts and $5.3 billion in six commingled investment vehicles, which include mutual funds and private commingled investment vehicles, that invest primarily in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Of these 21 portfolios, six are included in the commingled investment vehicles for which we have provided further information under "Our Manager and the management agreement—Historical performance of our Manager's investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets."

        Our Manager also manages broad market portfolios that may have a material allocation to real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, but have not invested primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets. Our Manager's broad market strategies that have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets but do not invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets include the following:

112


Table of Contents

Other business activities of our affiliates

        We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. However, subject to our Manager's investment allocation policy, our code of conduct contains a conflicts of interest policy that prohibits our directors, officers and personnel, as well as employees of our Manager who provide services to us, from engaging in any transaction that involves an actual conflict of interest with us.

113


Table of Contents


Our Manager and the management agreement

General

        We will be externally managed and advised by our Manager. All of our officers and two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, are employees of our Manager. Our Manager will be entitled to receive a management fee and the reimbursement of certain expenses pursuant to the management agreement. The executive offices of our Manager are located at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101, and the telephone number of our Manager's executive offices is (626) 844-9400.

Executive officers of our Manager

        The following sets forth certain information with respect to each of the executive officers of our Manager:

Executive Officer   Age   Position Held with Our Manager
James W. Hirschmann III     51   Director and Chief Executive Officer
Bruce D. Alberts     51   Chief Financial Officer
Brett B. Canon     50   Director of Risk Management and Operations
James J. Flick     51   Director of Client Service and Marketing
Gavin L. James     51   Director of Portfolio Operations
Charles A. Ruys de Perez     54   General Counsel and Secretary

        Set forth below is biographical information for the officers of our Manager. See "Management—Our directors, director nominees and executive officers" for biographical information regarding Messrs. Hirschmann, James and Alberts.

         Brett B. Canon has served as our Manager's director of risk management and operations since September 2006. Prior to that he served as our Manager's director of operations from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Canon is a certified public accountant. He received a BS from California State University, Northridge.

         James J. Flick has served as our Manager's director of global client service and marketing since July 2009, and a member of our Manager's global strategy committee since July 2009. From 1998 to July 2009, Mr. Flick served as a senior portfolio manager for our Manager. Prior to joining our Manager, Mr. Flick was a portfolio manager at Transamerica Investment Services from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Flick has a MBA from the University of Chicago and a BS from Ohio State University.

         Charles A. Ruys de Perez has served as the secretary and general counsel of our Manager since March 2007. Prior to joining our Manager, Mr. Ruys de Perez served as a managing director and chief compliance officer at Putnam Investments from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Ruys de Perez received a BA from Yale University and a JD from Harvard Law School.

Other key personnel of our Manager

        Our chief investment officer, Mr. Fulton, who also serves as the head of our Manager's Agency RMBS team, will, along with two senior portfolio managers from the Agency RMBS team, be primarily responsible for overseeing the management of our assets. The Agency RMBS team works alongside and is able to utilize the resources of our Manager's structured products team, which focuses on managing and evaluating our potential target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. The Agency RMBS team is also able to call on the experience of a number of our Manager's other investment professionals, not specifically dedicated to managing our assets, but with expertise that covers certain aspects of our potential target assets as well as on specialists in derivatives and liquidity who are part of our Manager's broader investment team. The collective team operates under the purview of our Manager's U.S. broad markets committee which sets overall sector allocations for broad market accounts. Our Manager seeks to unite groups of specialists dedicated to different market

114


Table of Contents

sectors. The daily interaction among the different teams is designed to develop a consensus approach that draws on the expertise of all team members. Our Manager's overall investment management team consists of 127 investment professionals.

        The senior members of our Agency RMBS team, in addition to Mr. Fulton, are Sean O. Johnson and Bonnie M. Wongtrakool.

         Sean O. Johnson is a portfolio manager at our Manager and focuses on Agency RMBS. Mr. Johnson has been in his current role since June 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Johnson served as a research analyst focusing on Agency RMBS for our Manager from 1995 to June 2010. Prior to joining our Manager in 1995, Mr. Johnson was a portfolio analyst at Pacific Investment Management Co. from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Johnson is a chartered financial analyst. He received a BS from the University of Southern California.

         Bonnie M. Wongtrakool is a portfolio manager at our Manager focusing on Agency RMBS. Ms. Wongtrakool has been in her current role since June 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Wongtrakool served as a research analyst focusing on Agency RMBS for our Manager from 2003 to June 2010. Prior to joining our Manager in 2003, Ms. Wongtrakool worked at Mercer Management Consulting from 2000 to 2003. Ms. Wongtrakool is a CFA charterholder, received a BA from Harvard College and a JD from Harvard Law School.

Management agreement

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager that will become effective upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, pursuant to which it will provide for the day-to-day management of our operations and our investments. The management agreement will require our Manager to manage our business affairs in conformity with the investment guidelines and other policies that are approved and monitored by our board of directors. Our Manager's role as Manager will be under the supervision and direction of our board of directors.

Management services

        Our Manager will be responsible for (1) the selection, purchase and sale of our portfolio investments, (2) our financing activities, and (3) providing us with investment advisory services. Our Manager will be responsible for our day-to-day operations and will perform (or will cause to be performed) such services and activities relating to our assets and operations as may be appropriate, which may include, without limitation, the following:

115


Table of Contents

116


Table of Contents

Liability and indemnification

        Pursuant to the management agreement, our Manager will not assume any responsibility other than to render the services called for thereunder in good faith and will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow its advice or recommendations, including as set forth in our investment guidelines. Our Manager maintains a contractual as opposed to a fiduciary relationship with us, although our officers who are also employees of our Manager will have a fiduciary duty to us under the DGCL as our officers. Under the terms of the management agreement, our Manager, and its affiliates and their officers, stockholders, members, managers, directors and personnel and any person providing sub-advisory services to our Manager will not be liable to us, our directors or our stockholders for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the management agreement, except because of acts constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of their duties under the management agreement, as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. We have agreed to indemnify our Manager and its officers, stockholders, members, managers, directors and personnel and any person

117


Table of Contents

providing sub-advisory services to our Manager with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims arising from acts or omissions of such parties not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of duties, performed in good faith in accordance with and pursuant to the management agreement. Our Manager has agreed to indemnify us, our directors and officers, personnel, agents and any persons controlling or controlled by us with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims arising from acts or omissions of our Manager constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties under the management agreement or any claims by our Manager's personnel relating to the terms and conditions of their employment by our Manager. Our Manager will not be liable for trade errors that may result from ordinary negligence, such as errors in the investment decision making process (such as a transaction that was effected in violation of our investment guidelines) or in the trade process (such as a buy order that was entered instead of a sell order, or the wrong purchase or sale of security, or a transaction in which a security was purchased or sold in an amount or at a price other than the correct amount or price). Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Manager carries errors and omissions and other customary insurance and will name us as an insured under those policies upon the completion of this offering.

Management team

        Pursuant to the terms of the management agreement our Manager is required to provide us with our management team, which may include a chief executive officer and a chief investment officer, or similar positions, along with appropriate support personnel to provide the management services to be provided by our Manager to us. None of the officers or employees of our Manager will be dedicated exclusively to us.

        Because our management agreement provides that our Manager is responsible for managing our affairs, all of our officers who are employees of our Manager do not receive cash compensation from us for serving as our executive officers. Instead we will pay our Manager the fees described in "—Management fee and expense reimbursements."

        Our Manager is required to refrain from any action that, in its sole judgment made in good faith, (1) is not in compliance with the investment guidelines, (2) would adversely and materially affect our qualification as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code or our status as an entity exempted or excluded from investment company status under the 1940 Act or (3) would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over us or of any exchange on which our securities may be listed or that would otherwise not be permitted by our certificate of incorporation or bylaws. If our Manager is ordered to take any action by our board of directors, our Manager will promptly notify our board of directors if it is our Manager's judgment that such action would adversely and materially affect such status or violate any such law, rule or regulation or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws. Neither our Manager nor any affiliate of our Manager will be liable to us, our board of directors or our stockholders, for any act or omission by our Manager or any of its affiliates, except as provided in the management agreement.

Term and termination

        The management agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified by agreement between us and our Manager. The initial term of the management agreement expires on the third anniversary of the closing of this offering and will be automatically renewed for a one-year term each anniversary date thereafter unless previously terminated as described below. Our independent directors will review our Manager's performance and any fees payable to our Manager annually and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our independent directors, based upon (1) our Manager's unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us or (2) our determination that any fees payable to our Manager are not fair, subject to our Manager's right to prevent such termination due to unfair fees by accepting a

118


Table of Contents

reduction of management fees agreed to by at least two-thirds of our independent directors. We will provide our Manager 180 days prior notice of any such termination. Unless terminated for cause, we will pay our Manager a termination fee equal to three times the average annual management fee earned by our Manager during the prior 24-month period immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of termination.

        We may also terminate the management agreement at any time, including during the initial term, without the payment of any termination fee, with 30 days prior written notice from our board of directors for cause, which will be determined by a majority of our independent directors, which is defined as:

        Our Manager may assign the management agreement in its entirety or delegate certain of its duties under the management agreement to any of its supervised affiliates without the approval of our independent directors if such assignment or delegation does not require our approval under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Under the Advisers Act, the management agreement shall terminate automatically without the payment of any termination fee in the event that the Manager assigns the management agreement, in whole or in part, unless such assignment is consented to in writing by us with the consent of a majority of our independent directors.

        Our Manager may terminate the management agreement if we become required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event, in which case we would not be required to pay a termination fee. Our Manager may decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days written notice, in which case we would not be required to pay a termination fee. In addition, if we default in the performance of any material term of the agreement and the default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice to us, our Manager may terminate the management agreement upon 60 days' written notice. If the management agreement is terminated by our Manager upon our breach, we would be required to pay our Manager the termination fee described above.

        We may not assign our rights or responsibilities under the management agreement without the prior written consent of our Manager, except in the case of assignment to another REIT or other organization that is our successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or other transaction), in which case such successor organization will be bound under the management agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as we are bound under the management agreement.

119


Table of Contents

Management fee and expense reimbursements

        We do not expect to maintain a separate office or to directly employ personnel other than the chief financial officer we anticipate hiring in the future and support staff for the chief financial officer. Instead, we will rely on the facilities and resources of our Manager to manage our day-to-day operations.

Management fee

        Our Manager will be entitled to a management fee in an amount equal to 1.5% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, of our stockholders' equity. For purposes of calculating the management fee, our "stockholders' equity" means the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of our equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus our retained earnings, calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less any amount that we pay for repurchases of our shares of common stock, excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items that have impacted stockholder's equity as reported in our financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income, and excluding one-time events pursuant to changes in U.S. GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between our Manager and our independent directors and after approval by a majority of our independent directors. However, if our stockholders' equity for any given quarter is negative based on the calculation described above, our Manager will not be entitled to receive any management fee for that quarter. Assuming that we sell 8,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering (which assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the management fee payable to our Manager for the 12-month period beginning on June 1, 2012 (assuming no additional equity is issued within this 12-month period) would be approximately $3.1 million. Our Manager will use the proceeds from its management fee in part to pay compensation to its officers and personnel who, notwithstanding that certain of them also are our officers, receive no cash compensation directly from us. The management fee is payable independent of the performance of our portfolio.

        The management fee of our Manager shall be calculated and delivered to us within 30 days after the end of each quarter. We are obligated to pay the management fee in cash within five business days after delivery to us of the written statement of our Manager setting forth the computation of the management fee for such quarter.

        As a component of our Manager's compensation, we will issue stock-based compensation to our Manager under our Manager Equity Plan. See "Management—Equity incentive plans—Manager Equity Plan."

Reimbursement of expenses

        We will be required to reimburse our Manager for the expenses described below. Expense reimbursements to our Manager are made in cash on a monthly basis following the end of each month. Our reimbursement obligation is not subject to any dollar limitation. Because our Manager's personnel perform certain legal, accounting, due diligence tasks and other services that outside professionals or outside consultants otherwise would perform, our Manager is paid or reimbursed for the documented cost of performing such tasks, provided that such costs and reimbursements are in amounts which are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

120


Table of Contents

        We also pay all operating expenses, except those specifically required to be borne by our Manager under the management agreement. The expenses required to be paid by us include, but are not limited to:

121


Table of Contents

        We will not reimburse our Manager or its affiliates for the salaries and other compensation of its personnel.

        In addition, we may be required to pay our pro rata portion of rent, telephone, utilities, office furniture, equipment, machinery and other office, internal and overhead expenses of our Manager and its affiliates required for our operations.

Conflicts of interest policy

        To avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with our Manager, the management agreement provides that (i) an investment in any security structured or managed by our Manager or (ii) any sale of our assets to our Manager and its affiliates will require the proper approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors. Our independent directors expect to establish in advance parameters within which our Manager and its affiliates may act as our counterparty and provide broker, dealer and lending services to us in order to enable transactions to occur in an orderly and timely manner.

Licensing

        The management agreement will include terms governing our use of the "Western Asset" name and logo.

Grants of equity compensation to our Manager, its personnel and affiliates and to our officers and directors

        Under our equity incentive plans, the plan administrator is authorized to approve grants of equity-based awards to our Manager and to our officers and directors. Future equity awards may be made to our officers or directors and to our Manager under our equity incentive plans. See "Management—Equity incentive plans."

Historical performance of our Manager's investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets

        Our Manager has utilized Agency RMBS as a vital component within its investment strategy since its inception in 1971 and has been an active investor in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS since the inception of these markets through several housing and credit cycles. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager had a total of $61.5 billion in assets under management in the asset classes corresponding to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, of which $37.6 billion was invested in Agency RMBS, $13.8 billion in non-Agency RMBS, $2.4 billion in CMBS and $7.7 billion in ABS.

122


Table of Contents

        Our Manager manages these assets using a range of strategies and investment vehicles, including mutual and private funds, private commingled vehicles and separately managed accounts. Most of these assets are managed in broad market portfolios that may have a material allocation to real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, but have not invested primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets. Our Manager's broad market strategies that have exposure to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets but do not invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets include:

US Core:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Core portfolios had exposure to Agency RMBS, corporate debt rated as investment grade, or investment grade corporates, corporate debt rated as below investment grade, or high yield securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. government, CMBS, ABS, cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $7.2 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 51 US Core portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

US Core Full:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Core Full portfolios invested in Agency RMBS; investment grade corporates; securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government; CMBS; ABS; high yield securities; securities issued in denominations other than U.S. dollars, or non-dollar securities; securities issued by companies or sovereigns in emerging markets, or emerging markets securities; and cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $30.0 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 166 US Core Full portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

US Enhanced Cash:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Enhanced Cash portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, CMBS, ABS, high yield securities, non-dollar securities, cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $1.8 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 16 US Enhanced Cash portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

US Index Plus:   These portfolios use a synthetic index component that provides exposure to the equity benchmark through the use of derivatives, and a short duration component that employs a long term value-oriented approach utilizing diversified strategies and covering all sectors of the fixed-income market in an attempt to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Index Plus portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, ABS, high yield securities and cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.8 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 10 US Index Plus accounts, including private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

US Intermediate:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Intermediate portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, ABS, high yield securities, cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $2.1 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 29 US Intermediate portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

123


Table of Contents

US Limited Duration:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all investment-grade sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, US Limited Duration portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, CMBS, ABS, high yield securities, non-dollar securities and cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.9 billion in 13 US Limited Duration portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

Total Return Unconstrained:   These portfolios employ an actively managed, diversified fixed-income strategy. Portfolio construction is based on our Manager's fundamental view of the fixed-income markets and is independent of broad market benchmarks. Portfolios in the Total Return Unconstrained strategy may opportunistically utilize investments in high yield, emerging markets and non-dollar securities. As of December 31, 2011, Total Return Unconstrained portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, ABS, high yield securities, non-dollar securities, emerging markets securities and cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $1.1 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 14 Total Return Unconstrained portfolios, which include mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

Global Core Full:   These portfolios use diversified strategies and cover all sectors of the fixed-income market in seeking to add value while minimizing risk. As of December 31, 2011, Global Core Full portfolios invested in Agency RMBS, investment grade corporates, debt issued by a foreign government, debt issued by an agency of the U.S. Government, ABS, high yield securities, non-dollar securities and cash and money market securities. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $0.5 billion of Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in 18 Global Core Full accounts, including mutual funds, private commingled vehicles and separate accounts.

        Our Manager also manages a number of portfolios in strategies that do invest primarily in real estate or real estate-related assets, including Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. These portfolios include mutual funds, private commingled investment vehicles and separate accounts. Our Manager began managing its first portfolio that invests primarily in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets in December 2004. Our Manager has managed from $43 million to $15.8 billion in up to 32 portfolios that primarily invest in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. Of these 32 portfolios, (i) 23 are or have been separate accounts managed on behalf of private institutional clients, 15 of which are currently active, (ii) seven are or have been commingled investment vehicles further described below, six of which are currently active, (iii) one was merged into one of the seven commingled investment vehicles further described below in February 2007, and (iv) one was merged into another commingled investment vehicle with a broad market investment strategy in 2007. As of December 31, 2011, our Manager managed approximately $2.1 billion in the 15 separate accounts and $5.3 billion in the six commingled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets. The seven portfolios referred to above that are or have been commingled investment vehicles are as follows:

124


Table of Contents

        Additional disclosure on each of these seven funds is provided below.

        There are significant differences between our investment policies and the investment policies of the portfolios discussed below. Accordingly, the performance of these portfolios is not necessarily indicative of our potential performance.

        The MBS Fund.     The MBS Fund is a private investment vehicle organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Our Manager has managed the MBS Fund since the MBS Fund's inception on December 2, 2004. At December 31, 2011, the MBS Fund had total net assets of $2.7 billion. The MBS Fund purchases its investment assets using its own funds and does not borrow to make investments although it may use short-term borrowings to facilitate settlement. The MBS Fund invests primarily in RMBS with an emphasis on Agency RMBS. At December 31, 2011, 72% of the MBS Fund's market value was composed of Agency RMBS. Including economic exposure from derivatives, the MBS Fund has 79% exposure to Agency RMBS. The MBS Fund may also invest, from time to time, in our other target assets, including non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. In addition to Agency RMBS and our potential target assets, the MBS Fund also invests in debt issued by the U.S. Treasury or a U.S. government agency and in corporate debt. In contrast to the MBS Fund, we do not expect to invest in U.S. Treasuries, agencies or corporate debt in any material amounts.

        The MBS Fund produced annualized gross returns of 6.10%, 12.80%, 6.91% and 6.19% respectively on a one year basis, three year basis, five year basis and since December 1, 2004 (as of December 31, 2011). The fiscal year for the MBS Fund ends December 31. The returns of the MBS Fund are detailed in the table below. The MBS Fund does not charge investment advisory fees. Gross performance is derived by adding the MBS Fund's expense ratio to the net performance of the MBS Fund. Net performance is calculated using the MBS Fund's net asset value, which takes into account the MBS Fund's total expense ratio. Actual fees will vary by account, depending on investment mandate, services provided to the client and other factors.

        The economic downturn and the disruption of the financial markets in 2007 and 2008 had a negative impact on the prices of structured products in the MBS Fund, particularly non-Agency RMBS, in which the MBS Fund had approximately 28% of its value invested as of December 31, 2007. A decrease in home prices and an increase in unemployment rates caused default and loss rates of collateral backing non-Agency RMBS to rise to levels much higher than projected at the time of issuance of these securities. A number of factors, including reduced liquidity, the unavailability of financing in the capital markets, downgrades of RMBS by credit agencies and general risk aversion by investors caused many holders to sell these securities at distressed levels, putting additional pressure on prices. These market impacts adversely affected the prices of non-Agency RMBS in the MBS Fund managed by our Manager during this time period. To a lesser degree, these factors also led to a decrease in the prices of CMBS and ABS held in the MBS Fund. Together, these price decreases principally contributed to the negative performance of the MBS Fund in 2008. As the economic recovery has progressed, prices of these securities have improved and this price improvement has been reflected in the positive performance of the MBS Fund from 2009 forward.

125


Table of Contents

MBS Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  1 Year   3 Year   5 Year   Since
Inception
(12/2/2004)
 

MBS Fund (gross)

    6.10 %   12.80 %   6.91 %   6.19 %

MBS Fund (net)

    6.06 %   12.77 %   6.88 %   6.16 %

 

Calendar Yearly Returns
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

MBS Fund (gross)

    6.10 %   14.59 %   18.05 %   -6.80 %   4.41 %

MBS Fund (net)

    6.06 %   14.56 %   18.02 %   -6.82 %   4.39 %

        The Structured Securities Fund.     The Structured Securities Fund is a private investment vehicle organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Our Manager has managed the Structured Securities Fund since its inception on July 27, 2007. At December 31, 2011, the Structured Securities Fund had total net assets of $375 million. The Structured Securities Fund purchases its investment assets using its own funds and does not borrow to make investments although it may use short-term borrowings to facilitate settlement. The Structured Securities Fund invests almost exclusively in non-Agency RMBS. At December 31, 2011, 85% of the Structured Securities Fund was comprised of non-Agency RMBS. The Structured Securities Fund also invests from time to time in ABS and CMBS. The investment guidelines for the Structured Securities Fund permit investments in Agency RMBS, but at December 31, 2011, the Structured Securities Fund had $0 in investments in Agency RMBS.

        The Structured Securities Fund produced gross annualized returns of -2.29%, 17.30% and 3.68% respectively on a one year basis, three year basis and since inception on July 27, 2007 (as of December 31, 2011). The fiscal year for the Structured Securities Fund ends December 31. The returns of the Structured Securities Fund are detailed in the table below. The Structured Securities Fund does not charge investment advisory fees. Gross performance is derived by adding the Structured Securities Fund's expense ratio to the net performance of the Structured Securities Fund. Net performance is calculated using the Structured Securities Fund's net asset value, which takes into account the Structured Securities Fund's total expense ratio. Actual fees will vary by account, depending on investment mandate, services provided to the client and other factors.

        The economic downturn and the disruption of the financial markets in 2007 and 2008 had a negative impact on the prices of structured products in the Structured Securities Fund, particularly non-Agency RMBS, in which the Structured Securities Fund had approximately 52% of its assets invested as of December 31, 2007. A decrease in home prices and an increase in unemployment rates caused default and loss rates of collateral backing non-Agency RMBS to rise to levels much higher than projected at the time of issuance of these securities. A number of factors, including reduced liquidity, the unavailability of financing in the capital markets, downgrades of RMBS by credit agencies and general risk aversion by investors caused many holders to sell these securities at distressed levels, putting additional pressure on prices. These market impacts adversely affected the prices of the non-Agency RMBS held in the Structured Securities Fund. Because of the Structured Securities Fund's significant exposure to non-Agency RMBS, these price decreases greatly contributed to the negative performance in the Structured Securities Fund in 2008. As the economic recovery began in 2009 and 2010, the prices of these securities improved, leading to positive performance in the Structured Securities Fund in 2009 and 2010.

        The non-Agency RMBS markets faced additional pressures in 2011, in part due to a general weakening of the financial markets due to a number of macroeconomic factors, including unrest in the Middle East and Northern Africa, the earthquake and tsunami in Japan, the downgrade of the U.S. government's credit-rating and concerns regarding certain European governments' credit ratings.

126


Table of Contents

During the middle part of 2011, the non-Agency RMBS markets also had significant additional supply, as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York took actions to sell its stake in Maiden Lane II LLC, a portfolio of RMBS, in the open market. While most sectors of the fixed income markets rallied during the fourth quarter of 2011, non-agency RMBS markets did not generally see price improvement over this time period due in significant part to fears of potentially significant sales of non-Agency RMBS from de-leveraging European banks and hedge funds seeking to meet year-end redemptions. At the same time, many broker-dealers reduced their inventory of non-Agency RMBS due to year-end risk limits and European market uncertainty. The combination of these factors led to less liquidity in the non-Agency RMBS markets and lower non-Agency RMBS prices. Because of the Structured Securities Fund's allocation to non-Agency RMBS (approximately 90% of market value at December 31, 2010 and 85% of market value at December 31, 2011), the performance of the Structured Securities Fund was negative in 2011.

Structured Securities Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  1 Year   3 Year   Since
Inception
(7/27/2007)
 

Structured Securities Fund (gross)

    -2.29 %   17.30 %   3.68 %

Structured Securities Fund (net)

    -2.36 %   17.23 %   3.59 %

 

Calendar Yearly Returns
  2011   2010   2009   2008  

Structured Securities Fund (gross)

    -2.29 %   25.27 %   31.86 %   -23.20 %

Structured Securities Fund (net)

    -2.36 %   25.20 %   31.80 %   -23.27 %

        The Smash Fund.     The Smash Fund is an open end mutual fund registered under the 1940 Act. Our Manager has managed the Smash Fund since the Smash Fund's inception on January 1, 2007. At December 31, 2011, the Smash Fund had total net assets of $164.9 million. The Smash Fund purchases its investment assets using its own funds and does not borrow to make investments although it may use short-term borrowings to facilitate settlement. Under normal market conditions, the Smash Fund invests primarily in a combination of U.S. dollar denominated and non-U.S. dollar denominated investment grade debt obligations of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers (including emerging market issuers) and in derivatives and other instruments relating to such investments. The Smash Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in mortgage-related securities, U.S. government securities and money market instruments. The Smash Fund invests in both non-Agency RMBS and Agency RMBS as well as in ABS. At December 31, 2011, the Smash Fund had allocations to Agency RMBS and our other potential target assets as follows: 26% in non-Agency RMBS, 50% in Agency RMBS, 7% in ABS and 8% in CMBS.

        The Smash Fund produced returns of gross annualized returns of 5.83%, 14.13% and 6.98% respectively on a one year basis, three year basis and since inception on January 1, 2007 (as of December 31, 2011). The fiscal year for the Smash Fund ends October 31. The returns of the Smash Fund are detailed in the table below. The Smash Fund does not charge advisory fees, and shareholders of the Smash Fund are participants in separately managed account programs who pay fees to program sponsors for the costs and expenses of the programs. As a result, there is no distinction between gross and net returns for the Smash Fund.

        The economic downturn and the disruption of the financial markets in 2007 and 2008 had a negative impact on the prices of structured products in the Smash Fund, particularly non-Agency RMBS, in which the Smash Fund had 34% of its market value invested as of December 31, 2007. A decrease in home prices and an increase in unemployment rates caused default and loss rates of collateral backing non-Agency RMBS to rise to levels much higher than projected at the time of

127


Table of Contents

issuance of these securities. A number of factors, including reduced liquidity, the unavailability of financing in the capital markets, downgrades of RMBS by credit agencies and general risk aversion by investors caused many holders to sell these securities at distressed levels, putting additional pressure on prices. These market impacts adversely affected the prices of non-Agency RMBS holdings in the Smash Fund during this time period as well as, to a lesser degree, the CMBS and ABS holdings. As a result of the lower prices of these securities, the Smash Fund had a negative performance for 2008. As the economic recovery has progressed, prices of these securities have improved and the Smash Fund has had positive performance in 2009, 2010 and 2011.

Smash Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  1 Year   3 Year   Since
Inception
(1/1/07)
 

Smash Fund (gross)

    5.83 %   14.13 %   6.98 %

Smash Fund (net)

    5.83 %   14.13 %   6.98 %

 

Calendar Yearly Returns
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

Smash Fund (gross)

    5.83 %   14.63 %   22.56 %   -10.26 %   5.02 %

Smash Fund (net)

    5.83 %   14.63 %   22.56 %   -10.26 %   5.02 %

        Mortgage Backed Securities Fund.     The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund is an open end mutual fund registered under the 1940 Act. Though the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund began on March 20, 1984, our Manager has managed the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund since January 1, 2006. At December 31, 2011, the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund had total net assets of $622.7 million. The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund purchases its investment assets using its own funds and does not borrow to make investments although it may use short-term borrowings to facilitate settlement. Under normal circumstances, the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund invests at least 80% of the value of its assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and related investments, including Agency RMBS. The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund may also invest portions of its assets in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. At December 31, 2011, the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund had investments in Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS representing 86%, 9%, 2% and 0.2% of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund, respectively. The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund also invests in direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury or other U.S. government agencies. We do not expect to include similar obligations in our investments.

        The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund produced gross annualized returns of 7.30%, 9.24%, 6.90% and 6.63%, respectively, on a one year basis, three year basis, five year basis and since inception (as of December 31, 2011). The fiscal year for the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund ends December 31. The returns of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund are detailed in the table below. The gross performance results are presented before investment advisory fees. Gross performance is derived by adding the published expense ratio to the net performance of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund. Net performance is calculated using the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund's unit net asset value, which takes into account the fund's total expense ratio less any distribution fees, which may vary by share class.

        Because the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund invests and has invested its assets primarily in Agency RMBS (approximately 84% at December 31, 2007 and 86% at December 31, 2011), the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund was not as sensitive to the price decreases experienced by non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS throughout the financial crisis and the performance of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund remained positive in 2007 and 2008.

128


Table of Contents

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  1 Year   3 Year   5 Year   Since
Inception
(11/05/1992)*
 

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (gross)

    7.30 %   9.24 %   6.90 %   6.63 %

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (net)

    6.24 %   8.24 %   5.95 %   5.65 %

 

Calendar Yearly Returns
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (gross)

    7.30 %   10.44 %   10.00 %   1.96 %   5.06 %

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund (net)

    6.24 %   9.42 %   9.11 %   1.14 %   4.10 %

*
Although the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund was formed in 1984, the Class A shares of this fund were not sold until 1992. Since the Class A shares are the main retail class of shares of this fund, our Manager considers the Class A shares' inception date as the most appropriate measure of the performance of this fund since inception.

        The DMO Fund.     The DMO Fund is a closed end fund registered under the 1940 Act. Our Manager has managed the DMO Fund since its inception on February 24, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the DMO Fund had total net assets of approximately $248 million. The DMO Fund is a diverse portfolio of MBS, consisting primarily of non-agency RMBS and CMBS. At December 31, 2011, 89% of the DMO Fund's market exposure was to non-agency RMBS.

        The DMO Fund produced annualized gross returns of -3.37% on a one year basis and 10.26% since inception (through December 31, 2011). The returns of the DMO Fund are detailed in the table below. Gross performance is derived by adding the published expense ratio to the net performance of the DMO Fund. Net performance is calculated using the DMO Fund's unit set asset value, which takes into account the DMO Fund's total expense ratio.

        The non-Agency RMBS markets faced pressures in 2011, in part due to a general weakening of the financial markets due to a number of macroeconomic factors including unrest in the Middle East and Northern Africa, the earthquake and tsunami in Japan, the downgrade of the U.S. government's credit-rating and concerns regarding certain European governments' credit-ratings. During the middle part of 2011, the non-Agency RMBS markets also had significant additional supply, as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York took actions to sell its stake in Maiden Lane II LLC, a portfolio of RMBS, in the open market. While most sectors of the fixed income markets rallied during the fourth quarter of 2011, non-agency RMBS markets did not generally see price improvement over this time period due in significant part to fears of potentially significant sales of non-Agency RMBS from de-leveraging European banks and hedge funds seeking to meet year-end redemptions. At the same time, many broker-dealers reduced their inventory of non-Agency RMBS due to year-end risk limits and European market uncertainty. The combination of these factors led to less liquidity in the non-Agency RMBS markets and lower non-Agency RMBS prices. Because of the DMO Fund's allocation to non-Agency RMBS (94% of market value at December 31, 2010 and 89% of market value at December 31, 2011), the performance of the DMO Fund was negative in 2011.

The DMO Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  1 Year   Since
Inception
(2/24/2010)
 

DMO Fund (gross)

    -3.37 %   10.26 %

DMO Fund (net)

    -5.07 %   8.24 %

129


Table of Contents

        The LMP Variable Government Fund.     The LMP Variable Government Fund was an open end mutual fund registered under the 1940 Act. Though the LMP Variable Government Fund began on September 14, 1999, our Manager began managing the LMP Variable Government Fund on January 1, 2006. The LMP Variable Government Fund closed on May 1, 2008. The LMP Variable Government Fund purchased its investment assets using its own funds and did not borrow to make investments other than using short-term borrowings to facilitate settlement. The LMP Variable Government Fund invested at least 80% of the value of its assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and related investments, including Agency RMBS. The LMP Variable Government Fund also invested portions of its assets in non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS. On April 1, 2008, the LMP Variable Government Fund had total net assets of approximately $103 million and had investments in Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS, CMBS and ABS representing 94%, 1.8%, 1.4% and 1.3% of the LMP Variable Government Fund, respectively.

        The LMP Variable Government Fund produced positive gross returns for the calendar years of 2006 and 2007 and returns of 0.53% and 4.10%, respectively, on a one year basis and two year basis from its closing date on May 1, 2008. The fiscal year for the LMP Variable Government Fund ends October 31. The returns of the LMP Variable Government Fund are detailed in the table below. Gross performance was derived by adding the published expense ratio to the net performance of the LMP Variable Government Fund. Net performance was calculated using the LMP Variable Government Fund's unit net asset value, which took into account the fund's total expense ratio less any distribution fees, which may have varied by share class.

        The LMP Variable Government Fund closed in 2008 during the early part of the financial crisis. The beginning of the economic downturn in 2007 did have a negative impact on the prices of securities in the LMP Variable Government Fund, including non-Agency RMBS; however the LMP Variable Government Fund closed prior to the most severe periods of the economic crisis.

LMP Variable Government Fund
Trailing Period Returns

Through 4/30/2008
  2nd Quarter
2008
(partial)
  YTD   1 Year   2 Year  

LMP Variable Government Fund (gross)

    1.11 %   -0.73 %   0.53 %   4.10 %

LMP Variable Government Fund (net)

    1.05 %   -0.94 %   -0.15 %   3.40 %

 

Calendar Yearly Returns
  2008
(partial)
  2007   2006  

LMP Variable Government Fund (gross)

    -0.73 %   3.25 %   4.81 %

LMP Variable Government Fund (net)

    -0.94 %   2.54 %   4.10 %

        The Public/Private Master Fund.     The Public/Private Master Fund is a Delaware limited partnership participating in the U.S. Treasury's Legacy Securities Public-Private Investment Program and is managed by a joint venture between the RLJ Companies, LLC and our Manager. As of December 31, 2011, the Public/Private Master Fund had total partners' capital of $1.3 billion. The Public/Private Master Fund invests entirely in non-Agency RMBS and CMBS issued prior to 2009 that were originally rated AAA or an equivalent rating by two or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and does not invest in Agency RMBS. The joint venture between the RLJ Companies, LLC and our Manager also serves as the general partner of the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Collector Fund, L.P., or the Public/Private Collector Fund, which invests all of its assets in the Public/Private Master Fund and its two feeder funds, the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Cayman Fund, L.P. and the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Fund, L.P., or the Public/Private Feeder Funds, which invest all of their

130


Table of Contents

assets in the Public/Private Collector Fund. The DMO Fund is an investor in the Public/Private Collector Fund, and private institutional investors invest in the Public/Private Feeder Funds.

        The Public/Private Master Fund produced internal rates of return of 9.32% since first initially funded on November 23, 2009 to December 31, 2011. The Public/Private Collector Fund produced net internal rates of return of 9.27% since initially funded on November 23, 2009 to December 31, 2011. The Public/Private Feeder Funds produced net internal rates of return of 10.95% for the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Fund, L.P., or the U.S. Public/Private Feeder Fund, and 8.34% for the RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Cayman Fund, L.P., or the Cayman Public/Private Feeder Fund. The fiscal years for the Public/Private Master Fund, the Public/Private Collector Fund and the Public Private Feeder Funds end December 31. The returns of the Public/Private Master Fund and the Public/Private Collector Fund are detailed below. Internal rate of return is the rate of return of an investment over a holding period expressed as a percentage of the investment representing the annualized effective discount rate that makes the net present value of all cash outflows (the cost of the investment) and cash inflows (revenue on the investment) equal to zero. In this case, the internal rates of return are calculated based on the actual dates of the cash flows and the residual values of the Public/Private Master Fund, the Public/Private Collector Fund and the Public/Private Feeder Funds, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The net internal rates of return is net of all expenses and profit sharing allocations, if any, to the general partner for each of the Public/Private Master Fund, the Public/Private Collector Fund and the Public/Private Feeder Funds.

The Public/Private Funds'
Trailing Period Returns

Through 12/31/2011
  Internal
Rate of Return
Since Inception
 

Public/Private Master Fund (net)

    9.32 %

Public/Private Collector Fund (net)

    9.27 %

U.S. Public/Private Feeder Fund (net)

    10.95 %

Cayman Public/Private Feeder Fund (net)

    8.34 %

        Although the investment objectives and strategy of certain of the seven funds described above may be considered similar to our investment objectives and strategy, there are significant differences in the use of leverage. While we anticipate using significant financing for our assets as our Manager deems appropriate and consistent with our investment objectives and strategy, with the exception of the DMO Fund and the Public/Private Master Fund, none of these funds borrow, other than on a temporary basis for settlement or other similar purposes, or otherwise employ formal leverage. Through the use of TBAs and certain other derivative contracts, these funds (other than the DMO Fund and the Public/Private Master Fund) may be viewed as using leverage, but these effects are offset in part or in whole by each fund's requirement to set aside cash and cash equivalent holdings in the investment vehicle. The DMO Fund and the Public/Private Master Fund do utilize leverage, but the amount of leverage employed by the DMO Fund and the Public/Private Master Fund is significantly less than the range of leverage we expect to deploy on our assets. We expect under current market conditions to deploy, on a debt-to-equity basis, approximately five to nine times leverage on our Agency RMBS primarily through the use of master repurchase agreements. The amount of leverage that we will deploy for particular investments in Agency RMBS and our potential target assets will depend upon our Manager's assessment of a variety of factors, which may include: the anticipated liquidity and price volatility of the assets in our investment portfolio; the potential for losses and extension risk in our investment portfolio; the gap between the duration of our assets and liabilities, including any hedges; the availability and cost of financing the assets; our Manager's opinion of the creditworthiness of our financing counterparties; the health of the U.S. economy and the residential and commercial mortgage-related markets; our Manager's outlook for the level, slope, and volatility of interest rates; the

131


Table of Contents

collateral underlying our assets; and our Manager's outlook for asset spreads relative to the LIBOR curve. As a result of this use of leverage as well as the differences in our overall investment strategy versus the strategies for the seven funds described above, our results and performance may vary significantly from the results and performance of these portfolios.

        We have also provided supplemental prior performance data for these seven funds in Appendix I to this prospectus. The supplemental data includes the following prior performance tables: Table I (Experience in Raising and Investing Funds), Table II (Compensation to our Manager), and Table III (Operating Results) and, solely in the case of the LMP Variable Government Fund, Table IV (Results of Completed Programs).

132


Table of Contents


Principal stockholders

        Immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, there will be 100 shares of common stock outstanding and one stockholder of record. At that time, we will have no other shares of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets forth certain information, prior to and after this offering, regarding the ownership of each class of our capital stock by:

        In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person's beneficial ownership includes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly, and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table below, the business address of the stockholders listed below is the address of our principal executive office, 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101.

 
  Percentage of Common Stock Outstanding  
 
  Immediately Prior to
this Offering
   
   
 
 
  Immediately After
this Offering (1)
 
 
  Shares Owned    
 
Name and Address
  Percentage   Shares Owned   Percentage  

The Pine River Capital Management Funds (2)

            1,012,682     9.80 %

Southern California Edison Company Retirement Plan Trust (3)

            750,000     7.26 %

Western Asset Management Company (4)

    100     100 %   97,202     *  

James W. Hirschmann III

                 

Gavin L. James

                 

Bruce D. Alberts

                 

Stephen P. Fulton

                 

Travis Carr

                 

Edward D. Fox (5)

            1,500     *  

M. Christian Mitchell (5)

            1,500     *  

Richard W. Roll (5)

            1,500     *  

All directors, directors nominees and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

            4,500     *  

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Does not reflect any shares of our common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment or issuable upon exercise of the warrants to be issued in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors.

(2)
Includes 962,048 shares of common stock to be acquired by Pine River Fixed Income Master Fund Ltd. and 50,634 shares of common stock to be acquired by Pine River Financial Services Master Fund Ltd. (together, "The Pine River Capital Management Funds"), subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements," for which Pine River Capital Management L.P. is the investment manager. Brian Taylor is the sole member of Pine River Capital Management LLC, an entity which is the general partner of Pine River Capital Management L.P. Mr. Taylor, Pine River Capital Management L.P. and Pine River Capital Management LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of any of the securities owned by Pine River Fixed Income Master Fund Ltd. or Pine River Financial Services Master Fund Ltd. other than to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein, and the foregoing disclosure shall not be deemed an admission that Mr. Taylor, Pine River Capital Management L.P. or Pine River Capital Management LLC is the beneficial owner of such securities for purposes of Section 16 under the Exchange Act or for any other purpose. The securities of Pine River Fixed Income Master Fund Ltd. and Pine River Financial Services Master Fund Ltd. may be pledged from time to time. The address of each of the Pine River Capital Management Funds is 601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330, Minnetonka, MN 55305.

133


Table of Contents

(3)
The Southern California Edison Company Retirement Plan Trust ("SCE Retirement Trust"). The Board of Directors of the Southern California Edison Company appointed the Trust Investment Committee as Named Fiduciary of the SCE Retirement Trust. The Trust Investment Committee may be deemed to have dispositive power over the assets held in the SCE Retirement Trust. The Trust Investment Committee disclaims beneficial ownership of these units. The address of the SCE Retirement Trust is 2244 Walnut Grove Ave, Rosemead, CA 91770.

(4)
Our Manager currently owns 100 shares of our common stock, which we will repurchase concurrent with or shortly before the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will grant to our Manager a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares in this offering and 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement, we will grant 51,159 shares of restricted common stock to our Manager.

The number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by our Manager immediately after the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements includes 46,043 shares of our common stock which our Manager's deferred compensation plan will purchase on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates.

The board of directors of Legg Mason has investment control and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, including our Manager.

(5)
Represents a grant of our restricted common stock to the director nominee under our Equity Plan upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements.

134


Table of Contents


Certain relationships and related transactions

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will enter into a management agreement with our Manager to be effective upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, pursuant to which our Manager will provide the day-to-day management of our operations. The management agreement requires our Manager to manage our business affairs in conformity with the policies and the investment guidelines that are approved by our board of directors. The management agreement has an initial three-year term and will be automatically renewed for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by either us or our Manager. Our Manager is entitled to receive a termination fee from us, under certain circumstances. We are also obligated to reimburse certain expenses incurred by our Manager. Our Manager is entitled to receive from us a management fee. See "Our Manager and the management agreement—Management agreement."

        Our management agreement is intended to provide us with access to our Manager's pipeline of assets and its personnel and its experience in capital markets, credit analysis, debt structuring and risk and asset management, as well as assistance with corporate operations, legal and compliance functions and governance.

        Our chief executive officer and chief investment officer also serve as officers and employees of our Manager. In addition, two of our directors, James W. Hirschmann III and Gavin L. James, also serve as officers and employees of our Manager. As a result, the management agreement between us and our Manager was negotiated between related parties, and the terms, including fees and other payments payable, may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. See "Management—Conflicts of interest" and "Risk factors—Risks associated with our relationship with our Manager—There are conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Manager that could result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders."

Related party transaction policies

        To avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with our Manager, the management agreement provides that (i) an investment in any security structured or managed by our Manager or (ii) the acquisition of any security structured or issued by an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates or the purchase or sale of any asset from or to an entity managed by our Manager or any of its affiliates will require the proper approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors. Our independent directors expect to establish in advance parameters within which our Manager and its affiliates may act as our counterparty and provide broker, dealer and lending services to us in order to enable transactions to occur in an orderly and timely manner.

        We also expect our board of directors to adopt a policy regarding the approval of any "related person transaction," which is any transaction or series of transactions in which we are or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a "related person" (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest. Under the policy, a related person would need to promptly disclose to our Secretary any related person transaction and all material facts about the transaction. Our Secretary would then assess and promptly communicate that information to the compensation committee of our board of directors. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the compensation committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the compensation committee which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. Our policy requires any director who may be interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction.

135


Table of Contents

Restricted common stock and other equity-based awards

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we will adopt two equity incentive plans under which our directors and officers and our Manager and its employees, respectively, will be eligible to receive common stock-based awards. The aggregate number of shares that may be made subject to awards under these equity incentive plans will be equal to 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the number of shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance will be 308,335 shares.

        Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will issue and sell in a private placement an aggregate of 46,043 shares of our common stock (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements") at $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make this investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates. No placement agent fee or underwriting discount or commission will be payable with respect to these shares.

Registration rights

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers in the concurrent private placement and our Manager pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock comprising a part of the units, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the shares of common stock to be sold to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, and any shares of common stock that we will or may grant to our Manager under the Manager Equity Plan, which we collectively refer to as the registrable shares. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, all holders of the registrable shares and their direct and indirect transferees will have the right to demand that we cause their registrable shares to be registered for resale on a registration statement; however, we will not be required to file such registration statement until 180 days after the consummation of this offering and the concurrent private placements. The registration rights agreement also requires us to file a "shelf registration statement" for the remaining registerable shares as soon as practicable after we become eligible to use Form S-3 and we must maintain the effectiveness of this shelf registration statement until all the registerable shares have been sold under the shelf registration statement or sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. At any time prior to the filing of this shelf registration statement, if we propose to file a registration statement providing for a public offering, the holders of registerable shares may also request to have their shares included on this registration statement pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, except that such directors and officers will not be indemnified to the extent that any such person has committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard involved in the conduct of such person's duty to or for us. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable to the extent such director has

136


Table of Contents

committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such director's duties involved in the conduct of the office of director.

        Following completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we may enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.

        The above-described limitation of liability and indemnification may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

137


Table of Contents


Description of capital stock

         The following is a summary of the rights and preferences of our capital stock, preferred stock, units and warrants and related provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and warrants and warrant certificates as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. While we believe that the following description covers the material terms of our capital stock and other securities, the description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read carefully this entire prospectus, our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and warrants and warrant certificates and the other documents we refer to for a more complete understanding of our capital stock and other securities. Copies of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and warrants and warrant certificates are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "Where you can find more information."

General

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that we may issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, both having par value $0.01 per share. After giving effect to this offering and the other transactions described in this prospectus, 10,333,489 shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis (11,714,864 shares if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full), and no shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Common stock

Voting rights

        Subject to the restrictions contained in our certificate of incorporation regarding the transfer and ownership of our capital stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common stock, our common stockholders will be entitled to one vote per share. Our common stockholders will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all holders of our common stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to our certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares of common stock, voting together as a single class.

Dividend rights

        Subject to the restrictions contained in our certificate of incorporation regarding the transfer and ownership of our capital stock, our common stockholders will share ratably (based on the number of common shares held) if and when any dividend is declared by our board of directors. Dividends consisting of common stock may be paid only as follows: (i) common stock may be paid only to holders of common stock; and (ii) shares shall be paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding common share. We may not subdivide or combine shares of any class of common stock or issue a dividend on shares of any class of common stock without at the same time proportionally subdividing or combining shares of any other class or issuing a similar dividend on any other class.

Liquidation rights

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each of our common stockholders will be entitled to a pro rata dividend of any assets available for dividend to common stockholders.

138


Table of Contents

Other matters

        In the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another company in connection with which shares of common stock are converted into or exchangeable for shares of stock, other securities or property (including cash), our common stockholders will be entitled to receive the same kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash). No shares of our common stock will be subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, all the outstanding shares of common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Units

        Each unit sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors consists of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 of a share of our common stock. The purchase price for each unit is $20.00. Units will not be issued or certificated. The private placement shares and warrants will immediately separate and will be issued separately, but will be purchased together in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors.

Warrants

        The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the warrants and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the warrants and warrant certificates a copy of which is filed with the SEC together as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Exercise of warrants

        Each warrant entitles the warrantholder to purchase 0.5 of one share of our common stock, which we refer to as the warrant shares. The initial exercise price of the warrants is $20.50 per share. The initial exercise price is subject to adjustment as described under "—Adjustments." The warrants will become exercisable, in whole or in part (but in each case for a minimum of at least 5,000 warrant shares or such lesser number of warrant shares for which a warrant remains exercisable), six months after the date of issuance and will expire at the close of business on the seventh anniversary of the consummation of this offering. The warrants have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act and the warrants may not be exercised unless an exemption from such registration is available in respect of the issuance of the warrant shares.

        Upon receipt of payment of the exercise price and the applicable warrant certificate, together with a form of election attached thereto, properly completed and duly executed at our office, we will, within a reasonable time, forward the warrant shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants. Payment may be made (i) in cash or by certified bank check or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by us for such purpose or (ii) without the payment of cash as set forth below under "—Cashless exercise."

Adjustments

        The exercise price of the warrants and the number of warrant shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth below.

    If we sell common stock (or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock) in a public offering or a private placements, in each case after the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, for cash at a price per share (after the deduction of underwriting discounts or placement fees and other expenses incurred by us that are attributable to the offering) that is less than the closing price of our common stock immediately prior (a) to the announcement of the proposed public offerings

139


Table of Contents

      or (b) the execution of the purchase agreement in the case of private placement, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted by multiplying (x) the exercise price in effect immediately before the announcement of the public offering or the execution of the private placement purchase agreement, as applicable, by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is our net proceeds per share (after the deduction of underwriting discounts or placement fees and other expenses incurred by us that are attributable to the offering) from the sale of common stock in the public offering or private placement, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the applicable closing price. The adjustment described above will not apply to (i) any of the customary anti-dilution adjustment events described below, (ii) the exercise of the warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for our common stock, or the issuance of our common stock upon the exercise of the warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable for our common stock, (iii) any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to any at-the-market, controlled equity or similar programs or (iv) the issuance of shares of our common stock (and options exercisable therefor) to our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors (whether or not still in such capacity on the date of exercise) pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans. For any shares issued pursuant to any "at-the-market" offering, controlled equity or similar programs, the warrant price shall be adjusted by the percentage sales commission payable to the sales agent of the program as a one-time adjustment made as of the commencement of the program.

    If we pay a dividend or make a distribution on our common stock in shares of our common stock, subdivide our outstanding shares of common stock into a greater number of shares or combine our outstanding shares of common stock into a smaller number of shares or issue by reclassification of our outstanding shares of common stock any shares of our capital stock, then (i) the exercise price in effect immediately prior to the date on which such change becomes effective will be adjusted by multiplying such exercise price by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such change and the denominator of which will be the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such change, and (ii) the number of warrant shares purchasable upon exercise of the warrants will be adjusted by multiplying the number of warrant shares purchasable upon exercise of the warrants immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change becomes effective by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the exercise price in effect immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change becomes effective and the denominator of which will be the exercise price in effect immediately after giving effect to such change, calculated in accordance with clause (i) above. These adjustments will be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

    If any (i) capital reorganization or reclassification of our capital stock, (ii) consolidation or merger with another corporation in which we are not the survivor, (iii) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to another corporation or (iv) purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer pursuant to which holders of our common stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other shares of stock, securities or assets and such offer has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of our outstanding common stock (we refer to each of such transactions as a Fundamental Transaction) is effected, then, as a condition of such Fundamental Transaction, lawful and adequate provision will be made whereby each warrantholder shall have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and in lieu of the warrant shares immediately issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the highest amount of such shares of stock, securities or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of warrant shares equal to the number of warrant shares immediately up to that time issuable upon exercise of the warrants, had such Fundamental Transaction not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of each warrantholder to the end that the provisions in the warrant will be applicable,

140


Table of Contents

      as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise. We will not consummate any such Fundamental Transaction unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than us) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the corporation purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate corporation or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the warrantholder such shares of stock, securities or assets as each warrantholder may be entitled to purchase, and the other obligations under the warrants. The provisions of this paragraph will similarly apply to any successive Fundamental Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, other than one in which a successor entity, whose common stock is quoted or listed for trading on an Eligible Market (as defined in the warrants), or a Public Successor, assumes the warrants and the warrant shares immediately up to that time issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be exercisable for the publicly traded common stock of such Public Successor, at the request of a warrantholder delivered before the 90th day after such Fundamental Transaction, we (or the successor entity) will purchase the warrant from such warrantholder by paying to such warrantholder, within five business days after such request (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction), cash in an amount equal to the Black Scholes Value (as defined in the warrants) of the remaining unexercised portion of the warrant on the date of such Fundamental Transaction.

    If we fix a payment date for the making of a distribution to all holders of our common stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash dividends or cash distributions payable out of consolidated earnings or earned surplus or dividends or distributions referred to in the first bullet point above), or subscription rights or warrants, the exercise price to be in effect after such payment date will be determined by multiplying the exercise price in effect immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding multiplied by the Market Price (as defined in the warrants) per share of our common stock immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date, less the fair market value (as determined by our board of directors in good faith) of such assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed, or of such subscription rights or warrants, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding multiplied by such Market Price per share of our common stock immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date. These adjustments will be made successively whenever such a payment date is fixed.

    Upon the occurrence of any event requiring an adjustment of the exercise price as described above, we will promptly give written notice to each warrantholder, stating the adjusted exercise price and the adjusted number of warrant shares resulting from such event and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation was based.

Redemption

        If (i) there is an effective shelf registration statement available for the warrant shares to be issued upon exercise of the warrants and (ii) the trading price of our common stock has been $10.00 or greater than the warrant exercise price of the warrants for 20 of the last 30 trading days, we will have the option, but not the obligation, to redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding warrants at a price of $0.01 per each warrant issuable if the warrants were to be exercised. In the event we elect to exercise our redemption option, we will furnish to each warrantholder a written notice of redemption setting forth the redemption date, which may be set no earlier than 30 days following the date the redemption notice is furnished to warrantholders. Each warrantholder will have the option to exercise its warrants, at any time prior to (but not including) the redemption date described above.

141


Table of Contents

Cashless exercise

        Each warrant includes a cashless exercise provision which permits the warrantholder to elect to exercise the warrant without paying the cash exercise price, and receive a number of shares determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares for which the warrant is being exercised by (ii) the difference between the volume weighted average price for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise of the warrant and the exercise price in effect on the date immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise of the warrant, and dividing such product by the volume weighted average price for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise.

Limitations on exercise

        Each warrant contains restrictions on the number of warrant shares that may be acquired by the warrantholder upon an exercise of the warrant. No warrantholder (including its affiliates) may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (including for such purpose the shares of our common stock issuable upon such exercise). For additional information on the ownership restrictions of our capital stock, please see "—Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our capital stock."

No rights as stockholder

        Prior to the exercise of a warrant, a warrantholder will not have or exercise any rights as a stockholder by virtue of its ownership of a warrant.

Preferred stock

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements. Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock, and the likelihood that the holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our capital stock

        In order to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012, our shares of capital stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, for our taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, no more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or constructively, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code to include certain entities) during the second half of any calendar year.

        Our certificate of incorporation, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of shares of our capital stock that a person may own and may prohibit certain entities from owning our shares. Our certificate of incorporation provides that (subject to certain exceptions described below) no person may beneficially or constructively own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is

142


Table of Contents

more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common or capital stock. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the power to increase or decrease the percentage of common or capital stock that a person may beneficially or constructively own. However, any decreased stock ownership limit will not apply to any person whose percentage ownership of our common or capital stock, as the case may be, is in excess of such decreased stock ownership limit until that person's percentage ownership of our common or capital stock, as the case may be, equals or falls below the decreased stock ownership limit. Until such a person's percentage ownership of our common or capital stock, as the case may be, falls below such decreased stock ownership limit, any further acquisition of common stock will be in violation of the decreased stock ownership limit. If our board of directors changes the stock ownership limit, it will (i) notify each stockholder of record of any such change, and (ii) publicly announce any such change, in each case at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such change. For purposes of this calculation, warrants treated as held by any stockholder will be deemed to have been exercised when calculating such holder's ownership of capital stock. However, warrants held by other unrelated persons will not be deemed to have been exercised.

        Our certificate of incorporation also prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock that would result in our being "closely held" under Section 856(h) of the Internal Revenue Code or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT and from transferring shares of our capital stock if the transfer would result in our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons. In addition, no such person may own an interest in any tenant that would cause us to own, actually or constructively, more than a 9.9% interest in such tenant. Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or who is the intended transferee of shares of our capital stock that are transferred to the trust (as described below), is required to give written notice immediately to us and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our qualification as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

        Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt a person from the foregoing restrictions. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors such representations and undertakings and satisfy such conditions, in each case as our board of directors may deem reasonably necessary to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our qualification as a REIT. Our board of directors may also require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel in order to determine or ensure our qualification as a REIT in the context of granting such exemptions.

        Any attempted transfer of our capital stock which, if effective, would result in a violation of the foregoing restrictions will cause the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, and the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in such shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day (as defined in our certificate of incorporation) prior to the date of the transfer. If, for any reason, the transfer to the trust does not occur or would not prevent a violation of the restrictions on ownership contained in our certificate of incorporation, our certificate of incorporation provides that the purported transfer will be void ab initio. Shares of our capital stock held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares of our capital stock held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends and no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares of capital stock held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares of capital stock have been transferred to the

143


Table of Contents

trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Delaware law, the trustee will have the authority to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

        Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership limitations. Upon such sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows: the proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our certificate of incorporation) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (2) the price received by the trustee from the sale or other disposition of the shares. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that shares of our capital stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (1) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (2) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount the proposed transferee was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

        In addition, shares of our capital stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.

        Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or in value of all classes or series of our capital stock, including shares of our common stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, will be required to give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our capital stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each owner shall provide to us such additional information as we may request to determine the effect, if any, of the beneficial ownership on our qualification as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limitations. In addition, each such owner shall, upon demand, be required to provide to us such information as we may request, in good faith, to determine our qualification as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the 9.8% ownership limitations in our certificate of incorporation.

        These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

144


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

        Our certificate of incorporation, which will be filed with the State of Delaware and become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, and bylaws contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless the takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. In addition to the above-described restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of our capital stock, these provisions include the following:

Stockholder action by written consent

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting and that stockholder action may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Elimination of the ability to call special meetings

        Our bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our president, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors that has been duly designated by our board of directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings, or by the chairman of our board of directors. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require our board of directors to call a special meeting.

Removal of directors; board of directors vacancies

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that members of our board of directors may only be removed for cause, and only with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66% of the combined voting power of all the shares of all classes of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Our bylaws provide that only our board of directors may fill vacant directorships. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from gaining control of our board of directors by removing incumbent directors and filling the resulting vacancies with such stockholder's own nominees.

Amendment of certificate of incorporation and bylaws

        The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation generally requires the approval of both a majority of the combined voting power of all the classes of shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and a majority of the members of our board of directors to amend any provisions of our certificate of incorporation, except that provisions of our certificate of incorporation relating to the powers, numbers, classes, elections, terms and removal of our directors, as well as the ability to fill vacancies on our board of directors requires the affirmative vote of at least 66% of the combined voting power of all the shares of all classes of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In addition, our certificate of incorporation (i) grants our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the DGCL and (ii) requires that stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the affirmative vote of 66% of the combined voting power of all the shares of all classes of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

        The foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to

145


Table of Contents

enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Section 203 of the DGCL

        We will not be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the "business combination" or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own) 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. In our certificate of incorporation, we have elected not to be bound by Section 203 of the DGCL.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, except that such directors and officers will not be indemnified to the extent that any such person has committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard involved in the conduct of such person's duty to or for us. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable to the extent such director has committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such director's duties involved in the conduct of the office of director.

        Following completion of this offering and the concurrent private placements, we may enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.

        The above-described limitation of liability and indemnification may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Transfer agent and registrar

        We expect that the transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock will be American Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

146


Table of Contents


Shares eligible for future sale

        After giving effect to this offering, the concurrent private placements and the other transactions described in this prospectus, we will have 10,333,489 shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis. Our shares of common stock are newly-issued securities for which there is no established trading market. No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our shares of common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of the stockholders to sell the shares or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our shares of common stock. See "Risk factors—Risks related to our common stock."

        For a description of certain restrictions on transfers of our shares of common stock held by certain of our stockholders, see "Description of capital stock—Restrictions on ownership and transfer of our capital stock."

Future shares of common stock and outstanding restricted common stock

        In connection with the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors, we will reserve for future issuance approximately 1,115,893 shares of our common stock, which is the number of shares initially issuable upon exercise of the warrants comprising a part of the 2,231,787 units offered in such concurrent private placement, subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements."

        Our equity incentive plans include provisions for grants of restricted common stock and other equity based awards to our Manager and its employees and to our directors and officers. We will be able to issue under these equity incentive plans up to 3.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of each award (other than any shares issued or subject to awards made pursuant to one of our equity incentive plans). Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, 2,231,787 units in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and 46,043 shares of common stock in the concurrent private placement to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the number of shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance will be 308,355 shares.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will grant to our Manager a number of shares of our restricted common stock that is equal to 0.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) and units sold in the concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors. Therefore, if we sell 8,000,000 shares in this offering and 2,231,787 units in such concurrent private placement, we will grant 51,159 shares of restricted common stock to our Manager. One-third of these shares will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. Upon the completion of this offering, we will also grant to each of our three director nominees 1,500 shares of restricted common stock, each of which grants will vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date. See "Management—Equity incentive plans" for a further description of the vesting terms of the initial grants of restricted common stock to our Manager and our three director nominees.

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with regard to the private placement shares, the shares of common stock to be sold to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and any shares of common stock that we have or may grant to our Manager under the Manager Equity Plan. See "—Registration rights" below.

147


Table of Contents

Rule 144

        After giving effect to this offering, the concurrent private placements and the other transactions described in this prospectus, 2,333,489 of our outstanding shares of common stock will be "restricted" securities under the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us (which requires that we are current in our periodic reports under the Exchange Act).

Lock-up agreements

        Our Manager, our directors and executive officers, and the executive officers of our Manager have entered into lock up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters, sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Specifically, pursuant to these agreements, these persons and entities, with limited exceptions, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such persons or entities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the applicable restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the applicable restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

148


Table of Contents

        Concurrently with this offering, we will also issue and sell in a private placement of an aggregate of 46,043 shares of our common stock (subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements") at $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make such investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates. These shares will be subject to a two year lock-up agreement with the underwriters that is substantially similar to the 180-day lock-up agreements to be executed by our Manager, our directors and executive officers and the executive officers of our Manager.

        The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time from time to time, waive in writing the terms and conditions of the lock-up agreements to which they are party. However, each of our directors and executive officers and each executive officer of our Manager may transfer or dispose of our shares during the applicable restricted period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the donee agrees to a similar lock-up agreement for the remainder of the restricted period.

Registration rights

        We will enter into a registration rights agreement with the purchasers in the concurrent private placements and our Manager pursuant to which we will agree to register the resale of the shares of common stock comprising a part of units, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, the shares of common stock to be sold to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, and any shares of common stock that we will or may grant to our Manager under the Manager Equity Plan, which we collectively refer to as the registrable shares. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, all holders of the registrable shares and their direct and indirect transferees will have the right to demand that we cause their registrable shares to be registered for resale on a registration statement; however, we will not be required to file such registration statement until 180 days after the consummation of this offering and the concurrent private placements. The registration rights agreement also requires us to file a "shelf registration statement" for the remaining registerable shares as soon as practicable after we become eligible to use Form S-3 and we must maintain the effectiveness of this shelf registration statement until all the registerable shares have been sold under the shelf registration statement or sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. At any time prior to the filing of our shelf registration statement, if we propose to file a registration statement providing for a public offering, the holders of registerable shares may also request to have their shares included on this registration statement pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

149


Table of Contents


U.S. federal income tax considerations

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in common stock of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation. For purposes of this section under the heading "U.S. federal income tax considerations," references to "Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation," "we," "our" and "us" mean only Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and not its subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. We have not sought and will not seek an advance ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this prospectus. The summary is also based upon the assumption that we and our subsidiaries and affiliated entities will operate in accordance with our and their applicable organizational documents. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular investor in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to investors subject to special tax rules, such as:

    financial institutions;

    insurance companies;

    broker-dealers;

    regulated investment companies;

    partnerships and trusts;

    persons who hold our stock on behalf of other persons as nominees;

    persons who receive our stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

    persons holding our stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction," "synthetic security" or other integrated investment;

and, except to the extent discussed below:

    tax-exempt organizations; and

    foreign investors.

        This summary assumes that investors will hold their common stock as a capital asset, which generally means as property held for investment.

         The U.S. federal income tax treatment of holders of our common stock depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of U.S. federal income tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be available. In addition, the tax consequences to any particular stockholder of holding our common stock will depend on the stockholder's particular tax circumstances. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign income and other tax consequences to you in light of your particular investment or tax circumstances of acquiring, holding, exchanging, or otherwise disposing of our common stock.

Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

        We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012, upon the filing of our U.S. federal income tax return for such year. We believe that we have been

150


Table of Contents

organized, and expect to operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

        The law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with our formation and election to be taxed as a REIT. In connection with this offering of our common stock, we expect to receive an opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP to the effect that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code, and that our proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2012. It must be emphasized that the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP will be based on various assumptions relating to our organization and operation, and will be conditioned upon fact-based representations and covenants made by our management regarding our organization, assets, and income, and the present and future conduct of our business operations. While we intend to operate so that we will qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP or by us that we will qualify as a REIT for any particular year. The opinion will be expressed as of the date issued. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP will have no obligation to advise us or our stockholders of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in the applicable law. You should be aware that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinions.

        Qualification and taxation as a REIT depends on our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual operating results, distribution levels, and diversity of stock and asset ownership, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Internal Revenue Code, the compliance with which will not be reviewed by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Our ability to qualify as a REIT also requires that we satisfy certain asset tests, some of which depend upon the fair market values of assets that we own directly or indirectly. Such values may not be susceptible to a precise determination. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of our operations for any taxable year will satisfy such requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

Taxation of REITs in general

        As indicated above, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Internal Revenue Code. The material qualification requirements are summarized below under "—Requirements for qualification—General." While we intend to operate so that we qualify as a REIT, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge our qualification, or that we will be able to operate in accordance with the REIT requirements in the future. See "—Failure to qualify."

        Provided that we qualify as a REIT, generally we will be entitled to a deduction for dividends that we pay and therefore will not be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our taxable income that is currently distributed to our stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the "double taxation" at the corporate and stockholder levels that generally results from investment in a corporation. In general, the income that we generate is taxed only at the stockholder level upon a distribution of dividends to our stockholders.

        For tax years through 2012, most domestic stockholders that are individuals, trusts or estates are taxed on corporate dividends at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% (the same as long-term capital gains). With limited exceptions, however, dividends from us or from other entities that are taxed as REITs are generally not eligible for this rate and will continue to be taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income. Under current law, the highest marginal non-corporate U.S. federal

151


Table of Contents

income tax rate applicable to ordinary income is 35%. See "—Taxation of stockholders—Taxation of taxable domestic stockholders—Distributions."

        Any net operating losses, foreign tax credits and other tax attributes generally do not pass through to our stockholders, subject to special rules for certain items such as the capital gains that we recognize. See "—Taxation of stockholders—Taxation of taxable domestic stockholders—Distributions."

        If we qualify as a REIT, we will nonetheless be subject to U.S. federal tax in the following circumstances:

    We will be taxed at regular corporate rates on any undistributed net taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

    We may be subject to the "alternative minimum tax" on our items of tax preference, including any deductions of net operating losses.

    If we have net income from prohibited transactions, which are, in general, sales or other dispositions of inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, other than foreclosure property, such income will be subject to a 100% tax. See "—Prohibited transactions," and "—Foreclosure property," below.

    If we elect to treat property that we acquire in connection with a foreclosure of a mortgage loan or certain leasehold terminations as "foreclosure property," we may thereby avoid the 100% tax on gain from a resale of that property (if the sale would otherwise constitute a prohibited transaction), but the income from the sale or operation of the property may be subject to corporate income tax at the highest applicable rate (currently 35%).

    If we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as discussed below, but nonetheless maintain our qualification as a REIT because we satisfy other requirements, we will be subject to a 100% tax on an amount based on the magnitude of the failure, as adjusted to reflect the profit margin associated with our gross income.

    If we violate the asset tests (other than certain de minimis violations) or other requirements applicable to REITs, as described below, and yet maintain our qualification as a REIT because there is reasonable cause for the failure and other applicable requirements are met, we may be subject to a penalty tax. In that case, the amount of the penalty tax will be at least $50,000 per failure, and, in the case of certain asset test failures, will be determined as the amount of net income generated by the assets in question multiplied by the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%) if that amount exceeds $50,000 per failure.

    If we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year, (b) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for such year, and (c) any undistributed net taxable income from prior periods, we will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the sum of (i) the amounts that we actually distributed and (ii) the amounts we retained and upon which we paid income tax at the corporate level.

    We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT's stockholders, as described below in "—Requirements for qualification—General."

    A 100% tax may be imposed on transactions between us and a TRS that do not reflect arm's-length terms.

    If we acquire appreciated assets from a corporation that is not a REIT (i.e., a corporation taxable under subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code) in a transaction in which the

152


Table of Contents

      adjusted tax basis of the assets in our hands is determined by reference to the adjusted tax basis of the assets in the hands of the subchapter C corporation, we may be subject to tax on such appreciation at the highest corporate income tax rate then applicable if we subsequently recognize gain on a disposition of any such assets during the ten-year period following their acquisition from the subchapter C corporation.

    The earnings of our TRSs are subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax to the extent that such subsidiaries are subchapter C corporations.

        In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes, including payroll taxes and state, local, and foreign income, property and other taxes on our assets and operations. We could also be subject to tax in situations and on transactions not presently contemplated.

Requirements for qualification—General

        The Internal Revenue Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

    1.
    that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

    2.
    the beneficial ownership of which is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest;

    3.
    that would be taxable as a domestic corporation but for its election to be subject to tax as a REIT;

    4.
    that is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code;

    5.
    the beneficial ownership of which is held by 100 or more persons;

    6.
    in which, during the last half of each taxable year, not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer "individuals" (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code to include specified tax-exempt entities); and

    7.
    that meets other tests described below, including with respect to the nature of its income and assets.

        The Internal Revenue Code provides that conditions (1) through (4) must be met during the entire taxable year, and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Conditions (5) and (6) need not be met during a corporation's initial tax year as a REIT (which, in our case, will be 2012). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides restrictions regarding the ownership and transfers of our stock, which are intended to assist us in satisfying the stock ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above.

        To monitor compliance with the stock ownership requirements, we generally are required to maintain records regarding the actual ownership of our stocks. To do so, we must demand written statements each year from the record holders of significant percentages of our stock pursuant to which the record holders must disclose the actual owners of the stock (i.e., the persons required to include our dividends in their gross income). We must maintain a list of those persons failing or refusing to comply with this demand as part of our records. We could be subject to monetary penalties if we fail to comply with these record-keeping requirements. If you fail or refuse to comply with the demands, you will be required by Treasury regulations to submit a statement with your tax return disclosing your actual ownership of our stock and other information.

        In addition, a corporation generally may not elect to become a REIT unless its taxable year is the calendar year. We intend to adopt December 31 as our year-end, and thereby satisfy this requirement.

153


Table of Contents

Effect of subsidiary entities

        Ownership of partnership interests.     If we are a partner in an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Treasury regulations provide that we are deemed to own our proportionate share of the partnership's assets, and to earn our proportionate share of the partnership's income, for purposes of the asset and gross income tests applicable to REITs. Our proportionate share of a partnership's assets and income is based on our capital interest in the partnership (except that for purposes of the 10% value test, described below, our proportionate share of the partnership's assets is based on our proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by the partnership). In addition, the assets and gross income of the partnership are deemed to retain the same character in our hands. Thus, our proportionate share of the assets and items of income of any of our subsidiary partnerships will be treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the REIT requirements.

        Disregarded subsidiaries.     If we own a corporate subsidiary that is a "qualified REIT subsidiary," that subsidiary is generally disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and all of the subsidiary's assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit, including for purposes of the gross income and asset tests applicable to REITs. A qualified REIT subsidiary is any corporation, other than a TRS (as described below), that is directly or indirectly wholly-owned by a REIT. Other entities that are wholly-owned by us, including single member limited liability companies that have not elected to be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are also generally disregarded as separate entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests. Disregarded subsidiaries, along with any partnerships in which we hold an equity interest, are sometimes referred to herein as "pass-through subsidiaries."

        In the event that a disregarded subsidiary of ours ceases to be wholly-owned—for example, if any equity interest in the subsidiary is acquired by a person other than us or another disregarded subsidiary of ours—the subsidiary's separate existence would no longer be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Instead, the subsidiary would have multiple owners and would be treated as either a partnership or a taxable corporation. Such an event could, depending on the circumstances, adversely affect our ability to satisfy the various asset and gross income requirements applicable to REITs, including the requirement that REITs generally may not own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the securities of another corporation. See "—Asset tests" and "—Income tests."

        Taxable subsidiaries.     In general, we may jointly elect with a subsidiary corporation, whether or not wholly-owned, to treat such subsidiary corporation as a TRS. We generally may not own more than 10% of the securities of a taxable corporation, as measured by voting power or value, unless we and such corporation elect to treat such corporation as a TRS. The separate existence of a TRS or other taxable corporation is not ignored for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a TRS or other taxable subsidiary corporation generally is subject to corporate income tax on its earnings, which may reduce the cash flow that we and our subsidiaries generate in the aggregate, and may reduce our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

        We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or other taxable subsidiary corporation or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a taxable subsidiary to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the dividends paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as income. This treatment can affect our income and asset test calculations, as described below. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. For example, we may use TRSs or other taxable subsidiary corporations to

154


Table of Contents

conduct activities that give rise to certain categories of income such as management fees or to conduct activities that, if conducted by us directly, would be treated in our hands as prohibited transactions.

        The TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT's tenants that are not conducted on an arm's-length basis. We intend that all of our transactions with our TRSs, if any, will be conducted on an arm's-length basis.

Income tests

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy two gross income requirements on an annual basis. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year, excluding gross income from sales of inventory or dealer property in "prohibited transactions," discharge of indebtedness and certain hedging transactions, generally must be derived from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including interest income derived from mortgage loans secured by real property (including certain types of mortgage-backed securities), "rents from real property," dividends received from other REITs, and gains from the sale of real estate assets, as well as specified income from temporary investments. Second, at least 95% of our gross income in each taxable year, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, discharge of indebtedness and certain hedging transactions, must be derived from some combination of income that qualifies under the 75% gross income test described above, as well as other dividends, interest, and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, which need not have any relation to real property. Income and gain from certain hedging transactions will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

        Interest income.     Interest income constitutes qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test (as described above) to the extent that the obligation upon which such interest is paid is secured by a mortgage on real property. If we receive interest income with respect to a mortgage loan that is secured by both real property and other property, and the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property on the date that we acquired or originated the mortgage loan, the interest income will be apportioned between the real property and the other collateral, and our income from the arrangement will qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test only to the extent that the interest is allocable to the real property. Even if a loan is not secured by real property, or is undersecured, the income that it generates may nonetheless qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test.

        We intend to invest in Agency and non-Agency mortgage-backed securities that are either mortgage pass-through certificates or CMOs. We expect that such mortgage-backed securities will be treated either as interests in a grantor trust or as interests in a real estate mortgage investment conduit, or REMIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of mortgage-backed securities treated as interests in grantor trusts, we would be treated as owning an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the mortgage loans held by the grantor trust. The interest on such mortgage loans would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test to the extent that the obligation is secured by real property, as discussed above. In the case of mortgage-backed securities treated as interests in a REMIC, income derived from REMIC interests will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income tests. If less than 95% of the assets of the REMIC are real estate assets, however, then only a proportionate part of our interest in the REMIC and income derived from the interest will qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test. In addition, some REMIC securitizations include imbedded interest swap or cap contracts or other derivative instruments that potentially could produce non-qualifying income for the holder of the related REMIC securities. We expect that substantially all of our income from mortgage-backed securities will be qualifying income for purposes of the REIT gross income tests.

155


Table of Contents

        We may purchase Agency RMBS through "to-be-announced" forward contracts, or TBAs, and may recognize income or gains from the disposition of those TBAs, through dollar roll transactions or otherwise. There is no direct authority with respect to the qualification of income or gains from dispositions of TBAs as gains from the sale of real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) or other qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Consequently, our ability to enter into dollar roll transactions and other dispositions of TBAs could be limited. No assurance can be given that the IRS will treat such income as qualifying income. We do not expect to have significant income from the disposition of TBAs, and therefore do not expect such income to adversely affect our ability to meet the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In the event that such income were determined not to be qualifying for the 75% gross income test, we could be subject to a penalty tax or we could fail to qualify as a REIT if such income when added to any other non-qualifying income exceeded 25% of our gross income.

        Dividend income.     We may directly or indirectly receive distributions from TRSs or other corporations that are not REITs or qualified REIT subsidiaries. These distributions generally are treated as dividend income to the extent of the earnings and profits of the distributing corporation. Such distributions will generally constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any dividends that we receive from a REIT, however, will be qualifying income for purposes of both the 95% and 75% gross income tests.

        REMIC interest apportionment.     The interest apportionment tax rules provide that, if a mortgage is secured by both real property and other property, the REIT is required to apportion its annual interest income between the portion attributable to a mortgage on the real property and the portion attributable to other property (which is not treated as mortgage interest). The interest apportionment tax regulations apply only if the mortgage loan in question is secured by both real property and other property. We expect that all or most of the mortgage loans that we acquire will be secured only by real property and no other property value is taken into account in our underwriting process.

        In addition, the Internal Revenue Code provides that a regular or a residual interest in a REMIC is generally treated as a real estate asset for the purpose of the REIT asset tests, and any amount includible in our gross income with respect to such an interest is generally treated as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property for the purpose of the REIT gross income tests. If, however, less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC in which we hold an interest consist of real estate assets (determined as if we held such assets), we will be treated as receiving directly our proportionate share of the income of the REMIC for the purpose of determining the amount of income from the REMIC that is treated as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property. In connection with the recently expanded HARP program, the IRS recently issued guidance providing that, among other things, if a REIT holds a regular interest in an "eligible REMIC," or a residual interest in an "eligible REMIC" that informs the REIT that at least 80% of the REMIC's assets constitute real estate assets, then the REIT may treat 80% of the gross income received with respect to the interest in the REMIC as interest on an obligation secured by a mortgage on real property for the purpose of the 75% gross income test. For this purpose, a REMIC is an "eligible REMIC" if (i) the REMIC has received a guarantee from Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac that will allow the REMIC to make any principal and interest payments on its regular and residual interests and (ii) all of the REMIC's mortgages and pass-through certificates are secured by interests in single-family dwellings. If we were to acquire an interest in an eligible REMIC less than 95% of the assets of which constitute real estate assets, the IRS guidance described above may generally allow us to treat 80% of the gross income derived from the interest as qualifying income for the purposes of 75% REIT gross income test. Although the portion of the income from such a REMIC interest that does not qualify would likely be qualifying income for the purpose of the 95% REIT gross income test, the remaining 20% of the REMIC interest generally would not qualify as a real estate asset, which could adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT asset tests.

156


Table of Contents

        Fee income.     Fees will generally be qualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests if they are received in consideration for entering into an agreement to make a loan secured by real property and the fees are not determined by income and profits. Other fees generally will not be qualifying income for purposes of either gross income test. Any fees earned by a TRS will not be included for purposes of the gross income tests.

        Hedging transactions.     Any income or gain that we or our pass-through subsidiaries derive from instruments that hedge certain risks, such as the risk of changes in interest rates, will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests, provided that specified requirements are met, including the requirement that the instrument is entered into during the ordinary course of our business, the instrument hedges risks associated with indebtedness issued by us or our pass-through subsidiary that is incurred to acquire or carry "real estate assets" (as described below under "—Asset tests"), and the instrument is properly identified as a hedge along with the risk that it hedges within prescribed time periods. Income and gain from all other hedging transactions will not be qualifying income for either the 95% or 75% gross income test.

        Failure to satisfy the gross income tests.     If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, including as a result of income and gains from the disposition of TBAs, we may still qualify as a REIT for such year if we are entitled to relief under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. These relief provisions will be generally available if (1) our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (2) following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income test for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test for such taxable year in accordance with Treasury regulations yet to be issued. It is not possible to state whether we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions in all circumstances. If these relief provisions are inapplicable to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. Even where these relief provisions apply, the Internal Revenue Code imposes a tax based upon the amount by which we fail to satisfy the particular gross income test.

        Timing differences between receipt of cash and recognition of income.     Due to the nature of the assets in which we will invest, we may be required to recognize taxable income from those assets in advance of our receipt of cash flow on or proceeds from disposition of such assets, and may be required to report taxable income in early periods that exceeds the economic income ultimately realized on such assets.

        We may acquire mortgage-backed securities in the secondary market for less than their face amount. In addition, pursuant to our ownership of certain mortgage-backed securities, we may be treated as holding certain debt instruments acquired in the secondary market for less than their face amount. The discount at which such securities or debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as "market discount" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accrued market discount is generally recognized as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of principal on the mortgage-backed security or debt instrument is made. If we collect less on the mortgage-backed security or debt instrument than our purchase price plus the market discount we had previously reported as income, we may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.

        Moreover, some of the mortgage-backed securities that we acquire may have been issued with original issue discount. In general, we will be required to accrue original issue discount based on the constant yield to maturity of the securities, and to treat it as taxable income in accordance with applicable U.S. federal income tax rules even though smaller or no cash payments are received on such securities. As in the case of the market discount discussed in the preceding paragraph, the constant yield in question will be determined and we will be taxed based on the assumption that all future payments due on the mortgage-backed securities in question will be made, with consequences similar to those described in the previous paragraph if all payments on the securities are not made.

157


Table of Contents

        In addition, pursuant to our ownership of certain mortgage-backed securities, we may be treated as holding distressed debt investments that are subsequently modified by agreement with the borrower. If the amendments to the outstanding debt are "significant modifications" under the applicable Treasury regulations, the modified debt may be considered to have been reissued to us in a debt-for-debt exchange with the borrower. In that event, we may be required to recognize taxable gain to the extent the principal amount of the modified debt exceeds our adjusted tax basis in the unmodified debt, even if the value of the debt or the payment expectations have not changed. Following such a taxable modification, we would hold the modified loan with a cost basis equal to its principal amount for U.S. federal tax purposes. To the extent that such modifications are made with respect to a debt instrument held by a TRS that is treated as a dealer or trader and that makes an election to use mark-to-market accounting, such TRS would be required at the end of each taxable year, including the taxable year in which any such modification were made, to mark the modified debt instrument to its fair market value as if the debt instrument were sold. In that case, the TRS could recognize a loss at the end of the taxable year in which the modifications were made to the extent that the fair market value of such debt instrument at such time was less than the instrument's tax basis.

        In addition, in the event mortgage-backed securities, or any debt instruments we are treated as holding pursuant to our investments in mortgage-backed securities, are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, we may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectability. Similarly, we may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at the stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received.

        Finally, we may be required under the terms of indebtedness that we incur to use cash received from interest payments to make principal payments on that indebtedness, with the effect of recognizing income but not having a corresponding amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

        Due to each of these potential timing differences between income recognition or expense deduction and cash receipts or disbursements, there is a significant risk that we may have substantial taxable income in excess of cash available for distribution. In that event, we may need to borrow funds or take other action to satisfy the REIT distribution requirements for the taxable year in which this "phantom income" is recognized. See "—Annual distribution requirements."

Asset tests

        At the close of each calendar quarter, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by some combination of "real estate assets," cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, and, under some circumstances, stock or debt instruments purchased with new capital. For this purpose, real estate assets include some kinds of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans, as well as interests in real property and stock of other corporations that qualify as REITs. Assets that do not qualify for purposes of the 75% asset test are subject to the additional asset tests described below.

        Second, the value of any one issuer's securities that we own may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets.

        Third, we may not own more than 10% of any one issuer's outstanding securities, as measured by either voting power or value. The 5% and 10% asset tests do not apply to securities of TRSs and qualified REIT subsidiaries and the 10% asset test does not apply to "straight debt" having specified characteristics and to certain other securities described below. Solely for purposes of the 10% asset test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Internal Revenue Code.

158


Table of Contents

        Fourth, the aggregate value of all securities of TRSs that we hold may not exceed 25% of the value of our total assets.

        Notwithstanding the general rule, as noted above, that for purposes of the REIT income and asset tests we are treated as owning our proportionate share of the underlying assets of a subsidiary partnership, if we hold indebtedness issued by a partnership, the indebtedness will be subject to, and may cause a violation of, the asset tests unless the indebtedness is a qualifying mortgage asset or other conditions are met. Similarly, although stock of another REIT is a qualifying asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests, any non-mortgage debt that is issued by another REIT may not so qualify (such debt, however, will not be treated as "securities" for purposes of the 10% asset test, as explained below).

        Certain securities will not cause a violation of the 10% asset test described above. Such securities include instruments that constitute "straight debt," which includes, among other things, securities having certain contingency features. A security does not qualify as "straight debt" where a REIT (or a controlled TRS of the REIT) owns other securities of the same issuer which do not qualify as straight debt, unless the value of those other securities constitute, in the aggregate, 1% or less of the total value of that issuer's outstanding securities. In addition to straight debt, the Internal Revenue Code provides that certain other securities will not violate the 10% asset test. Such securities include (1) any loan made to an individual or an estate, (2) certain rental agreements pursuant to which one or more payments are to be made in subsequent years (other than agreements between a REIT and certain persons related to the REIT under attribution rules), (3) any obligation to pay rents from real property, (4) securities issued by governmental entities that are not dependent in whole or in part on the profits of (or payments made by) a non-governmental entity, (5) any security (including debt securities) issued by another REIT, and (6) any debt instrument issued by a partnership if the partnership's income is of a nature that it would satisfy the 75% gross income test described above under "—Income tests." In applying the 10% asset test, a debt security issued by a partnership is not taken into account to the extent, if any, of the REIT's proportionate interest in the equity and certain debt securities issued by that partnership.

        We intend to invest in Agency and non-Agency mortgage-backed securities that are either mortgage pass-through certificates or CMOs. We expect that these securities will be treated either as interests in grantor trusts or as interests in REMICs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of mortgage-backed securities treated as interests in grantor trusts, we would be treated as owning an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the mortgage loans held by the grantor trust. Such mortgage loans will generally qualify as real estate assets to the extent that they are secured by real property. We expect that substantially all of our mortgage-backed securities treated as interests in grantor trusts will qualify as real estate assets.

        In the case of mortgage-backed securities treated as interests in a REMIC, such interests will generally qualify as real estate assets. If less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC are real estate assets, however, then only a proportionate part of our interest in the REMIC and income derived from the interest will qualify for purposes of the REIT asset tests. In connection with the recently expanded HARP program, the IRS recently issued guidance providing that, among other things, if a REIT holds a regular interest in an "eligible REMIC," or a residual interest in an "eligible REMIC" that informs the REIT that at least 80% of the REMIC's assets constitute real estate assets, then the REIT may treat 80% of the value of the interest in the REMIC as a real estate asset for the purpose of the REIT asset tests. For this purpose, a REMIC is an "eligible REMIC" if (i) the REMIC has received a guarantee from Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac that will allow the REMIC to make any principal and interest payments on its regular and residual interests and (ii) all of the REMIC's mortgages and pass-through certificates are secured by interests in single-family dwellings. If we were to acquire an interest in an eligible REMIC less than 95% of the assets of which constitute real estate assets, the IRS guidance described above may generally allow us to treat 80% of our interest in such a REMIC as a qualifying real estate asset for the purpose of the REIT asset tests. The remaining 20% of the REMIC

159


Table of Contents

interest generally would not qualify as a real estate asset, which could adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT asset tests.

        If we hold a "residual interest" in a REMIC from which we derive "excess inclusion income," we will be required to either distribute the excess inclusion income or pay tax on it (or a combination of the two), even though we may not receive the income in cash. To the extent that distributed excess inclusion income is allocable to a particular stockholder, the income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the stockholder, (2) would be subject to tax as unrelated business taxable income in the hands of most types of stockholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction pursuant to any otherwise applicable income tax treaty or other exemption, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign stockholders. Moreover, any excess inclusion income that we receive that is allocable to specified categories of tax-exempt investors which are not subject to unrelated business income tax, such as government entities or charitable remainder trusts, may be subject to corporate-level income tax in our hands, whether or not it is distributed.

        We intend to enter into sale and repurchase agreements under which we would nominally sell certain of our mortgage-backed securities to a counterparty and simultaneously enter into an agreement to repurchase the sold assets in exchange for a purchase price that reflects a financing charge. Economically, these agreements are financings, which are secured by the securities "sold" pursuant thereto. We believe that we would be treated for REIT asset and income test purposes as the owner of the securities that are the subject of any such agreement notwithstanding that such agreements may transfer record ownership of the assets to the counterparty during the term of the agreement. It is possible, however, that the IRS could assert that we did not own the mortgage-backed securities during the term of the sale and repurchase agreement, in which case we could fail to qualify as a REIT.

        We may purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs. There is no direct authority with respect to the qualification of TBAs as real estate assets or Government securities for purposes of the 75% asset test. Consequently, our ability to purchase TBAs could be limited. No assurances can be given that the IRS will treat TBAs as qualifying assets. We do not expect that a significant portion of our assets will be comprised of TBAs, and therefore we do not expect any TBAs to adversely affect our ability to meet the 75% asset test. In the event that TBAs were determined not to be qualifying for the 75% asset test, we could be subject to a penalty tax or we could fail to qualify as a REIT if such assets when added to any other non-qualifying assets exceeded 25% of our gross assets.

        No independent appraisals have been obtained to support our conclusions as to the value of our total assets or the value of any particular security or securities. Moreover, values of some assets, including instruments issued in securitization transactions, may not be susceptible to a precise determination, and values are subject to change in the future. Furthermore, the proper classification of an instrument as debt or equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be uncertain in some circumstances, which could affect the application of the REIT asset requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our interests in our subsidiaries or in the securities of other issuers will not cause a violation of the REIT asset tests.

        However, certain relief provisions are available to allow REITs to satisfy the asset requirements or to maintain REIT qualification notwithstanding certain violations of the asset and other requirements. One such provision allows a REIT which fails one or more of the asset requirements to nevertheless maintain its REIT qualification if (1) the REIT provides the IRS with a description of each asset causing the failure, (2) the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, (3) the REIT pays a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 per failure, and (b) the product of the net income generated by the assets that caused the failure multiplied by the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%), and (4) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last

160


Table of Contents

day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or otherwise satisfies the relevant asset tests within that time frame.

        In the case of de minimis violations of the 10% and 5% asset tests, a REIT may maintain its qualification despite a violation of such requirements if (1) the value of the assets causing the violation does not exceed the lesser of 1% of the REIT's total assets and $10,000,000, and (2) the REIT either disposes of the assets causing the failure within six months after the last day of the quarter in which it identifies the failure, or the relevant tests are otherwise satisfied within that time frame.

        If we should fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, including any failure to satisfy the 75% asset test as a result of any investments in TBAs, such a failure would not cause us to lose our REIT qualification if we (1) satisfied the asset tests at the close of the preceding calendar quarter and (2) the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset requirements was not wholly or partly caused by an acquisition of non-qualifying assets, but instead arose from changes in the market value of our assets. If the condition described in (2) were not satisfied, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose or by making use of relief provisions described below.

Annual distribution requirements

        In order to qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to:

(a)
the sum of

              (i)  90% of our net taxable income, computed without regard to our net capital gains and the deduction for dividends paid, and

             (ii)  90% of our net income, if any, (after tax) from foreclosure property (as described below), minus

(b)
the sum of specified items of non-cash income.

        We generally must make these distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if declared before we timely file our tax return for the year and if paid with or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration. In order for distributions to be counted as satisfying the annual distribution requirements for REITs, and to provide us with a REIT-level tax deduction, the distributions must not be "preferential dividends." A dividend is not a preferential dividend if the distribution is (1) pro rata among all outstanding shares of stock within a particular class, and (2) in accordance with the preferences among different classes of stock as set forth in our organizational documents.

        To the extent that we distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our net taxable income, as adjusted, we will be subject to tax at ordinary corporate tax rates on the retained portion. We may elect to retain, rather than distribute, our net long-term capital gains and pay tax on such gains. In this case, we could elect for our stockholders to include their proportionate shares of such undistributed long-term capital gains in income, and to receive a corresponding credit for their share of the tax that we paid. Our stockholders would then increase their adjusted basis of their stock by the difference between (a) the amounts of capital gain dividends that we designated and that they include in their taxable income, minus (b) the tax that we paid on their behalf with respect to that income.

        To the extent that in the future we may have available net operating losses carried forward from prior tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. Such losses, however, will generally not affect the character, in the hands of our stockholders, of any distributions that are actually made as ordinary

161


Table of Contents

dividends or capital gains. See "—Taxation of stockholders—Taxation of taxable domestic stockholders—Distributions."

        If we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year, (b) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for such year, and (c) any undistributed net taxable income from prior periods, we will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the sum of (x) the amounts actually distributed, plus (y) the amounts of income we retained and on which we have paid corporate income tax.

        As discussed above under "—Income tests—Timing differences between receipt of cash and recognition of income," it is possible that, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash to meet the distribution requirements due to timing differences between our actual receipt of cash and our inclusion of items in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the event that such timing differences occur, in order to meet the distribution requirements, it might be necessary for us to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings, or to pay dividends in the form of taxable in-kind distributions of property. Alternatively, we may declare a taxable dividend payable in cash or stock at the election of each stockholder, where the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed in such dividend may be subject to limitation. In such case, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

        We may be able to rectify a failure to meet the distribution requirements for a year by paying "deficiency dividends" to stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. In this case, we may be able to avoid losing REIT qualification or being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends. We will be required to pay interest based on the amount of any deduction taken for deficiency dividends.

Prohibited transactions

        Net income that we derive from a prohibited transaction is subject to a 100% tax. The term "prohibited transaction" generally includes a sale or other disposition of property (other than foreclosure property, as discussed below) that is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business by us or by a borrower that has issued a shared appreciation mortgage or similar debt instrument to us. We intend to conduct our operations so that no asset that we own (or are treated as owning) will be treated as, or as having been, held for sale to customers, and that a sale of any such asset will not be treated as having been in the ordinary course of our business. Whether property is held "primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business" depends on the particular facts and circumstances. No assurance can be given that any property that we sell will not be treated as property held for sale to customers, or that we can comply with certain safe-harbor provisions of the Internal Revenue Code that would prevent such treatment. The 100% tax does not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be subject to tax in the hands of the corporation at regular corporate rates. We intend to structure our activities to avoid prohibited transaction characterization.

Foreclosure property

        Foreclosure property is real property and any personal property incident to such real property (1) that we acquire as the result of having bid in the property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced the property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after a default (or upon imminent default) on a lease of the property or a mortgage loan held by us and secured by the property, (2) for which we acquired the related loan or lease at a time when default was not imminent or anticipated, and (3) with respect to which we made a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property. We generally will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate (currently

162


Table of Contents

35%) on any net income from foreclosure property, including any gain from the disposition of the foreclosure property, other than income that would otherwise be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Any gain from the sale of property for which a foreclosure property election has been made will not be subject to the 100% tax on gains from prohibited transactions described above, even if the property would otherwise constitute inventory or dealer property. Because we will invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities, we do not anticipate receiving any income from foreclosure property that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test.

Derivatives and hedging transactions

        We may enter into hedging transactions with respect to interest rate exposure on one or more of our assets or liabilities. Any such hedging transactions could take a variety of forms, including the use of derivative instruments such as interest rate swap contracts, interest rate cap or floor contracts, futures or forward contracts, and options. Except to the extent provided by Treasury regulations, any income from a hedging transaction we enter into (1) in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of interest rate changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets, which is clearly identified as specified in Treasury regulations before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, and (2) primarily to manage risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% income tests which is clearly identified as such before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into, will not constitute gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income test. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. We may conduct some or all of our hedging activities (including hedging activities relating to currency risk) through a TRS or other corporate entity, the income from which may be subject to U.S. federal income tax, rather than by participating in the arrangements directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. No assurance can be given, however, that our hedging activities will not give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of either or both of the REIT gross income tests, or that our hedging activities will not adversely affect our ability to satisfy the REIT qualification requirements.

Taxable mortgage pools and excess inclusion income

        An entity, or a portion of an entity, may be classified as a taxable mortgage pool, or TMP, under the Internal Revenue Code if

    substantially all of its assets consist of debt obligations or interests in debt obligations,

    more than 50% of those debt obligations are real estate mortgages or interests in real estate mortgages as of specified testing dates,

    the entity has issued debt obligations (liabilities) that have two or more maturities, and

    the payments required to be made by the entity on its debt obligations (liabilities) "bear a relationship" to the payments to be received by the entity on the debt obligations that it holds as assets.

        Under regulations issued by the Treasury, if less than 80% of the assets of an entity (or a portion of an entity) consist of debt obligations, these debt obligations are considered not to comprise "substantially all" of its assets, and therefore the entity would not be treated as a TMP. Our financing and securitization arrangements may give rise to TMPs, with the consequences as described below.

163


Table of Contents

        Where an entity, or a portion of an entity, is classified as a TMP, it is generally treated as a taxable corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT, or a portion of a REIT, or a disregarded subsidiary of a REIT, that is a TMP, however, special rules apply. The TMP is not treated as a corporation that is subject to corporate income tax, and the TMP classification does not adversely affect the qualification of the REIT. Rather, the consequences of the TMP classification would, in general, except as described below, be limited to the stockholders of the REIT.

        A portion of the REIT's income from the TMP arrangement could be treated as "excess inclusion income." The REIT's excess inclusion income, including any excess inclusion income from a residual interest in a REMIC, must be allocated among its stockholders in proportion to dividends paid. The REIT is required to notify stockholders of the amount of "excess inclusion income" allocated to them. A stockholder's share of excess inclusion income:

    cannot be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the stockholder,

    is subject to tax as unrelated business taxable income in the hands of most types of stockholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and

    results in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction for any otherwise applicable income tax treaty or other exemption, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign stockholders.

        See "—Taxation of stockholders." To the extent that excess inclusion income is allocated to a tax-exempt stockholder of a REIT that is not subject to unrelated business income tax (such as a government entity or charitable remainder trust), the REIT may be subject to tax on this income at the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%). In that case, the REIT could reduce distributions to such stockholders by the amount of such tax paid by the REIT attributable to such stockholder's ownership. Treasury regulations provide that such a reduction in distributions does not give rise to a preferential dividend that could adversely affect the REIT's compliance with its distribution requirements. See "—Annual distribution requirements." The manner in which excess inclusion income is calculated, or would be allocated to stockholders, including allocations among shares of different classes of stock, is not clear under current law. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to make such determinations using a reasonable method. Tax-exempt investors, foreign investors and taxpayers with net operating losses should carefully consider the tax consequences described above, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

        If a subsidiary partnership of ours that we do not wholly-own, directly or through one or more disregarded entities, were a TMP, the foregoing rules would not apply. Rather, the partnership that is a TMP would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and potentially would be subject to corporate income tax or withholding tax. In addition, this characterization would alter our income and asset test calculations, and could adversely affect our compliance with those requirements. We intend to monitor the structure of any TMPs in which we have an interest to ensure that they will not adversely affect our qualification as a REIT.

Asset-backed securities

        Investments in asset-backed securities, or ABS, generally are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test applicable to REITs and generally do not generate qualifying income for purposes of the 75% income test applicable to REITs. As a result, we may be limited in our ability to invest in such assets.

Failure to qualify

        If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification other than the income or asset tests, we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful

164


Table of Contents

neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. Relief provisions are available for failures of the income tests and asset tests, as described above in "—Income tests" and "—Asset tests."

        If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions described above do not apply, we would be subject to tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We cannot deduct distributions to stockholders in any year in which we are not a REIT, nor would we be required to make distributions in such a year. In this situation, to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits, distributions to most domestic stockholders that are U.S. individuals, trusts and estates will generally be taxable at the preferential income tax rates (i.e., the 15% maximum federal rate through 2012) for qualified dividends. In addition, subject to the limitations of the Internal Revenue Code, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Unless we are entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be disqualified from re-electing to be taxed as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we lost qualification. It is not possible to state whether, in all circumstances, we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Taxation of stockholders

Taxation of taxable domestic stockholders

        Distributions.     So long as we qualify as a REIT, the distributions that we make to our taxable domestic stockholders out of current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends will generally be taken into account by stockholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporations. With limited exceptions, our dividends are not eligible for taxation at the preferential income tax rates (i.e., the 15% maximum U.S. federal rate through 2012) for qualified dividends received by most domestic stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates from taxable C corporations. Such stockholders, however, are taxed at the preferential rates on dividends designated by and received from REITs to the extent that the dividends are attributable to:

    income retained by the REIT in the prior taxable year on which the REIT was subject to corporate level income tax (less the amount of tax);

    dividends received by the REIT from TRSs or other taxable C corporations; or

    income in the prior taxable year from the sales of "built-in gain" property acquired by the REIT from C corporations in carryover basis transactions (less the amount of corporate tax on such income).

        Distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends will generally be taxed to our stockholders as long-term capital gains, to the extent that such distributions do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which the stockholder that receives such distribution has held its stock. We may elect to retain and pay taxes on some or all of our net long-term capital gains, in which case provisions of the Internal Revenue Code will treat our stockholders as having received, solely for tax purposes, our undistributed capital gains, and the stockholders will receive a corresponding credit for taxes that we paid on such undistributed capital gains. See "Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation—Annual distribution requirements." Corporate stockholders may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are generally taxable at maximum U.S. federal rates of 15% (through 2012) in the case of stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates, and 35% in the case of stockholders that are corporations. Capital gains attributable to the sale of depreciable real property held for more than 12 months are subject to a 25% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate for taxpayers who are taxed as individuals, to the extent of previously claimed depreciation deductions.

165


Table of Contents

        Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally represent a return of capital and will not be taxable to a stockholder to the extent that the amount of such distributions does not exceed the adjusted basis of the stockholder's shares in respect of which the distributions were made. Rather, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of the stockholder's shares. To the extent that such distributions exceed the adjusted basis of a stockholder's shares, the stockholder generally must include such distributions in income as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares have been held for one year or less. In addition, any dividend that we declare in October, November or December of any year and that is payable to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month will be treated as both paid by us and received by the stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following calendar year.

        To the extent that we have available net operating losses and capital losses carried forward from prior tax years, such losses may reduce the amount of distributions that we must make in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See "Taxation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation—Annual distribution requirements." Such losses, however, are not passed through to stockholders and do not offset income of stockholders from other sources, nor would such losses affect the character of any distributions that we make, which are generally subject to tax in the hands of stockholders to the extent that we have current or accumulated earnings and profits.

        Dispositions of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation stock.     In general, capital gains recognized by individuals, trusts and estates upon the sale or disposition of our stock will be subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% (through 2012) if the stock is held for more than one year, and will be taxed at ordinary income rates (of up to 35% through 2012) if the stock is held for one year or less. Gains recognized by stockholders that are corporations are subject to U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 35%, whether or not such gains are classified as long-term capital gains. Capital losses recognized by a stockholder upon the disposition of our stock that was held for more than one year at the time of disposition will be considered long-term capital losses, and are generally available only to offset capital gain income of the stockholder but not ordinary income (except in the case of individuals, who may offset up to $3,000 of ordinary income each year). In addition, any loss upon a sale or exchange of shares of our stock by a stockholder who has held the shares for six months or less, after applying holding period rules, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of distributions that we make that are required to be treated by the stockholder as long-term capital gain.

        If an investor recognizes a loss upon a subsequent disposition of our stock or other securities in an amount that exceeds a prescribed threshold, it is possible that the provisions of Treasury regulations involving "reportable transactions" could apply, with a resulting requirement to separately disclose the loss-generating transaction to the IRS. These regulations, though directed towards "tax shelters," are broadly written and apply to transactions that would not typically be considered tax shelters. The Internal Revenue Code imposes significant penalties for failure to comply with these requirements. You should consult your tax advisor concerning any possible disclosure obligation with respect to the receipt or disposition of our stock or securities or transactions that we might undertake directly or indirectly. Moreover, you should be aware that we and other participants in the transactions in which we are involved (including their advisors) might be subject to disclosure or other requirements pursuant to these regulations.

        Passive activity losses and investment interest limitations.     Distributions that we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a domestic stockholder of our stock will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, stockholders will not be able to apply any "passive losses" against income or gain relating to our stock. To the extent that distributions we make do not constitute a return of capital, they will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

166


Table of Contents

Taxation of foreign stockholders

        The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our stock applicable to non-U.S. stockholders. A "non-U.S. stockholder" is any person other than:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, or of any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is includable in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

    a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        The following discussion is based on current law, and is for general information only. It addresses only selected, and not all, aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation.

        Ordinary dividends.     The portion of dividends received by non-U.S. stockholders that is (1) payable out of our earnings and profits, (2) which is not attributable to our capital gains and (3) which is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder, will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by treaty.

        In general, non-U.S. stockholders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership of our stock. In cases where the dividend income from a non-U.S. stockholder's investment in our stock is, or is treated as, effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates, in the same manner as domestic stockholders are taxed with respect to such dividends. Such income must generally be reported on a U.S. income tax return filed by or on behalf of the non-U.S. stockholder. The income may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation.

        Non-dividend distributions.     Unless our stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a "USRPI"), distributions that we make which are not dividends out of our earnings and profits will not be subject to U.S. income tax. If we cannot determine at the time a distribution is made whether or not the distribution will exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distribution will be subject to withholding at the rate applicable to dividends. The non-U.S. stockholder may seek a refund from the IRS of any amounts withheld if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. If our stock constitutes a USRPI, as described below, distributions that we make in excess of the sum of (a) the stockholder's proportionate share of our earnings and profits, plus (b) the stockholder's basis in its stock, will be taxed under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, or FIRPTA, at the rate of tax, including any applicable capital gains rates, that would apply to a domestic stockholder of the same type (e.g., an individual or a corporation, as the case may be), and the collection of the tax will be enforced by a withholding at a

167


Table of Contents

rate of 10% of the amount by which the distribution exceeds the stockholder's share of our earnings and profits.

        Capital gain dividends.     Under FIRPTA, a distribution that we make to a non-U.S. stockholder, to the extent attributable to gains from dispositions of USRPIs that we held directly or through pass-through subsidiaries, or USRPI capital gains, will, except as described below, be considered effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder and will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. individuals or corporations, without regard to whether we designate the distribution as a capital gain dividend. See above under "—Taxation of foreign stockholders—Ordinary dividends," for a discussion of the consequences of income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. In addition, we will be required to withhold tax equal to 35% of the maximum amount that could have been designated as USRPI capital gains dividends. Distributions subject to FIRPTA may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation. A distribution is not attributable to USRPI capital gain if we held an interest in the underlying asset solely as a creditor. Capital gain dividends received by a non-U.S. stockholder that are attributable to dispositions of our assets other than USRPIs are not subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder's U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, or (2) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his capital gains. We do not expect that a significant portion of our assets will be USRPIs.

        A capital gain dividend that would otherwise have been treated as a USRPI capital gain will not be so treated or be subject to FIRPTA, and generally will not be treated as income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and instead will be treated in the same manner as an ordinary dividend (see "—Taxation of foreign stockholders—Ordinary dividends"), if (1) the capital gain dividend is received with respect to a class of stock that is regularly traded on an established securities market located in the United States, and (2) the recipient non-U.S. stockholder does not own more than 5% of that class of stock at any time during the year ending on the date on which the capital gain dividend is received. We anticipate that our common stock will be "regularly traded" on an established securities exchange.

        Dispositions of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation stock.     Unless our stock constitutes a USRPI, a sale of our stock by a non-U.S. stockholder generally will not be subject to U.S. taxation under FIRPTA. Our stock will be treated as a USRPI if 50% or more of our assets throughout a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor. It is not currently anticipated that our stock will constitute a USRPI. However, we cannot assure you that our stock will not become a USRPI.

        Even if the foregoing 50% test is met, our stock will not constitute a USRPI if we are a "domestically controlled qualified investment entity." A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT, less than 50% of value of which is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders at all times during a specified testing period. We believe that we will be and will remain a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, and that a sale of our stock should not be subject to taxation under FIRPTA. However, no assurance can be given that we will be or will remain a domestically controlled qualified investment entity.

        In the event that we are not a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, but our stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, a non-U.S. stockholder's sale of our common stock nonetheless also would not be subject to tax under

168


Table of Contents

FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI, provided that the selling non-U.S. stockholder held 5% or less of our outstanding common stock any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the sale. We expect that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market.

        If gain on the sale of our stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. stockholder would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and would be subject to the same treatment as a domestic stockholder with respect to such gain, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of non-resident alien individuals, and the purchaser of the stock could be required to withhold 10% of the purchase price and remit such amount to the IRS.

        Gain from the sale of our stock that would not otherwise be subject to FIRPTA will nonetheless be taxable in the United States to a non-U.S. stockholder in two cases: (1) if the non-U.S. stockholder's investment in our stock is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such non-U.S. stockholder, the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as a domestic stockholder with respect to such gain, or (2) if the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States, the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual's capital gain. In addition, even if we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, upon disposition of our stock (subject to the 5% exception applicable to "regularly traded" stock described above), a non-U.S. stockholder may be treated as having gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI if the non-U.S. stockholder (1) disposes of our common stock within a 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a distribution, any portion of which, but for the disposition, would have been treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI and (2) acquires, or enters into a contract or option to acquire, other shares of our common stock within 30 days after such ex-dividend date.

        Estate tax.     If our stock is owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of such individual's death, the stock will be includable in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and may therefore be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

         Foreign stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax consequences of owning Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation stock.

Taxation of tax-exempt stockholders

        Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However, they may be subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income ("UBTI"). While some investments in real estate may generate UBTI, the IRS has ruled that dividend distributions from a REIT to a tax-exempt entity do not constitute UBTI. Based on that ruling, and provided that (1) a tax-exempt stockholder has not held our stock as "debt financed property" within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code (i.e., where the acquisition or holding of the property is financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt stockholder), and (2) our stock is not otherwise used in an unrelated trade or business, distributions that we make and income from the sale of our stock generally should not give rise to UBTI to a tax-exempt stockholder.

        Tax-exempt stockholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) and (c)(20) of the Internal Revenue Code are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally require such stockholders to characterize distributions that we make as UBTI.

169


Table of Contents

        In certain circumstances, a pension trust that owns more than 10% of our stock could be required to treat a percentage of the dividends as UBTI if we are a "pension-held REIT." We will not be a pension-held REIT unless (1) we are required to "look through" one or more of our pension trust stockholders in order to satisfy the REIT "closely-held" test, and (2) either (i) one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock, or (ii) one or more pension trusts, each individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock, collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock. Certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock generally should prevent a tax-exempt entity from owning more than 10% of the value of our stock and generally should prevent us from becoming a pension-held REIT.

         Tax-exempt stockholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax consequences of owning Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation stock.

Backup withholding and information reporting

        We will report to our U.S. stockholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a U.S. stockholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder comes within an exempt category and, when required, demonstrates this fact or provides a taxpayer identification number or social security number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. stockholder that does not provide his or her correct taxpayer identification number or social security number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any U.S. stockholder who fails to certify their non-foreign status.

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. stockholder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. stockholder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. stockholder may be subject to backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.

        Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a non-U.S. stockholder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting (but not backup withholding) unless the financial intermediary has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Other tax considerations

Legislative or other actions affecting REITs

        The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of REITs may be modified, possibly with retroactive effect, by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time. The REIT rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department

170


Table of Contents

which may result in statutory changes as well as revisions to regulations and interpretations. Changes to the U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect an investment in our common stock.

Medicare 3.8% tax on investment income

        Under recently enacted legislation, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on dividends and certain other investment income, including capital gains from the sale or other disposition of our common stock.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

        Recently enacted legislation will require, after December 31, 2013, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2014, gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in the institution held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any "substantial United States owners" or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity's "substantial United States owners," which we will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to stockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Non-U.S. stockholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.

State, local and foreign taxes

        We and our subsidiaries and stockholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various jurisdictions including those in which we or they transact business, own property or reside. Our state, local or foreign tax treatment and that of our stockholders may not conform to the U.S. federal income tax treatment discussed above. Any foreign taxes that we incur do not pass through to stockholders as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application and effect of state, local and foreign income and other tax laws on an investment in our stock.

171


Table of Contents


Underwriting

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives on behalf of the underwriters. We and our Manager have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number of Shares  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

       

Jefferies & Company, Inc. 

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       

JMP Securities LLC

       

National Securities Corporation

       

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

       

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

       
       

Total

    8,000,000  
       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the shares of common stock offered in this offering.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,200,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

172


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without Option   With Option  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount (1)

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

(1)
The underwriters will be entitled to receive $        per share from our Manager at closing, representing the full underwriting discount payable with respect to the shares sold in this offering.

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $1.2 million.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (i) the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering and the concurrent private placement, (ii) the 51,159 shares of our restricted common stock to be granted to our Manager or employees of our Manager pursuant to our Manager Equity Plan upon completion of this offering and (iii) an aggregate of 4,500 shares of our restricted common stock to be granted to our three director nominees pursuant to our Equity Plan upon completion of this offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        Our Manager, our directors and executive officers, and the executive officers of our Manager have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. In addition, our Manager's deferred compensation plan has agreed with the

173


Table of Contents

underwriters, with limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer the shares of common stock that our Manager's deferred compensation plan purchases in the concurrent private placement for a period of two years after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representatives. Specifically, pursuant to these agreements, these persons and entities, with limited exceptions, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such persons or entities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the applicable restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the applicable restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        We and our Manager have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "WMC".

        Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is the placement agent for our concurrent private placement to certain institutional accredited investors and will receive a placement agent fee with respect to each unit sold in such private placement other than the units sold to certain institutional accredited investors with which our Manager has a pre-existing business relationship for which no placement agent fee is payable.

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

174


Table of Contents

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

175


Table of Contents

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression EU Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

        Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. The underwriters or their affiliates have engaged in transactions with, and have performed underwriting, investment banking, lending and advisory services for Legg Mason and/or its affiliates in the ordinary course of their business and may do so for us as well as Legg Mason and/or its affiliates in the future. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. have previously acted as financial advisors to Legg Mason and/or its affiliates and have entered into repurchase agreements, credit default swaps, equity swaps, foreign exchange contracts, guarantees or other derivative contracts with Legg Mason. They have received or will receive customary fees and reimbursements of expenses for these transactions and services. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.


Legal matters

        Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York.

176


Table of Contents


Experts

        The balance sheet of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (a corporation in the development stage) as of March 31, 2012, included in this prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


Where you can find more information

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement may be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov .

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports, proxy statements and will make available to our stockholders annual reports containing audited financial information for each year and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

177


Table of Contents


Appendix I

        The information in this Appendix I shows summary information concerning seven investment vehicles managed by our Manager: the MBS Fund, the Structured Securities Fund, the Smash Fund, the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund, the DMO Fund, the LMP Variable Government Fund and the Public/Private Master Fund. The Prior Performance Tables set forth information for each portfolio as of the dates indicated regarding (i) experience in raising and investing funds (Table I); (ii) compensation to our Manager (Table II); and (iii) operating results (Table III). For additional discussion on the prior performance of these funds, please see "Our Manager—Historical Performance of Our Manager's Investments in Agency RMBS and Our Potential Target Assets."


MBS Fund

        The MBS Fund is a commingled investment vehicle offered privately on a continuous basis to investment management clients of our Manager. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager in raising and investing funds in the MBS Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Table I

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                         

MBS Fund

    December 2, 2004                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $3,255,099   $ (6,198,952 ) $ (4,360,852 ) $ (678,083 ) $ (161,649 )

Less offering expenses (2)

                               

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates

                     

Organizational expenses

                     

Other

                     

Reserves

                     

Percent available for investments

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (3)

                     

Percent Leverage (4)

    0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately in Table III.

(2)
No commissions or other offering expenses are attributable to the fund.

(3)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(4)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-1


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in connection with the ongoing operations of the MBS Fund. Our Manager does not receive any direct compensation for management of the MBS Fund. The management fees paid by each investor are made pursuant to a separate investment management agreement signed with our Manager and are based on the investor's overall investment account with our Manager rather than the specific allocation of such investor's account among the funds managed by our Manager. The MBS Fund typically makes up only a portion of an investor's investment account with our Manager.

Table II

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

MBS Fund

    December 2, 2004                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $3,255,099   $ (6,198,952 ) $ (4,360,852 ) $ (678,083 ) $ (161,649 )

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

                     

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    627,004     616,837     (387,468 )   108,877     112,758  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

                     

Management fees (2)

                     

Reimbursements

                     

Dollar amount of sales of notes and investments before deducting payments to sponsor

                     

Amount paid to sponsor from sales of notes and investments:

                     

Incentive Allocation

                     

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately in Table III.

(2)
Our Manager's fee is not charged to the fund, but is paid directly by the participants pursuant to a separately negotiated investment management agreement.

A-2


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the MBS Fund, presented on a U.S. GAAP basis, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Table III

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 620,073   $ 530,285   $ 121,719   $ 55,660   $ 56,463  

Expenses

                               

Interest expense

                     

Management fee expense

                     

Other expenses

    2,444     2,152     1,019     836     977  
                       

Total net expenses

    2,444     2,152     1,019     836     977  

Other income (loss)

                               

Net realized gain (loss) on investments and derivative securities

    9,375     88,704     (508,168 )   54,053     57,272  

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments, derivative securities and collateral invested on securities on loan

    (89,716 )   (1,438,788 )   984,753     283,322     48,702  
                       

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments, derivative securities and collateral invested on securities on loan

  $ (80,341 ) $ (1,350,084 ) $ 476,585   $ 337,375   $ 105,974  
                       

Net increase (decrease) in net assets from operations

    537,288     (821,951 )   597,285     392,199     161,460  
                       

Incentive Allocation

                     
                       

Net cash generated from (used in)

                               

Operating activities

    (3,282,633 )   6,111,768     2,771,693     649,028     223,494  

Units issued (2)

    5,914,670     479,763     23,589     120,422     409,376  

Bank overdraft

        569     1,145         128  
                       

Total cash generated (used)

    2,632,037     6,592,100     2,796,427     769,450     632,998  

Less: cash distributions to investors

                               

Redemptions

    (2,625,096 )   (6,598,101 )   (2,796,427 )   (769,450 )   (632,998 )

Special items

                     
                       

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions and special items

    6,941     (6,001 )            
                       

Total Assets

  $ 22,840,398   $ 15,649,507   $ 4,478,059   $ 5,564,060   $ 3,667,206  

Percent Leverage (1)

                     

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

(2)
Represents subscriptions into the MBS Fund.

A-3


Table of Contents


Structured Securities Fund

        The Structured Securities Fund is a commingled investment vehicle offered privately on a continuous basis to investment management clients of our Manager. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager in raising and investing funds in the Structured Securities Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The Structured Securities Fund began on July 27, 2007, so the disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2007 is solely for that partial period.

Table I

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007
(partial)
  2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

Structured Securities Fund

    July 27, 2007                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $176,345   $ 123,678   $ (3,203 ) $ 75,060   $ (74,222 )

Less offering expenses

                               

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates (2)

                     

Organizational expenses

    32                  

Other

                     

Reserves

                     

Percent available for investments

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (3)

                     

Percent leverage (4)

    0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
No commissions or other offering expenses are attributable to the fund.

(3)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(4)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-4


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in connection with the ongoing operations of the Structured Securities Fund. The Structured Securities Fund began on July 27, 2007, so the disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2007 is solely for that partial period. Our Manager does not receive any direct compensation for management of the Structured Securities Fund. The management fees paid by each investor are made pursuant to a separate investment management agreement signed with our Manager and are based on the investor's overall investment account with our Manager rather than the specific allocation of such investor's account among the funds managed by our Manager. The Structured Securities Fund typically only makes up a portion of an investor's investment account.

Table II

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007
(partial)
  2008   2009   2010   2011  

Date fund commenced

                               

Structured Securities Fund

    July 27, 2007                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $176,345   $ 123,678   $ (3,203 ) $ 75,060   $ (74,222 )

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

                     

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    3,890     18,506     3,471     37,020     28,149  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

                     

Management fees (2)

                     

Reimbursements

                     

Dollar amount of sales of notes and investments before deducting payments to sponsor

                     

Amount paid to sponsor from sales of notes and investments:

                     

Incentive Allocation

                     

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
Our Manager's fee is not charged to the fund, but is paid directly by the participants pursuant to a separately negotiated investment management agreement.

A-5


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the Structured Securities Fund, presented on a U.S. GAAP basis, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The Structured Securities Fund began on July 27, 2007, so the disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2007 is solely for that partial period.

Table III

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007
(partial)
  2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 4,386   $ 21,651   $ 30,102   $ 32,762   $ 29,063  

Expenses

                               

Interest expense

                     

Management fee expense

                     

Other expenses

    99     170     141     279     291  
                       

Total expenses

    99     170     141     279     291  

Other income (loss)

                               

Net realized gain (loss) on investments and derivative securities

    (397 )   (2,975 )   (26,490 )   4,537     (622 )

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments, derivative securities and collateral invested on securities on loan

    (13,535 )   (80,969 )   67,749     47,322     (34,383 )
                       

Total other income (loss)

  $ (13,932 ) $ (83,944 ) $ 41,259   $ 51,859   $ (35,005 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

  $ (9,645 ) $ (62,463 ) $ 71,220   $ 84,342   $ (6,234 )
                       

Incentive Allocation

                     
                       

Net cash generated from (used in)

                               

Operating activities

  $ (176,323 ) $ (124,219 ) $ 3,731   $ (76,223 ) $ 77,035  

Units issued (2)

    176,345     130,178         122,277     (80,328 )

Bank overdraft

        519     (519 )   4     (4 )
                       

Total cash generated (used)

    22     6,478     3,212     46,058     157,359  

Less: cash distributions to investors

                               

Redemptions

        (6,500 )   (3,203 )   (46,067 )   (157,343 )

Special items

                     
                       

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions and special items

  $ 22   $ (22 ) $ 9   $ (9 ) $ 17  
                       

Total Assets

  $ 172,928   $ 245,064   $ 305,731   $ 456,785   $ 375,870  

Total Leverage (1)

                     

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

(2)
Represents subscriptions into the Structured Securities Fund.

A-6


Table of Contents


Smash Fund

        The Smash Fund is an open end mutual fund. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager or its affiliates in raising and investing funds in the Smash Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Our Manager began managing the Smash Fund since the fund's inception on January 1, 2007.

Table I

 
  As of and for the Years Ending October 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

Smash Fund

    January 1, 2007                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $43,057   $ 76,070   $ (17,766 ) $ 23,583   $ 27,490  

Less offering expenses (2)

                               

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates

                     

Organizational expenses (3)

    63                  

Other

                     

Reserves

                     

Percent available for investments (2)

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (4)

                     

Percent leverage (5)

    0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
No commissions or other offering expenses are attributable to the fund.

(3)
Organizational expenses were borne by Legg Mason.

(4)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(5)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-7


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in connection with the ongoing operations of the Smash Fund. The Smash Fund does not charge a management fee. Shareholders of the Smash Fund are participants in separately managed account programs and pay fees to program sponsors for the costs and expenses of the programs, including fees for investment advice and portfolio execution. Our Manager may receive fees directly from a program sponsor when the program participant elects to participate in an investment strategy managed by our Manager.

Table II

 
  As of and for the Years Ending October 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

Smash Fund

    January 1, 2007                          

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $43,057   $ 76,070   $ (17,766 ) $ 23,583   $ 27,490  

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

                     

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    1,060     4,931     8,937     9,022     8,445  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

                     

Management fees (2)

                     

Reimbursements

    (117 )   (151 )   (219 )   (222 )   (128 )

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
The Smash Fund does not charge a management fee.

A-8


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the Smash Fund, presented on a U.S. GAAP basis, for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Table III

 
  As of and for the Years Ending October 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 443   $ 5,456   $ 6,439   $ 5,690   $ 5,204  

Expenses

                               

Interest expense

                     

Management fee expense

                     

Other expenses

    117     151     219     225     128  

Expense reimbursements

    (117 )   (151 )   (219 )   (222 )   (128 )

Fees paid indirectly

                (3 )    

Total expenses

                     

Other income (loss)

                               

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

    617     (525 )   2,498     3,332     3,241  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    66     (10,850 )   5,512     6,036     (1,666 )
                       

Total other income (loss)

  $ 683   $ (11,375 ) $ 8,010   $ 9,368   $ 1,575  

Net income (loss)

    1,126     (5,919 )   14,449     15,058     6,779  
                       

Cash generated from (used in)

                               

Operating activities

                     

Subscriptions

    43,945     109,310     17,608     42,565     74,497  
                       

Financing

                     
                       

Total cash generated (used)

    43,945     109,310     17,608     42,565     74,497  

Less: cash distributions to investors

                               

Redemptions

    (888 )   (33,240 )   (35,375 )   (18,981 )   47,007  

Distributions to shareholders

    (349 )   (5,437 )   (6,962 )   (7,354 )   6,927  

Special Items

                     
                       

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions, distributions to shareholders and special items

    42,708     70,633     (24,729 )   16,230     20,563  
                       

Total Assets

  $ 43,871   $ 108,891   $ 109,009   $ 198,799   $ 238,392  

Percent Leverage (1)

                     

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-9


Table of Contents


Mortgage Backed Securities Fund

        The Mortgage Backed Securities Fund is an open end mutual fund. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager or its affiliates in raising and investing funds in the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Table I

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund

    March 20, 1984 *                        

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $92,353   $ 3,772   $ (53,261 ) $ 122,864   $ 179,121  

Less offering expenses (2)

                               

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates

    7     49     66     53     74  

Organizational expenses

                     

Other

                     

Reserves

                     

Percent available for investments (2)

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (3)

                     

Percent leverage (4)

    0     0     0     0     0  

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
No commissions or other offering expenses are attributable to the fund. Our Manager has managed the fund since January 1, 2006, and there were no offering expenses associated with the transition of the fund to our Manager.

(3)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(4)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

*
Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006.

A-10


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager or its affiliates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in connection with the ongoing operations of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund.

Table II

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                               

Mortgage Backed Securities Fund

    March 20, 1984 *                        

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $92,353   $ 3,772   $ (53,261 ) $ 122,864   $ 6,298  

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

                     

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    37,972     37,202     40,764     41,459     29,517  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

                     

Management fees

    2,908     2,233     3,057     3,350     3,351  

Reimbursements

                     

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

*
Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006.

A-11


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund, presented on a U.S. GAAP basis, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Our Manager began managing the Mortgage Backed Securities Fund on January 1, 2006.

Table III

 
  As of and for the Years Ending December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 44,941   $ 32,320   $ 27,997   $ 21,578   $ 19,300  

Expenses

                               

Interest expense

                     

Management fee expense

    4,395     3,445     3,482     3,376     3,358  

Management fee waiver

    (1,487 )   (1,212 )   (425 )   (26 )   (7 )

Fees paid indirectly

    (1 )           (2 )    

Other expenses

    3,877     3,549     3,541     3,507     3,408  
                       

Total expenses

    6,784     5,782     6,598     6,855     6,759  

Other income (loss)

                               

Proceeds from settlement of a regulatory matter

                764      

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

    (3,093 )   8,431     16,308     22,622     13,625  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    (6,715 )   (28,253 )   16,458     16,591     10,176  
                       

Total other income (loss)

  $ (9,808 ) $ (19,822 ) $ 32,766   $ 39,977   $ 23,801  
                       

Net income (loss)

    28,349     6,716     54,165     54,700     36,342  
                       

Cash generated from (used in)

                               

Operating activities

    28,349     6,716     54,165     54,700     36,342  

Subscriptions

    119,295     127,677     123,202     101,905     156,197  

Reinvestment of distributions

    30,595     23,867     20,326     20,958     22,924  

Net assets of shares issued in connection with merger

    389,475     38,794              

Financing

                     
                       

Total cash generated (used)

    567,714     197,054     197,693     177,563     215,463  

Less: cash distributions to shareholders

                               

Redemptions

    (447,012 )   (186,566 )   (196,789 )   (165,672 )   (172,823 )

Distributions to shareholders

    (38,623 )   (26,979 )   (21,268 )   (21,628 )   (23,682 )

Return of capital

                     

Special items

                     
                       

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions, distributions to shareholders, return of capital and special items

    82,079     (16,491 )   (20,364 )   (9,737 )   18,958  
                       

Total Assets

  $ 889,104   $ 762,226   $ 737,166   $ 877,965   $ 753,794  

Percent Leverage (1)

                     

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-12


Table of Contents


The DMO Fund

        The DMO Fund is a closed end fund. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager in raising and investing funds in the DMO Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The DMO Fund began on February 24, 2010, so the disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2010 is solely for that partial period.

Table I

 
  As of and for the Year
Ending December 31,
 
 
  2010
(partial)
  2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

             

DMO Fund

    February 24, 2010        

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $197,557   $ 318  

Less offering expenses

             

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates (2)

    $    9,742   $ 0  

Organizational expenses

         

Other

         

Reserves

         

Percent available for investments

    100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (3)

         

Percent Leverage (4)

    16.2 %   20.4 %

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals capital raised during initial public offering.

(2)
Total offering expenses paid by the Fund.

(3)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(4)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-13


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, in connection with the ongoing operations of the DMO Fund. The DMO Fund began on February 24, 2010, so the disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2010 is solely for that partial period.

Table II

 
  As of and for the Year
Ending December 31,
 
 
  2010
(partial)
  2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

             

DMO Fund

    February 24, 2010        

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $197,557   $ 318  

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

         

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    $  26,831   $ 33,358  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

         

Management fees

    $    2,501   $ 3,385  

Reimbursements

         

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals capital raised during initial public offering.

A-14


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the DMO Fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Table III

 
  As of and for the Year
Ending December 31,
 
 
  2010
(partial)
  2011  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 21,926   $ 27,962  

Expenses

             

Interest expense

  $ 347   $ 677  

Management fee expense

  $ 2,501   $ 3,385  

Other expenses

  $ 781   $ 935  
           

Total expenses

  $ 3,629   $ 4,997  

Other income (loss)

             

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

  $ 6,033   $ 7,008  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  $ 17,549   $ (40,922 )
           

Total other income (loss)

  $ 23,582   $ (33,914 )
           

Net income (loss)

  $ 41,879   $ (10,949 )
           

Cash generated from (used in)

             

Operating activities

  $ 41,879   $ (10,949 )

Subscriptions

  $ 197,282   $ 0  

Financing

  $ 275   $ 318  
           

Total cash generated (used)

  $ 239,436   $ (10,631 )

Less: cash distributions to investors

             

Redemptions

         

Distributions to shareholders

  $ (11,601 ) $ (19,914 )

Special items

         
           

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions and special items

  $ 227,834   $ (30,545 )
           

Total Assets

  $ 272,881   $ 251,621  

Percent Leverage (1)

    16.2 %   20.4 %

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-15


Table of Contents


LMP Variable Government Fund

        The LMP Variable Government Fund was an open end mutual fund that closed on May 1, 2008. Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager or its affiliates in raising and investing funds in the LMP Variable Government Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2006 and October 31, 2007 and for the partial fiscal year 2008 through the LMP Variable Government Fund's closing on May 1, 2008. The disclosure for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 represents a partial year beginning from January 1, 2006 when our Manager began managing the LMP Variable Government Fund.

Table I

 
  As of and
for the Period
1/1/2006 Through
10/31/2006*
  As of and
for the Year Ended
10/31/2007
  As of and
for the Period
11/1/2007 Through
4/30/2008**
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                   

LMP Variable Government Fund

    September 14, 1999              

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $(11,329 ) $ (14,283 ) $ (111,453 )

Less offering expenses (2)

                   

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates

             

Organizational expenses

             

Other

             

Reserves

             

Percent available for investments (2)

    100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs (3)

             

Percent leverage (4)

    0     0     0  

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

(2)
No commissions or other offering expenses are attributable to the fund. Our Manager managed the fund from December 2006 until its redemption in April 2008 and there were no offering expenses associated with the transition of the fund to our Manager.

(3)
There are no acquisition costs attributable to the securities and other instruments purchased on behalf of the fund. Any fees or dealer mark-ups are embedded in the price of the purchased asset and are not able to be segregated from the price paid for the asset.

(4)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

*
Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006.

**
The fund closed on May 1, 2008.

A-16


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager or its affiliates in connection with the management of the LMP Variable Government Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2006 and October 31, 2007 and for the partial fiscal year 2008 through the LMP Variable Government Fund's closing on May 1, 2008. The disclosure for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 represents a partial year beginning from January 1, 2006 when our Manager began managing the LMP Variable Government Fund.

Table II

 
  As of and
for the Period
1/1/2006 Through
10/31/2006*
  As of and
for the Year Ended
10/31/2007
  As of and
for the Period
11/1/2007 Through
4/30/2008**
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                   

LMP Variable Government Fund

    September 14, 1999              

Dollar amount raised (1)

    $(11,329 ) $ (14,283 ) $ (111,453 )

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

             

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    3,115     5,438     (3,514 )

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

             

Management fees

    576     664     293  

Reimbursements

    (4 )   (3 )   (73 )

(1)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

*
Our Manager began managing the Fund on January 1, 2006.

**
The fund closed on May 1, 2008.

A-17


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the LMP Variable Government Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2006 and October 31, 2007 and for the partial fiscal year 2008 through the LMP Variable Government Fund's closing on May 1, 2008. The disclosure for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 represents a partial year beginning from January 1, 2006 when our Manager began managing the LMP Variable Government Fund.

Table III

 
  As of and
for the Period
1/1/2006 Through
10/31/2006*
  As of and
for the Year Ended
10/31/2007
  As of and
for the Period
11/1/2007 Through
4/30/2008**
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment income

  $ 5,172   $ 6,513   $ 2,714  

Expenses

                   

Interest expense

             

Management fee expense

    572     661     220  

Other expenses

    158     128     155  
               

Total expenses

    730     789     375  

Other income (loss)

                   

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

    (1,899 )   (947 )   (6,073 )

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    1,345     (767 )   949  
               

Total other income (loss)

  $ (554 ) $ (1,714 ) $ (5,124 )
               

Net income (loss)

    3,888     4,010     (2,785 )
               

             
               

Cash generated from (used in)

                   

Operating activities

    3,888     4,010     (2,785 )

Subscriptions

    5,939     6,536     2,533  

Reinvestment of distributions

        5,000     6,000  
               

Total cash generated (used)

    9,827     15,546     5,748  

Less: cash distributions to shareholders

                   

Redemptions

    (17,268 )   (20,819 )   (113,986 )

Distributions to shareholders

        (5,000 )   (6,000 )
               

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions and distributions to shareholders

    (7,441 )   (10,273 )   (114,238 )
               

Total Assets

  $ 191,579   $ 213,319   $ 36,267  

Percent Leverage (1)

             

*
Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006.

**
The fund closed on May 1, 2008.

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets.

A-18


Table of Contents

        Table IV below summarizes certain information with regard to the completion and closing of the LMP Variable Government Fund. Disclosure is presented for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2006 and October 31, 2007 and for the partial fiscal year 2008 through the LMP Variable Government Fund's closing on May 1, 2008. The disclosure for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2006 represents a partial year beginning from January 1, 2006 when our Manager began managing the LMP Variable Government Fund.

Table IV

 
  As of and
for the Period
1/1/2006 Through
10/31/2006*
  As of and
for the Year Ended
10/31/2007
  As of and
for the Period
11/1/2007 Through
4/30/2008**
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date of closing of offering

    May 1, 2008              

Date of first sale of property (1)

    January 1, 2006              

Date of final sale of property (1)

    May 1, 2008              

Dollar amount raised (2)

    (11,329 )   (14,283 )   (111,453 )

Tax and distribution data per $1,000 investment through federal income tax results:

                   

Ordinary income (loss):

                   

From operations

    4,442     5,724     2,339  

Capital gain (loss)

    (1,899 )   (947 )   (6,073 )

Cash distribution to investors source (on GAAP basis)

                   

Investment income

        5,000     6,000  

Receivable on net purchase money financing

             

(1)
The fund did not purchase any properties, but instead invested in real-estate related securities and loans. Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006, so our Manager's first purchases of securities on behalf of the fund was immediately following that date. Similarly, the fund closed and redeemed all remaining investors on May 1, 2008, so the final sale of securities was immediately prior to that date.

(2)
Dollar amount raised equals subscriptions by investors to the fund less redemptions by investors from the fund. Subscriptions and redemptions are disclosed separately on Table III.

*
Our Manager began managing the fund on January 1, 2006.

**
The fund closed on May 1, 2008.

A-19


Table of Contents


Public/Private Master Fund

        The Public/Private Master Fund is a limited partnership. The RLJ Western Asset Public/Private Fund is a master-feeder fund complex comprised of the Public/Private Master Fund, the Public/Private Collector Fund, and the two Public/Private Feeder Funds. The Public/Private Feeder Funds invest all of their assets in the Public/Private Collector Fund, and the Public/Private Collector Fund invests all of its assets in the Public/Private Master Fund.

        Table I below provides a summary of the experience of our Manager in raising and investing funds in the Public/Private Master Fund for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Public/Private Master Fund was initially funded on November 23, 2009, so the disclosure for the period ended December 31, 2009 is solely for that partial period.

Table I

 
  As of and for the
period ended
December 31, 2009
  As of and for the
year ended
December 31, 2010
  As of and for the
year ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                   

Public/Private Master Fund

    November 23, 2009              

Dollar amount of commitment raised—funded and unfunded

    $1,010,404   $ 1,241,163   $ 1,241,163  

Dollar amount funded of the total commitment raised

    $   151,561   $ 1,241,163   $ 1,241,163  

Less offering expenses

                   

Selling commissions and discounts retained by affiliates

             

Organization expenses (2)

             

Other

             

Reserves

             

Percent available for investments

    100 %   100 %   100 %

Acquisition costs

             

Percent leverage (1)

    95.92 %   82.20 %   97.28 %

(1)
Amount represents debt as a percentage of net assets

(2)
In accordance with the Limited Partnership Agreement of the Public/Private Master Fund, no organization expenses are incurred at the Public/Private Master Fund. The Public/Private Collector Fund incurred organization costs of $1,148,312, which were immediately expensed.

A-20


Table of Contents

        Table II below summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our Manager for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, in connection with the ongoing operations of the Public/Private Master Fund. The Public/Private Master Fund was initially funded on November 23, 2009, so the disclosure for the period ended December 31, 2009 is solely for that partial period.

Table II

 
  As of and for the
period ended
December 31, 2009
  As of and for the
year ended
December 31, 2010
  As of and for the
year ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Date fund commenced

                   

Public/Private Master Fund

    November 23, 2009              

Dollar amount of commitment raised—funded and unfunded

    $1,010,404   $ 1,241,163   $ 1,241,163  

Dollar amount funded of the total commitment raised

    $   151,561   $ 1,241,163   $ 1,241,163  

Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering

             

Realized net investment income before deducting payments to sponsor

    933     231,161     252,978  

Amount paid to sponsor from operations:

             

Management Fees (1)

    158     1,194     1,241  

Reimbursements

             

Dollar amount of sales of notes and investments before deducting payments to sponsor

             

Amount paid to sponsor from sales of notes and investments

             

Incentive allocation (2)

             

(1)
Amount represents management fees paid by the U.S. Treasury at the Public/Private Master Fund level. Limited partners, other than the U.S. Treasury, pay management fees at the Public/Private Collector Fund level. For the period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, management fees paid at the Public/Private Collector Fund level were $333,606, $2,522,565 and $2,470,000, respectively.

(2)
There is no incentive/carried interest allocation at the Public/Private Master Fund level. Carried interest allocation is done at the Public/Private Collector Fund level. At December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, carried interest allocated to the general partner at the Public/Private Collector Fund level is $0, $19,327,020 and $(19,327,020), respectively.

A-21


Table of Contents

        Table III below summarizes the operating results of the Public/Private Master Fund for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Public/Private Master Fund was initially funded on November 23, 2009, so the disclosure for the period ended December 31, 2009 is solely for that partial period.

Table III

 
  As of and for the
period ended
December 31, 2009
  As of and for the
year ended December 31, 2010
  As of and for the
year ended December 31, 2011
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Investment Income

  $ 1,348   $ 235,350   $ 262,128  

Expenses

                   

Interest expense

    230     13,677     16,757  

Management fee expense (1)

    158     1,194     1,241  

Other expenses

    185     918     1,161  
               

Total expenses

    573     15,789     19,159  

Other income (loss)

                   

Net realized gain on investments

        10,406     8,769  

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments and U.S. Treasury warrants

    4,048     113,631     (393,350 )
               

Total net realized and change in unrealized gain (loss)

    4,048     124,037     (384,581 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in partners' capital resulting from operations

    4,823     343,598     (141,612 )
               

Incentive allocation (2)

             
               

Net cash generated from (used in)

                   

Operating activities

    (236,681 )   (2,054,035 )   90,551  

Contributions (3)

    151,561     1,089,602      

Proceeds from loan

    150,000     1,091,000     (13,532 )
               

Total cash generated (used)

    64,880     126,567     77,019  

Less:

                   

Distributions net of payable (4)

        (79,768 )   (106,180 )

Special items

             
               

Cash generated (deficiency) after redemptions and special items

    64,880     46,799     (29,161 )
               

Total Assets

    322,743     2,759,530     2,498,319  

Loan Payable

  $ 150,000   $ 1,241,000   $ 1,227,468  

(1)
Amount represents management fees paid by the U.S. Treasury at the Public/Private Master Fund level. Limited partners, other than the U.S. Treasury, pay management fees at the Public/Private Collector Fund level. For the period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, management fees paid at the Public/Private Collector Fund level are $333,606, $2,522,565 and $2,470,000, respectively.

(2)
There is no incentive/carried interest allocation at the Public/Private Master Fund level. Carried interest allocation is done at the Public/Private Collector Fund level. At December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, carried interest allocated to the general partner at the Public/Private Collector Fund level was $0, $19,327,020 and ($19,327,020), respectively.

(3)
Represents capital funded of the total commitment during the period.

(4)
Represents distributions made to the partners.

A-22


Table of Contents

Index to the financial statements of
Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 
  Page

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

  F-2

Balance sheet

  F-3

Notes to balance sheet

  F-4

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholder of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation:

        In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (a corporation in the development stage) at March 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this financial statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 26, 2012

F-2


Table of Contents


Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
(a corporation in the development stage)

Balance sheet

 
  March 31, 2012  

ASSETS

       

Assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,000  
       

Total assets

  $ 1,000  
       

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

       

Commitments and contingencies Note (3)

       

Stockholder's equity

       

Common Stock, $0.01 par value. 100,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

  $ 1  

Additional paid in capital

    999  
       

Total stockholder's equity

  $ 1,000  
       

   

See accompanying notes to the balance sheet.

F-3


Table of Contents


Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

Notes to balance sheet

(a corporation in the development stage)

1. Organization

        Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (the "Company") was organized in the state of Delaware on June 3, 2009. The Company filed a Certificate of Dissolution in Delaware on May 5, 2010 and revoked such dissolution by filing a Certificate of Revocation of Dissolution on March 24, 2011. Under the Company's charter, the Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000 shares of common stock. The Company has not commenced operations. The Company has selected December 31 as its year-end.

        The sole stockholder of the Company is the Company's manager, Western Asset Management Company ("WAM"), an investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. On March 24, 2011, WAM made a $1,000 initial capital contribution to the Company. WAM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc.

        The Company is considered in the development stage as defined in ASC Topic 915, "Accounting and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises" and is subject to the risks associated with development stage enterprises.

2. Formation of the Company and initial public offering

        The Company's ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining sufficient equity capital through a successful initial public offering of common stock (the "IPO"), which is anticipated to be finalized in May 2012. The Company's management has broad discretion with respect to the use of net proceeds from the IPO, although WAM's stated intention, in its role as manager, is to use the proceeds to invest in the Company's target assets including residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities.

        The Company will be subject to the risks involved with real estate and real estate-related debt instruments. These include, among others, the risks normally associated with changes in the general economic climate, changes in the mortgage market, changes in tax laws, interest rate levels and the availability of financing. The Company intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust (a "REIT") under the Internal Revenue Code commencing with its taxable period ending December 31, 2012. As a REIT, the Company will generally not be subject to corporate income taxes on taxable income distributed to stockholders. In order to maintain its tax status as a REIT, the Company plans to distribute at least 90% of its net taxable income to its stockholders.

3. Significant accounting policies

Use of estimates

        The preparation of the balance sheet in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include non-interest bearing non-restricted cash and may also include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

F-4


Table of Contents


Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

Notes to balance sheet

(a corporation in the development stage)

3. Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Underwriting commissions and offering costs

        Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company's securities offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital when it is probable that the Company will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Costs incurred that are not directly associated with the completion of the offerings will be accrued and expensed as incurred to the extent that the Company is responsible for such expenses.

        WAM has agreed to pay all such underwriting commissions as well as placement agent fees for the private placement of units that the Company is conducting concurrently with the IPO; therefore no such costs will be borne by the Company. As of March 31, 2012, WAM has incurred approximately $650,000 related to the offering or organizational costs. Upon successful completion of the IPO, the Company will be required to reimburse WAM for these costs from the proceeds of the offerings up to $1.2 million. Amounts in excess of $1.2 million will be borne by WAM.

4. Subsequent events

        Management has evaluated events and transactions occurring through the date of filing this financial statement. Such evaluation resulted in no adjustments to the accompanying financial statement.

F-5


Table of Contents

        Until                                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

8,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

Common Stock

Prospectus

Deutsche Bank Securities   J.P. Morgan   Citigroup   Jefferies

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel   RBC Capital Markets   JMP Securities

National Securities Corporation   Sterne Agee   Wunderlich Securities

                        , 2012

   


Table of Contents


Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 31.     Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

        The following table shows the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discount, to be paid by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee are estimates.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ 21,086  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

    50,500  

NYSE listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses (including Blue Sky fees)

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Transfer agent fees and expenses

    3,500  

Miscellaneous

    10,000  
       

Total

    *  
       

*
To be furnished by amendment.

Item 32.    Sales to special parties.

        None.

Item 33.     Recent sales of unregistered securities.

        On June 8, 2009, Legg Mason, Inc. purchased 100 shares of our common stock for a purchase price of $1,000 in a private offering. Such issuance was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. Such shares were redeemed and cancelled by us on April 29, 2010.

        On March 24, 2011, our Manager purchased 100 shares of our common stock for a purchase price of $1,000 in a private offering. Such issuance was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

        Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will complete two private placements in which we will sell (i) 2,231,787 units, with each unit consisting of one share of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 0.5 share of our common stock, to certain institutional accredited investors for $20.00 per unit, and (ii) 46,043 shares of our common stock for $20.00 per share to our Manager's deferred compensation plan, which will make this investment on behalf of the beneficiaries of this plan, which includes certain executives and other employees of our Manager and its affiliates, in each case subject to certain adjustments as described in "Summary—Concurrent private placements" in the prospectus to which this registration statement relates. Such issuance and sale of units will be exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that all purchasers of units are institutional "accredited investors" (as defined in paragraphs (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act). In addition, all purchasers of units are "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act). All purchasers of units only became interested in the private placement units through their substantive, pre-existing business relationships with our Manager and us or with an agent of the Company. No purchasers of units became interested in the private placement of the units through any public offering efforts of the Company, any of the underwriters or otherwise. Such issuance and sale of shares of common stock to our Manager's deferred compensation plan will be exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

II-1


Table of Contents


Item 34.     Indemnification of directors and officers.

        Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, or the DGCL, allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of a director of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock purchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the corporation's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (i) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses, (including attorneys' fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnified person and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event such person is adjudged liable to the corporation unless a court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

        Article Sixth of our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall not be personally liable to us and our stockholders except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or any stockholder (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our bylaws and certificate of incorporation provide that we may indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of us to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The indemnification provisions contained in our bylaws and certificate of incorporation are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled by law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        Pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the offering of common stock pursuant to this registration statement, a substantially final form of which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify our directors, officers and persons controlling us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any U.S. federal or state statutory law or regulation or at common law or otherwise, against certain liabilities that might arise out of or are based upon certain information furnished to us by any such underwriter.

II-2


Table of Contents


Item 35.     Treatment of proceeds from stock being registered.

        None of the proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital share account.

Item 36.     Financial statements and exhibits.

        (a)     Financial statements.     See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in the registration statement.

        (b)     Exhibits.     The following is a complete list of exhibits filed as part of the registration statement, which are incorporated herein:

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and the underwriters named therein

 

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

4.1

*

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (including consent of such firm)

 

8.1

*

Tax Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (including consent of such firm)

 

10.1

 

Form of Unit Purchase Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and certain institutional accredited investors

 

10.2

 

Form of Warrant

 

10.3

 

Form of Management Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and Western Asset Management Company

 

10.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and certain individual holders

 

10.5

 

Form of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan

 

10.6

 

Form of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan

 

10.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and a director

 

10.8

*

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement by and among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and the Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of Western Asset Management Company

 

10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Western Asset Management Company

 

10.10

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for independent directors

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

23.1

*

Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.2

*

Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

 

23.3

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

23.4

**

Consent of Edward D. Fox

 

23.5

**

Consent of M. Christian Mitchell

 

23.6

**

Consent of Richard W. Roll

 

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney (previously contained on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 37.    Undertakings.

(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)
The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pasadena, State of California, on April 30, 2012.

    Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

 

By:

 

/s/ GAVIN L. JAMES

Gavin L. James
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signatures
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
By:   /s/ GAVIN L. JAMES

Gavin L. James
  President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  April 30, 2012

By:

 

/s/ BRUCE D. ALBERTS

Bruce D. Alberts

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

April 30, 2012

By:

 

*

James W. Hirschmann III

 

Chairman of the Board

 

April 30, 2012

    *By:   /s/ CHARLES A. RUYS DE PEREZ

Charles A. Ruys de Perez
Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-5


Table of Contents


Exhibit index

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Description
1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and the underwriters named therein

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

4.1

*

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

5.1

*

Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (including consent of such firm)

8.1

*

Tax Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (including consent of such firm)

10.1

 

Form of Unit Purchase Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and certain institutional accredited investors

10.2

 

Form of Warrant

10.3

 

Form of Management Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and Western Asset Management Company

10.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and certain individual holders

10.5

 

Form of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan

10.6

 

Form of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan

10.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation and a director

10.8

*

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement by and among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, Western Asset Management Company and the Employee Deferred Compensation Plan of Western Asset Management Company

10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Western Asset Management Company

10.10

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for independent directors

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

23.1

*

Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.2

*

Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

23.3

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.4

**

Consent of Edward D. Fox

23.5

**

Consent of M. Christian Mitchell

23.6

**

Consent of Richard W. Roll

24.1

**

Powers of Attorney (previously contained on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

II-6




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, being the [                                     ] of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation existing under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”), does hereby certify:

 

(i) That the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 3, 2009.

 

(ii) That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

(iii) That the text of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation .

 

ARTICLE II
ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE; NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE AND POWER

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 4.1.             Total Number of Shares of Capital Stock .    The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 600,000,000 shares.  The authorized stock is divided into 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock,

 



 

with the par value of $0.01 each (the “Preferred Stock”), and 500,000,000 shares of common stock, with the par value of $0.01 each (the “Common Stock”).  The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may classify any unissued shares of stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of stock from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 4.2              Preferred Stock .    Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of this Article IV and to the limitations prescribed by the General Corporation Law, to authorize the issue of one or more classes of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such class, to fix by resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such class, the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each class thereof shall include, but not be limited to, the determination or fixing of the following:

 

(a)            the designation of such class;

 

(b)            the number of shares to compose such class, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in a resolution designating a particular class) increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

 

(c)            the dividend rate of such class, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

 

(d)            whether the shares of such class shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation and, if made subject to such redemption, the times, prices and other terms and conditions of such redemption;

 

(e)            the terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of the shares of such class;

 

(f)             whether the shares of such class shall be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes of any capital stock or any other securities of the Corporation, and, if provision is made for conversion or exchange, the times, prices, rates, adjustments and other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

 

(g)            the extent, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class shall be entitled to vote with respect to the election of directors or otherwise;

 

(h)            the restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any additional Preferred Stock;

 

(i)             the rights of the holders of the shares of such class upon the dissolution of, voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or upon the distribution of assets of the Corporation; and

 

2



 

(j)             the manner in which any facts ascertainable outside the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class shall operate upon the voting powers, designations, preferences, rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such class.

 

Section 4.3              Common Stock .    (a)  Subject to all of the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV or by the General Corporation Law, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock held by such holder on all matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote and shall have the right to receive notice of and to vote at all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(b)  The holders of Common Stock shall have the right to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, subject to any limitations on the declaring of dividends imposed by the General Corporation Law or the rights of holders of Preferred Stock provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV.

 

(c)  Stockholders shall not have preemptive rights to acquire additional shares of stock of any class which the Corporation may elect to issue or sell.

 

Section 4.4              Issuance of Rights to Purchase Securities and Other Property .    Subject to all of the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock provided for by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article IV or by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and to authorize and direct the issuance (on either a pro rata or a non-pro rata basis) by the Corporation of rights, options and warrants for the purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation or shares or other securities of any successor in interest of the Corporation (a “Successor”), at such times, in such amounts, to such persons, for such consideration, with such form and content (including without limitation the consideration for which any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other securities of the Corporation or shares or other securities of any Successor are to be issued) and upon such terms and conditions as it may from time to time determine, subject only to the restrictions, limitations, conditions and requirements imposed by the General Corporation Law, other applicable laws and this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 4.5              Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws .    All persons who shall acquire stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”).

 

ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 5.1              Power of the Board of Directors .    The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to:

 

3



 

(a)  adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal the By-laws; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that was valid at the time such action was taken;

 

(b)  determine the rights, powers, duties, rules and procedures that affect the power of the Board of Directors to manage and direct the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power to designate and empower committees of the Board of Directors to elect, appoint and empower the officers and other agents of the Corporation, and to determine the time and place of, and the notice requirements for, Board meetings, as well as quorum and voting requirements for, and the manner of taking, Board action; and

 

(c)  exercise all such powers and do all such acts as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law, this Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws.

 

Section 5.2              Number of Directors .    The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be as specified in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.3              Classes, Election and Term .    The directors shall be elected by the stockholders at each annual meeting of the stockholders for a one-year term. The term of all current directors will end at the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders. Commencing with the 2012 annual meeting of stockholders, each director shall hold office for a one-year term and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 5.4              Vacancies .    Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any increase in the number of directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and any directors so appointed shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 5.5              Removal of Directors .    Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof, with respect to any directors elected by the holders of such class, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 5.6              REIT Qualification .    If the Corporation elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT (as defined in Article VIII hereof), the Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the qualification of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code (as defined in Article VIII hereof).  The Board of Directors also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock

 

4



 

ownership and transfers set forth in Article VIII hereof is no longer required for REIT qualification.

 

Section 5.7              Tax on Disqualified Organizations .  To the extent that the Corporation incurs any tax pursuant to Section 860E(e)(6) of the Code as the result of any “excess inclusion” income (within the meaning of Section 860E of the Code) of the Corporation that is allocable to a stockholder that is a “disqualified organization” (as defined in Section 860E(e)(5) of the Code), the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, cause the Corporation to allocate such tax solely to the stock held by such disqualified organization in the manner described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.860E-2(b)(4), by reducing from one or more distributions paid to such stockholder the tax incurred by the Corporation pursuant to Section 860E(e)(6) as a result of such stockholder’s stock ownership.

 

ARTICLE VI
STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders.  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.1              Right to Indemnification .    Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact:

 

(a) that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or

 

(b) that he or she, being at the time a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (collectively, “another enterprise” or “other enterprise”),

 

whether either in case (a) or in case (b) the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction (x) in an official capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, or as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of such other enterprise, or (y) in any other capacity related to the Corporation or such other enterprise while so serving as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, (or any successor provision or provisions, respectively) as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, respectively (but, in

 

5



 

the case of any amendment to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, with respect to actions taken prior to such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith if such person satisfied the applicable level of care to permit such indemnification under the General Corporation Law; provided however, that nothing in this Article VII shall indemnify any person to the extent that such person has committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard involved in the conduct of such person’s duties to or for the Corporation. The persons indemnified by this Article VII are hereinafter referred to as “indemnitees.”  Such indemnification as to such alleged action or inaction shall continue as to an indemnitee who has after such alleged action or inaction ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation, or director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise; and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VII: (i) shall be a contract right; (ii) shall  not be affected adversely as to any indemnitee by any amendment of this Certificate with respect to any action or inaction occurring prior to such amendment; and (iii) shall, subject to any requirements imposed by law and the By-laws, include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

Section 7.2.             Relationship to Other Rights and Provisions Concerning Indemnification .    The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The By-laws may contain such other provisions concerning indemnification, including provisions specifying reasonable procedures relating to and conditions to the receipt by indemnitees of indemnification, provided that such provisions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article VII.

 

Section 7.3              Agents and Employees .    The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of expenses, to any agent of the Corporation (or any person serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise) or to persons who are or were a director, officer, employee or agent of any of the Corporation’s affiliates, predecessor or subsidiary corporations or of a constituent corporation absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger or who is or was serving at the request of such affiliate, predecessor or subsidiary corporation or of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII in cases of the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation, or to any lesser extent (or greater extent, if permitted by law) determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6



 

ARTICLE VIII
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 8.1              Definitions .    For the purpose of this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8 percent (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, subject to the Board of Directors’ power under Section 8.2.8 hereof to increase or decrease such percentage. The value and number of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.  For the purposes of determining the percentage ownership of Capital Stock by any Person, shares of Capital Stock that may be acquired upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities of the Corporation directly or constructively held by such Person, but not Capital Stock issuable with respect to the conversion exchange or exercise of securities for the Corporation held by other Persons shall be deemed to be outstanding prior to conversion, exchange or exercise.

 

Beneficial Ownership . The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Business Day . The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Capital Stock . The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

Charitable Beneficiary . The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 8.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Certificate of Incorporation . The term “Certificate of Incorporation” shall mean the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

Code . The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Common Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean not more than 9.8 percent (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more

 

7



 

restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, subject to the Board of Directors’ power under Section 8.2.8 hereof to increase or decrease such percentage. The number and value of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof. For purposes of determining the percentage ownership of Common Stock by any Person, shares of Common Stock that may be acquired upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any securities of the Corporation directly or constructively held by such Person, but not Common Stock issuable with respect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of securities for the Corporation held by other Persons, shall be deemed to be outstanding prior to conversion, exchange or exercise.

 

Constructive Ownership . The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned actually or constructively through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Excepted Holder . The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a Person for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8.2.7.

 

Excepted Holder Limit . The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8.2.7 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8.2.8, the percentage limit established for an Excepted Holder by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8.2.7.

 

General Corporation Law . The term “General Corporation Law” shall mean the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

 

Initial Date . The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date upon which the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing this Article VIII is filed with the Delaware Secretary of State.

 

Market Price . The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association

 

8



 

of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

NYSE . The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Person . The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

 

Prohibited Owner . The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer (or other event), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 8.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of the provisions of 8.2.1(a) and, if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares of Capital Stock that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

REIT . The term “REIT” shall mean a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.

 

Restriction Termination Date . The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Corporation determines pursuant to Section 5.6 that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

 

Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire or posses Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

9



 

Trust . The term “Trust” shall mean a trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 8.2.1(b)(i) and Section 8.3.

 

Trustee . The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.

 

Section 8.2              Capital Stock .

 

Section 8.2.1           Ownership Limitations .    During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a)  Basic Restrictions .

 

(i) (1) No Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own either shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit and (2) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

 

(ii) No Person shall Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial or Constructive Ownership to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership would result in the Corporation owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code. For this purpose, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to qualify as a REIT, shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation).

 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being Beneficially Owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

 

(b)  Transfer in Trust .    If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 8.2.1(a)(i) or (ii):

 

10


 

(i) then that number of shares of Capital Stock the Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 8.2.1(a)(i) or (ii) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 8.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer (or other event), and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock; or

 

(ii) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 8.2.1(a)(i) or (ii), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 8.2.1(a)(i) or (ii) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

 

(iii) In determining which shares of Capital Stock are to be transferred to a Trust in accordance with this Section 8.2.1(b) and Section 8.3 hereof, shares shall be so transferred to a Trust in such manner that minimizes the aggregate value of the shares that are transferred to the Trust (except to the extent that the Board of Directors determines that the shares transferred to the Trust shall be those directly or indirectly held or Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned by a Person or Persons that caused or contributed to the application of this Section 8.2.1(b)), and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, on a pro rata basis.

 

(iv) To the extent that, upon a transfer of shares of Capital Stock pursuant to this Section 8.2.1(b), a violation of Section 8.2.1(a) would nonetheless be continuing, (for example where the ownership of shares of Capital Stock by a single Trust would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) by less than 100 persons), the shares of Capital Stock shall be transferred to that number of Trusts, each having a distinct Trustee and a Charitable Beneficiary or Beneficiaries that are distinct from those of each other Trust, such that there is no violation of Section 8.2.1(a).

 

Section 8.2.2          Remedies for Breach .    If the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof (or other designees if permitted by the General Corporation Law) shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 8.2.1(a) or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 8.2.1(a) (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof (or other designees if permitted by the General Corporation Law) shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Capital Stock, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 8.2.1(a) shall   automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 8.2.3          Notice of Restricted Transfer .    Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of

 

11



 

Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 8.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of  Section 8.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event, or in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT.

 

Section 8.2.4          Owners Required to Provide Information . From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a) every owner of more than five percent (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Capital Stock and other shares of the Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit; and

 

(b) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and the Common Stock Ownership Limit.

 

Section 8.2.5          Remedies Not Limited .    Subject to Section 5.6, nothing contained in this Section 8.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT.

 

Section 8.2.6          Ambiguity .    In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 8.2, Section 8.3 or any definition contained in Section 8.1, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Certificate of Incorporation fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board of Directors may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 8.2.1) acquired Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock in violation of Section 8.2.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Capital Stock that, but for such remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and second

 

12



 

to shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Capital Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Capital Stock held by each such Person.

 

                Section 8.2.7          Exceptions .

 

                (a) Subject to Section 8.2.1, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if:

 

                                (i) the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such shares of Capital Stock will violate Section 8.2.1(a)(ii);

 

                                (ii) such Person does not and represents that it will not own, actually or Constructively, an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity owned or controlled by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to own, actually or Constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact; and

 

                                (iii) such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 8.2.1 through 8.2.6) will result in such shares of Capital Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Sections 8.2.1(b) and 8.3.

 

                (b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 8.2.7(a), the Board of Directors of the Corporation may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

 

                (c) Subject to Section 8.2.1(a)(ii), an underwriter or placement agent that participates in a public offering or a private placement of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, the Common Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.

 

                (d) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder (i) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (ii) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that

 

13



 

Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or the Common Stock Ownership Limit, as the case may be.

 

                Section 8.2.8          Change in Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and Common Stock Ownership Limit .    The Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit and Common Stock Ownership Limit; provided, however, that a decreased Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership of Capital Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, is in excess of such decreased Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Capital Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, equals or falls below the decreased Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership, but until such time as such Person’s percentage of Capital Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, falls below such decreased Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership Limit, any further acquisition of Capital Stock or Common Stock will be in violation of the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit or Common Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer individuals (as defined in Section 542(a)(2) of the Code and taking into account all Excepted Holders) to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.  If the Board of Directors changes the Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit, it will (i) notify each stockholder of record of any such change, and (ii) publicly announce any such change, in each case at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such change.

 

                Section 8.2.9          Legend .    Each certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

“The shares of any class or series of the Corporation’s stock (the “Capital Stock”) represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfer (as each such capitalized term is defined in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”)) for the purpose of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, (i) no Person (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock unless such Person is an Excepted Holder (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), in which case the Excepted Holder Limit (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) shall be applicable; (ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the total outstanding shares of Capital Stock, unless such Person is an Excepted Holder, in which case the Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable; (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; and (iv) any Transfer of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall

 

14



 

be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock. Any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns, or attempts to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the above restrictions on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership or Transfer described in (i) through (iii) above are violated, the shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitation will be automatically transferred to a Trust (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation). In addition, the Board of Directors shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Capital Stock; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of the above restrictions on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfer shall automatically result in the above transfer to the Trust and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, pursuant to Section 8.2.8 of the Certificate of Incorporation, increase or decrease the percentage of Common Stock or Capital Stock that a person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own.

 

A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation, including the above restrictions on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfer, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its principal office.”

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a stockholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 8.3             Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .

 

                Section 8.3.1          Ownership in Trust .    Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 8.2.1(a) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 8.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 8.3.6.

 

                Section 8.3.2          Status of Shares Held by the Trustee .    Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall continue to be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.

 

15



 

                Section 8.3.3          Dividend and Voting Rights .    The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid to a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery   by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid with respect to such shares of Capital Stock by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to the General Corporation Law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VIII, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

 

                Section 8.3.4          Sale of Shares by Trustee .    Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 8.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 8.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (ii) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owned by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3.3 of this Article VIII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (a) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (b) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 8.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

 

                Section 8.3.5          Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee .    Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale

 

16



 

to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3.3 of this Article VIII. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 8.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the Trustee shall be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.

 

                Section 8.3.6          Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 8.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

Section 8.4             NYSE Transactions .    Nothing in this Article VIII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VIII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.5             Enforcement .    The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.6             Non-Waiver .    No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

Section 8.7             Severability.     If any provision of this Article VIII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provisions shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

 

ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

 

A director of the Corporation shall, to the maximum extent now or hereafter permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law (or any successor provision or

 

17



 

provisions), have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such director has committed willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such director’s duties involved in the conduct of the office of director.

 

ARTICLE X
COMPROMISE

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the General Corporation Law, trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the General Corporation Law, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or  arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt, amend, alter, change and repeal any By-laws by a vote of the majority of the Board of Directors then in office.  In addition to any requirements of the General Corporation Law (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by the General Corporation Law), any adoption, amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any By-laws by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the combined voting power of all of the shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation hereby reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation.  Except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions providing for any class of Preferred Stock pursuant to Article IV hereof and which relate to such class of Preferred Stock and except as provided in Article IV hereof,

 

18



 

any such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of both (a) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and (b) a majority of the combined voting power of all of the shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

By a vote of the majority of the Board of Directors then in office, the Board of Directors may adopt a resolution providing that at any time prior to the filing of the amendment with the Secretary of State, notwithstanding authorization of the proposed amendment by the stockholders, the Board of Directors may abandon such proposed amendment without further action by the stockholders.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the combined voting power of all of the shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with Article V herein.

 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1           Books and Records .    The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

Section 13.2           Section 203 .    The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

19



 

THE UNDERSIGNED hereby executes this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this              day of April, 2012.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

20




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1             Registered Office .  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Section 1.2             Other Offices .  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1             Place of Meetings .  Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and stated in the written notice of the meeting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of the stockholders will not be held at any place, but may instead by held by means of remote communications.  The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may postpone any previously scheduled Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 2.2             Annual Meetings .  The Annual Meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.  At the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the stockholders will elect directors of the Corporation and transact any other business as brought before the meeting in accordance with these By-laws.

 

Section 2.3             Special Meetings .  Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by (i) the President, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the

 



 

Board of Directors or by a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (ii) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.  At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 

Section 2.4             Notice .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise required by law and subject to Section 7.2 hereof, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.5             List of Stockholders .  A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for at least ten days before the meeting and at the place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting.

 

Section 2.6             Quorum .  Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, or as provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, by means of remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  In the event of a lack of a quorum, the chairman of the meeting or a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person, by means of remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be obtained.  At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.

 

Section 2.7             Organization.   The Chairman of the Board, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, any Executive Vice President, shall preside at meetings of stockholders.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary, but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint a secretary.

 

Section 2.8             Stockholder Nominations and Proposals .

 

(a)        No proposal for a stockholder vote shall be submitted by a stockholder (a “Stockholder Proposal”) to the Corporation’s stockholders unless the stockholder submitting such proposal (the “Proponent”) shall have filed a written notice setting forth with

 

2



 

particularity (i) the names and business addresses of the Proponent and all Persons (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended through the date of adoption of these By-laws) acting in concert with the Proponent; (ii) the names and addresses of the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (i), as they appear on the Corporation’s books (if they so appear); (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation beneficially owned by the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (i); (iv) a description of the Stockholder Proposal containing all material information relating thereto; and (v) such other information as the Board of Directors reasonably determines is necessary or appropriate to enable the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation to consider the Stockholder Proposal. Upon receipt of the Stockholder Proposal and prior to the stockholder meeting at which such Stockholder Proposal will be considered, if the Board of Directors or a designated committee or the officer who will preside at the stockholders meeting determines that the information provided in a Stockholder Proposal does not satisfy the informational requirements of these By-laws or is otherwise not in accordance with law, the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly notify such Proponent of the deficiency in the notice. Such Proponent shall have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the Secretary within the period of time, not to exceed five days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the Proponent, determined by the Board of Directors, such committee or such officer.  If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of Directors, such committee or such officer determines that the additional information provided by the Proponent, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.8, then such proposal shall not be presented for action at the meeting in question.

 

(b)        Only persons who are selected and recommended by the Board of Directors or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee thereof, or who are nominated by stockholders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.8, shall be eligible for election, or qualified to serve, as directors.  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at any annual meeting or any special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected may be made by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at that meeting by compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.8.  Nominations by stockholders shall be made by written notice (a “Nomination Notice”), which shall set forth (i) as to each individual nominated, (A) the name, date of birth, business address and residence address of such individual; (B) the business experience during the past five years of such nominee, including his or her principal occupations and employment during such period, the name and principal business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupations and employment were carried on and such other information as to the nature of his or her responsibilities and level of professional competence as may be sufficient to permit assessment of his or her prior business experience; (C) whether the nominee is or has ever been at any time a director, officer or owner of 5% or more of any class of capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interest of any corporation, partnership or other entity; (D) any directorships held by such nominee in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of such Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and (E) whether, in the last five years, such nominee has been convicted in a criminal proceeding or has been subject to a judgment, order, finding or decree of any federal, state or other governmental entity, concerning any violation of federal, state or other law, or any proceeding in bankruptcy,

 

3



 

which conviction, judgment, order, finding, decree or proceeding may be material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of the nominee; and (ii) as to the Person submitting the Nomination Notice and any Person acting in concert with such Person, (x) the name and business address of such Persons, (y) the name and address of such Persons and as they appear on the Corporation’s books (if they so appear) and (z) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such Persons. A written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee, and to serve as a director if elected, signed by the nominee, shall be filed with any Nomination Notice.  If the presiding officer at any stockholders meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By-laws, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)        Nomination Notices and Stockholder Proposals shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than sixty and not more than ninety days prior to the date of the meeting of stockholders if such Nomination Notice or Stockholder Proposal is to be submitted at an annual stockholders meeting (provided, however, that if such annual meeting is called to be held before the date specified pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, such Nomination Notice or Stockholder Proposal shall be so delivered no later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual stockholders meeting was given). Nomination Notices and Stockholder Proposals shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of a special meeting of stockholders was given if the Nomination Notice or Stockholder Proposal is to be submitted at a special stockholders meeting.

 

Section 2.9             Voting .  Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class.  Abstentions shall not be considered to be votes cast.

 

Section 2.10           Inspectors .  Votes by written ballot at any meeting of stockholders may be conducted by one or more inspectors, appointed for that purpose, either by the Board of Directors or by the chairman of the meeting.  The inspector or inspectors may decide upon the qualifications of voters and the validity of proxies, and may count the votes and declare the results.

 

Section 2.11           Remote Communications .  If authorized by the Board of Directors and subject to the guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may participate in such meeting by means of remote communication, so long as the stockholder or proxyholder participating in the meeting can read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1             Number and Election of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, which shall initially be five members and be fixed thereafter from time to time by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that no amendment to the By-laws decreasing the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director and provided that the number of directors shall not be increased by fifty percent (50%) or more in any twelve-month period without the approval of at least sixty-six percent (66%) of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.  Except as provided in Section 3.3 hereof, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meetings of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.2             Resignation .  Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Chairman of the Board, to the President or the Secretary.  Unless otherwise stated in such notice of resignation, the acceptance thereof shall not be necessary to make it effective; and such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, in the absence of such specification, it shall take effect upon the receipt thereof.

 

Section 3.3             Vacancies and New Directorships .  Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.4             Duties and Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.5             Meetings .  The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, the Chairman of the Executive Committee, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than 48 hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on 24 hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

5


 

Section 3.6             Quorum .  Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 3.7             Actions by Written Consent .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or by electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filings shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 3.8             Meetings by Means of Remote Communications .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.9             Presumption of Assent .  A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors when a vote on any matter is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless he votes against or abstains from the action taken, or unless at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon arrival, the director objects to the holding of the meeting or the transacting of specified business at the meeting.  Any such dissenting votes, abstentions or objections shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Section 3.10           Voting .  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, all actions taken by the Board of Directors shall be taken by a majority vote of the members then in office.

 

Section 3.11           Compensation .  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director, payable in cash or securities as may be established by the Board of Directors.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 3.12           Loss of Deposits .  No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

 

6



 

Section 3.13           Surety Bonds .  Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 3.14           Reliance .  Each director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a director.

 

Section 3.15           Interested Directors .  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the director or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

Section 3.16           Certain Rights of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents .  The directors shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Corporation.  Any director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 4.1             Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .  The Board shall, by resolution passed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, designate a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to consist of two or more members of the Board.  A majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall have the power

 

7



 

to change the membership of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, fill vacancies therein or remove any members thereof, either with or without cause, at any time.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, quorum, voting, and other procedures of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be the same as those applicable to actions taken by the Board of Directors.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the majority of the Board of Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide.

 

Section 4.2             Audit Committee .  The Board shall, by resolution passed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, designate an Audit Committee to consist of two or more members of the Board.  A majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall have the power to change the membership of the Audit Committee, fill vacancies therein or remove any members thereof, either with or without cause, at any time.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee, quorum, voting, and other procedures of the Audit Committee shall be the same as those applicable to actions taken by the Board of Directors.  The Audit Committee may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the majority of the Board of Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide.

 

Section 4.3             Compensation Committee .  The Board shall, by resolution passed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, designate a Compensation Committee to consist of two or more members of the Board.  A majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall have the power to change the membership of the Compensation Committee, fill vacancies therein or remove any members thereof, either with or without cause, at any time.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, quorum, voting, and other procedures of the Compensation Committee shall be the same as those applicable to actions taken by the Board of Directors.  The Compensation Committee may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the majority of the Board of Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide.

 

Section 4.4             Other Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolutions passed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, designate members of the Board of Directors to constitute other committees which shall in each case consist of such number of directors, and shall have and may execute such powers as may be determined and specified in the respective resolutions appointing them.  Any such committee may fix its rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Delaware, of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise by resolution provide.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or such committee, quorum, voting and other procedures shall be the same as those applicable to actions taken by the Board of Director.  A majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office shall have the power to change the membership of any

 

8



 

such committee at any time, to fill vacancies therein and to discharge any such committee or to remove any member thereof, either with or without cause, at any time.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 5.1             General .  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents and select and appoint such other officers it deems necessary.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2             Election .  The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.3             Vacancies .  A vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the  term by the Board of Directors or, in the case of offices held by officers who may be appointed by other officers, by any officer authorized to appoint such officer.

 

Section 5.4             Chief Executive Officers .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be responsible for carrying out the policies adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.5             Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be provided for herein and as may be incident to the office and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.6             President .  The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-laws, the Board of Directors or the President.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  If the Board of Directors shall not otherwise designate a Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer

 

9



 

of the Corporation.  The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.7             Chief Financial Officers .  The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.8             Vice Presidents .  At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.  If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 5.9             Secretary .  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature.  The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.10           Other Officers .  Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

Section 5.11           Execution of Instruments .  Checks, notes, drafts, other commercial instruments, assignments, guarantees of signatures and contracts (except as otherwise provided

 

10



 

herein or by law) shall be executed by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or such officers or employees or agents as the Board of Directors or any of such designated officers may direct.

 

Section 5.12           Mechanical Endorsement .  The Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary may authorize any endorsement on behalf of the Corporation to be made by such mechanical means or stamps as any such officers may deem appropriate.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

STOCK

 

Section 6.1             Shares of Stock .  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares.  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares of stock, the Corporation shall send the registered owner a written notice confirming the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or a statement that the Corporation will furnish, without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or shares thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 6.2             Signatures .  Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 6.3             Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 6.4             Transfers .  Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and in these By-laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of

 

11



 

stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement.  With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof.  No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 6.5             Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a future date, not exceeding sixty days (nor, in the case of a stockholders’ meeting, less than ten days) preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, payment of dividend or other distribution, allotment of rights, or change, conversion or exchange of capital stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive any such dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to participate in any such other lawful action, and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights or to participate in any such other lawful action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

Section 6.6             Stock Ledger .  The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6.7             Record Owners .  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 6.8             Transfer and Registry Agents .  The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

12



 

ARTICLE VII

 

NOTICES

 

Section 7.1             Notices .  Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.  Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 7.2             Waivers of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 8.1             Dividends .  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 3.7 hereof),

 

13



 

and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 8.2             Disbursements .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 8.3             Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.4             Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 8.5             Executive Office .  The principal executive office of the Corporation shall be located in Pasadena, California, or such other location as may be specified by the Board of Directors.  The books of account and records shall be kept in such office.  The Corporation also may have offices at such other places, both within and without Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine or the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INVESTMENT POLICY

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 10.1           Indemnification Provisions in Certificate of Incorporation .  The provisions of this ARTICLE X are intended to supplement Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to Section 7.2 therein.  To the extent that this ARTICLE X contains any provisions inconsistent with such Article VII, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.  Terms used in this ARTICLE X but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given such terms in such Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 10.2           Undertakings for Advances of Expenses .  If and to the extent the DGCL requires, an advancement by the Corporation of expenses incurred by an indemnitee pursuant to clause (iii) of the last sentence of Section 7.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation

 

14



 

(hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise.

 

Section 10.3           Claims for Indemnification .  If a claim for indemnification under Section 7.1 of the Certificate of Incorporation is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after it has been received in writing by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses only upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145 of the DGCL (or any successor provision or provisions).  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145 of the DGCL (or any successor provision or provisions), nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to have or retain such advancement of expenses, under Article VII of the Certificate of Incorporation or this ARTICLE X or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 10.4           Insurance .  The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or any other provision of law.

 

Section 10.5           Severability .  In the event that any of the provisions of this ARTICLE X (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a

 

15



 

court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable and shall remain enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 11.1           Amendments .  These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of sixty-six percent (66%) of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 11.2           Entire Board of Directors .  As used in this ARTICLE XI and in these By-laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

Adopted as of: April       , 2012

 

16




Exhibit 10.1

 

FORM OF UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of April     , 2012, is entered into by and among Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and [                        ] (including its successors and assigns, the “ Purchaser ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement, pursuant to a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Issuer a certain number of units (the “ Units ”), consisting of one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Issuer (collectively, the “ Shares ”) and a warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of Common Stock, which warrant is exercisable commencing six months after the date of Closing (as defined below) and expiring seven (7) years from the date of Closing and has an initial exercise price of $20.50 per share, subject to adjustment and limitation on adjustment as set forth in the Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex 1 (collectively, the “ Warrants ”) for a purchase price of $20.00 per Unit (the “ Unit Purchase Price ”), and the Issuer desires to issue and sell the Units to the Purchaser in exchange for the Unit Purchase Price on the terms and subject to the conditions described herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants and provisions in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

PURCHASE AND SALE

 

1.1           Purchase and Sale of the Units . Subject to (a) the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and (b) the Issuer’s issuance and sale Common Stock to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) named in the underwriting agreement with the issuer (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) in connection with the Issuer’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) pursuant to and in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “ IPO Closing ”), the Issuer shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Issuer, [                    ] Units in exchange for payment by the Purchaser of the Unit Purchase Price per Unit.

 

1.2           Closing . Subject to the terms and upon the satisfaction of the conditions of this Agreement and the occurrence of the IPO Closing, the closing of the purchase and sale of the Units (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on the date of the IPO Closing at the offices of counsel to the Issuer, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP located at Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036, or at such other place as the parties hereto shall agree in writing.

 

1.3           Closing Deliveries . At the Closing, (a) the Purchaser shall deliver to the Issuer the Unit Purchase Price per Unit purchased by the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Issuer in writing at least two (2) business days prior to the date of the Closing, (b) the Units will immediately separate into Shares and Warrants and (c) the Issuer shall issue such Shares and the Warrants, and deliver certificates representing the Shares and the Warrants to the Purchaser, as set forth on the Purchaser’s signature page.

 



 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER

 

The Issuer represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

2.1           Formation and Good Standing . The Issuer is duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.2           Authorization and Validity of Agreement . The Issuer has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the Issuer of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Issuer. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of this Agreement against the Issuer may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, public policy and general equitable principles.

 

2.3           No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Issuer and the consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, contravene, result in a violation or breach of or default under (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both), permit any party to terminate, amend or accelerate the provisions of, or result in the imposition of any claim, lien, pledge, deed of trust, option, charge, security interest, hypothecation, encumbrance, right of first offer, voting trust, proxy, right of third parties or other restriction or limitation of any nature whatsoever (each, a “ Lien ”), or any obligation to create any Lien, upon any of the property or assets of the Issuer under (a) any contract, agreement, indenture, letter of credit, mortgage, security agreement, pledge agreement, deed of trust, bond, note, guarantee, surety obligation, warranty, license, franchise, permit, power of attorney, lease, instrument or other agreement (each, a “ Contract ”) to which the Issuer is a party or by which any of its property or assets may be bound or (b) any provision of any organizational document of the Issuer.

 

2.4           Authorization of the Shares . The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (the “ Warrant Shares ”), when issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

2.5           Exemption from Registration; No Integration; No General Solicitation .

 

(a)           Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Units to the Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Units (or the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)           Neither the Issuer nor any affiliate (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) of the Issuer has directly, or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Units (or the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units) in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Units (or the Shares and

 



 

Warrants comprising the Units) or (ii) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Units (or the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units) by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS

 

The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Issuer as follows:

 

3.1           Formation and Good Standing . If a business entity, the Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the jurisdiction and laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

3.2           Authorization and Validity of Agreement . The Purchaser has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Purchaser and, if a business entity, by all requisite corporate action of the Purchaser. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except that the enforceability of this Agreement against the Purchaser may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, public policy and general equitable principles.

 

3.3           No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, contravene, result in a violation or breach of or default under (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both), permit any party to terminate, amend or accelerate the provisions of, or result in the imposition of any Lien (or any obligation to create any Lien) upon any of the property or assets of the Purchaser under (a) any Contract to which the Purchaser is party or by which any of its property or assets may be bound or (b) if a business entity, any provision of any organizational document of the Purchaser.

 

3.4           Offering Representations .

 

(a)           The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Units (and the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units) have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold except pursuant to registration or to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and that the certificates evidencing the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units will bear a legend to that effect. The Units to be acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement are being acquired for its own account and with no intention of distributing or reselling the Units (or the Shares and Warrants comprising the Units) or any part thereof in any transaction that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States, any state of the United States or any foreign jurisdiction. The Purchaser further agrees that it has not entered and prior to the Closing will not enter into any Contract with respect to the distribution, sale, transfer or delivery of the Units.

 

(b)           The Purchaser is an institution that is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in paragraphs (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect.

 



 

(c)           The Purchaser has adequate means of providing for his, her or its current needs and personal contingencies, that the Purchaser has no need now, and anticipates no need in the foreseeable future, to sell the Shares or Warrants, and the Purchaser currently has sufficient financial liquidity to afford a complete loss of the Purchaser’s investment in the Issuer.

 

(d)           The overall commitment of the Purchaser to investments which are not readily marketable is not excessive in view of the Purchaser’s net worth and financial circumstances, and any purchase of the Units will not cause such commitment to become excessive.

 

(e)           The Purchaser is sufficiently experienced in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks involved in purchasing the Units and to make an informed decision relating thereto.

 

(f)            In addition to reviewing the Issuer’s Preliminary Offering Memorandum, dated March 28, 2012 (as supplemented to date, the “ Offering Memorandum ”) the Purchaser has carefully considered the potential risks relating to the Issuer and a purchase of the Units, and fully understands that the Units are speculative investments which involve a high degree of risk of loss of the Purchaser’s entire investment. Among others, the Purchaser has carefully considered each of the risks described in the Offering Memorandum. The Purchaser has been furnished with the materials relating to the business, operations, financial condition, assets and liabilities of the Issuer and other matters relevant to the Purchaser’s investment in the Units which have been requested by the Purchaser. The Purchaser has had adequate opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers, employees, agents, accountants, and representatives of the Issuer concerning the business, operations, financial condition, assets and liabilities of the Issuer and all other matters relevant to the Purchaser’s investment in the Units.

 

(g)           The Purchaser has a pre-existing business relationship with the Issuer and/or Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The Purchaser was directly contacted by the Issuer and/or Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. prior to and not in connection with any IPO marketing efforts.

 

(h)           The Purchaser (i) did not become interested in purchasing Shares or Warrants by means of the registration statement on Form S-11 filed by the Issuer with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO (the “ Registration Statement ”), (ii) was not identified through, or contacted in connection with, the marketing of the IPO, and (iii) did not independently contact the Issuer as a result of the general solicitation by means of the Registration Statement.

 

(i)            The Purchaser is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act).

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

4.1           Further Assurances; Waivers and Indemnification .

 

(a)           Each party hereto shall execute and deliver such instruments and take such other actions prior to and/or after the Closing as the other party hereto may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement, including, without limitation, obtaining any required consents or approvals from third parties, if any. In addition, the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“ Deutsche Bank Securities ”) may request from the Purchaser such additional information as the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Securities may deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Units, and may request from time to time such information as the Issuer or Deutsche Bank Securities may

 



 

deem necessary to determine the eligibility of the Purchaser to hold the Units or to enable the Issuer to determine the Issuer’s compliance with applicable regulatory requirements or tax status, and the Purchaser shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested.

 

(b)           The Purchaser acknowledges that Deutsche Bank Securities has acted as agent for the Issuer in connection with the sale of the Units and consents to Deutsche Bank Securities’ actions in this regard and hereby waives any and all claims, actions, liabilities, damages or demands the undersigned may have against Deutsche Bank Securities in connection with any alleged conflict of interest arising from Deutsche Bank Securities’ engagement as an agent of the Issuer with respect to the sale by the Issuer of Units to the Purchaser.

 

(c)           The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, in an amount not to exceed $30 million, the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Securities, their respective directors, executive officers and each other person, if any, who controls or is controlled by the Issuer or Deutsche Bank Securities, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, without limitation, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened or any claim whatsoever) arising out of or based upon (a) any false, misleading or incomplete representation, declaration or warranty or breach or failure by the Purchaser to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Purchaser in this Agreement or in any other document furnished by the Purchaser to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction or (b) any action for securities law violations by the Purchaser.

 

(d)           The Purchaser understands and agrees that the undersigned is purchasing Units directly from the Issuer and not from Deutsche Bank Securities and that Deutsche Bank Securities did not make any representations, declarations or warranties to the Purchaser regarding the Units, the Issuer or the Issuer’s offering of the Units. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that Deutsche Bank Securities did not offer to sell, or solicit an offer to buy, any of the Units that the Purchaser proposes to acquire from the Issuer hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS

 

5.1           Mutual Conditions . Each of the Issuer’s and the Purchaser’s respective obligations to consummate the purchase and sale of the Units at the Closing pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions: (a) the occurrence of the IPO Closing, (b) the absence of any order, decree, judgment or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental or regulatory authority precluding the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Units contemplated hereby and (c) there shall not have been any action taken or any statute, rule or regulation enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to, the purchase and sale of the Units contemplated hereby by any court, governmental agency or regulatory or administrative authority that makes consummation of such transactions illegal.

 

5.2           Conditions to the Obligations of the Issuer . The Issuer’s obligation to consummate the purchase and sale of the Units at the Closing pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by the Issuer) of the following conditions: (a) the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing and shall then be true and accurate and (b) the Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with his, her or its obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by him, her or it prior to or at the Closing.

 



 

5.3           Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser . The Purchaser’s obligation to consummate the purchase and sale of the Units at the Closing pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment (or waiver in writing by the Purchaser) of the following conditions: (a) the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing and shall then be true and accurate and (b) the Issuer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with its obligations required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE SHARES AND WARRANTS

 

6.1           Furnishing of Information . Upon consummation of the IPO, and until the earliest of the time that (i)  the Purchaser does not own any Shares, Warrants or Warrant Shares or (ii) the Warrants have expired, the Issuer covenants to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Issuer after the date hereof pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act, even if the Issuer is not then subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. As long as the  Purchaser owns any Shares, Warrants or Warrant Shares, if the Issuer is not required to file reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, it will prepare and furnish to the Purchaser and make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Purchaser to sell the Shares, Warrants or Warrant Shares, including without limitation, under Rule 144. The Issuer further covenants that it will take such further action as any holder of Shares, Warrants or Warrant Shares may reasonably request, to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell such Shares, Warrants or Warrant Shares without registration under the Securities Act, including without limitation, within the requirements of the exemption provided by Rule 144.

 

6.2           Reservation of Common Stock . As of the date hereof, the Issuer has reserved and the Issuer shall continue to reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Issuer to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement and Warrant Shares pursuant to any exercise of the Warrants.

 

6.3           Listing of Common Stock . Upon consummation of the IPO, the Issuer hereby agrees to use best efforts to maintain the listing or quotation of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”), and concurrently with the Closing, the Issuer shall apply to list all of the Shares and Warrant Shares on the NYSE and promptly secure the listing of all of the Shares and Warrant Shares on the NYSE. The Issuer further agrees, if the Issuer applies to have the Common Stock traded on any other trading market, including the NYSE AMEX, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any successors to any of the foregoing) it will then include in such application all of the Shares and Warrant Shares, and will take such other action as is necessary to cause all of the Shares and Warrant Shares to be listed on such other trading market as promptly as possible. The Issuer will then take all action reasonably necessary to continue the listing and trading of its Common Stock on a trading market and will comply in all respects with the Issuer’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws or rules of the trading market.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1           Termination . This Agreement shall be terminated prior to the Closing if (a) prior to the consummation of the IPO Closing, the Registration Statement is withdrawn or the Underwriting Agreement is terminated pursuant to its terms, or (b) the IPO Closing has not occurred within 45 days after the date of this Agreement. In the event of any termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall become void and have no effect, without any liability to either party hereto, except for any liability resulting from a breach of this Agreement by either party hereto prior to such termination.

 



 

7.2           Survival . Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive indefinitely. Each covenant contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until performed in accordance with its terms.

 

7.3           Amendments; Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a writing signed by each party hereto; provided, however, that no such amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities. No waiver of any term or condition hereof or obligation hereunder shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the party to which any such performance is due.

 

7.4           Severability of Provisions . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either party hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

7.5           Equal Treatment of Purchasers . No waiver or modification of any provision of this Agreement, the Warrants and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder (the “ Transaction Documents ”), shall be offered or made to any provision of any of the Transaction Documents unless the same waiver or modification is also offered to all of the parties to the Transaction Documents. For clarification purposes, this provision constitutes a separate right granted to the Purchaser by the Issuer and negotiated separately by each purchaser of Units, and is intended for the Issuer to treat  all such purchasers as a class and shall not in any way be construed as such purchasers acting in concert or as a group with respect to the purchase, disposition or voting of Securities or otherwise.

 

7.6           Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights . The obligations of the Purchaser and each other purchaser of Units under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other purchaser of Units, and the Purchaser shall not be responsible in any way for the performance or non-performance of the obligations of any other purchaser of Units under any Transaction Document. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any such purchaser pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute such purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that such purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of the other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. The Purchaser has been represented by its own separate legal counsel in their review and negotiation of the Transaction Documents. The Issuer has elected to provide all such purchasers with the same terms and Transaction Documents for the convenience of the Issuer and not because it was required or requested to do so by any of such purchasers.

 

7.7           Third Party Beneficiary . The Purchaser and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that Deutsche Bank Securities is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

7.8           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles thereof that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 



 

7.9           Waiver of Trial By Jury . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTER ARISING HEREUNDER.

 

7.10         Remedies and Waivers . No delay or omission on the part of either party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall (i) impair such right, power or remedy or (ii) operate as a waiver thereof. The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided by law or under this Agreement shall not preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers and remedies provided by law.

 

7.11         Notices . All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications to be given by either party hereto hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) mailed by first-class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (ii) sent by hand delivery or reputable overnight delivery service or (iii) transmitted by fax (provided that a copy is also sent by reputable overnight delivery service) addressed to the General Counsel of the Issuer or the Purchasers, as applicable, in each case at c/o Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101, facsimile no. (626) 844-9451, or such other address as may be specified in writing to the other party hereto. All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been given and received (i) if by personal delivery or fax, on the day of such delivery, (ii) if by first-class, registered or certified mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof or (iii) if by reputable overnight delivery service, on the day delivered.

 

7.12         Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

7.13         Headings . The Article and Section headings contained herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

7.14         Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

ISSUER:

 

 

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK;
SIGNATURE PAGE FOR PURCHASERS FOLLOWS]

 



 

PURCHASER SIGNATURE PAGE TO UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Unit Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

 

Name of Purchaser:

 

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Purchaser:

 

Name of Authorized Signatory:

 

Title of Authorized Signatory:

 

Email Address of Authorized Signatory:

 

Facsimile Number of Authorized Signatory:

 

Address for Notice of Purchaser:

 

 

 

DWAC Instructions for Issuance of Shares:

 

 

 

Address for Delivery of Securities for Purchaser (if not same as address for notice):

 

 

 

Subscription Amount: $

 

Number of Units:

 

EIN Number (if applicable):

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF, UNLESS (I) SUCH SECURITIES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED FOR SALE PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT, (II) SUCH SECURITIES ARE SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, OR DISPOSITION MAY LAWFULLY BE MADE WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME ON THE SEVENTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE DATE OF ISSUANCE SET FORTH BELOW.

 

No.

Date of Issuance: April     , 2012        

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

FORM OF WARRANT TO PURCHASE                      SHARES OF
COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

For VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                    (the “ Warrantholder ”), is entitled to purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at any time commencing on the date that is six (6) months after the Date of Issuance set forth above and not later than 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date that is the seventh anniversary of the Date of Issuance set forth above (the “ Expiration Date ”),                                shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), for $20.50 per share of Common Stock (as such dollar amount per share may be adjusted pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the “ Warrant Price ”).  The number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as described herein.  This Warrant is being issued pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of April     , 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company and the initial holders of the Warrants.  Capitalized terms used herein have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Section 1.               Registration .  The Company shall maintain books for the transfer and registration of the Warrant.  Upon the initial issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall issue and register the Warrant in the name of the Warrantholder.

 

Section 2.               Transfers .  As provided herein, this Warrant may be transferred only pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or an exemption from such registration.  Subject to such restrictions, the Company shall transfer this Warrant from time to time upon the books to be maintained by the Company for that purpose, upon surrender hereof for transfer, properly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer and such other documents as may be reasonably required by the Company to establish that such transfer is being made in accordance with the terms hereof, and a new Warrant shall be issued to the transferee and the surrendered Warrant shall be canceled by the Company.

 

Section 3.               Exercise of Warrant .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Warrantholder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part (but in each case for a minimum of at least 5,000 Warrant Shares or such lesser number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant remains exercisable), at any time beginning six (6) months after the date of its issuance and prior to its expiration upon surrender of the Warrant, together with delivery of a duly executed notice of exercise, in the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 (the “ Notice of Exercise ”) and payment by cash, certified check or wire transfer of funds (or, in certain circumstances, by cashless exercise as provided below) of the aggregate Warrant Price for that

 



 

number of Warrant Shares then being purchased, to the Company during normal business hours on any business day at the Company’s principal executive offices (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice to the Warrantholder).  The Warrant Shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the Warrantholder or the Warrantholder’s designee, as the record owner of such shares, as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered (or the date evidence of loss, theft or destruction thereof and security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company has been provided to the Company), the Warrant Price shall have been paid and the completed Notice of Exercise shall have been delivered.  Subject to compliance with Section 4 hereof, the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be issued in book-entry form (unless the Warrantholder requests that the Warrant Shares be issued in certificated form) and delivered to the Warrantholder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) business days, after this Warrant shall have been so exercised.  The Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares) so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Warrantholder and shall be registered in the name of the Warrantholder or such other name as shall be designated by the Warrantholder, as specified in the Notice of Exercise.  If this Warrant shall have been exercised only in part, then, unless this Warrant has expired, the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares (and, if applicable, certificates representing the Warrant Shares), deliver to the Warrantholder a new Warrant representing the right to purchase the number of shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised.  As used herein, “business day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in New York City are open for the general transaction of business.  Each exercise hereof shall constitute the re-affirmation by the Warrantholder that the representations and warranties contained in Article 3 of the Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects with respect to the Warrantholder with respect to the Warrant Shares as of the time of such exercise.

 

Section 4.               Compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 .  Except as provided in the Purchase Agreement, the Company may cause the legend set forth on the first page of this Warrant to be set forth on each Warrant, [and, if required, a similar legend on any security issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant], unless counsel for the Company is of the opinion as to any such security that such legend is unnecessary. For the  avoidance of doubt, the Warrant Shares will be considered “Registrable Common Stock” for purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April     , 2012, by and among the Company, the Warrantholder and the other parties named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) and will be entitled to the registration rights set out therein.

 

Section 5.               Payment of Taxes .  The Company will pay any documentary stamp taxes attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Warrantholder in respect of which such shares are issued, and in such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares or any Warrant until the person requesting the same has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid.  The Warrantholder shall be responsible for all other taxes, including income taxes due under federal, state or other law, if any such tax is due.

 

Section 6.               Mutilated or Missing Warrants .  In case this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Company shall issue in exchange and substitution of and upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant of like tenor and for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction of the Warrant, and with respect to a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant, reasonable indemnity with respect thereto, if requested by the Company.

 

Section 7.               Reservation of Common Stock .  The Company hereby represents and warrants that there have been reserved, and the Company shall at all applicable times keep reserved until issued (if necessary) as contemplated by this Section 7, out of the authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, sufficient shares to provide for the exercise of the rights of purchase represented by this Warrant.

 



 

The Company agrees that all Warrant Shares issued upon due exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof shall be, at the time of delivery of such Warrant Shares, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Section 8.               Adjustments .  Subject and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, the Warrant Price and number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth hereinafter.

 

(a)           If the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while this Warrant is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares or combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or issue by reclassification of its outstanding shares of Common Stock any shares of its capital stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation), then (i) the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change shall become effective shall be adjusted by multiplying such Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such change and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such change, and (ii) the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to (but not including) the date on which such change shall become effective by a fraction, the numerator of which is shall be the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to the date on which such change shall become effective and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price in effect immediately after giving effect to such change, calculated in accordance with clause (i) above.  Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

(b)           If any (i) capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, (ii) consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation in which the Company is not the survivor, (iii) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another corporation or (iv) purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other shares of stock, securities or assets and such offer has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock (each a “ Fundamental Transaction ”), shall be effected, then, as a condition of such Fundamental Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each Warrantholder shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions herein specified and in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, the highest amount of such shares of stock, securities or assets as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of Warrant Shares equal to the number of Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, had such Fundamental Transaction not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of each Warrantholder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provision for adjustment of the Warrant Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.  The Company shall not effect any such Fundamental Transaction unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the corporation purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate corporation or entity shall assume the obligation to deliver to the Warrantholder, at the last address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company, such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Warrantholder may be entitled to purchase, and the other obligations under this Warrant.  The provisions of this paragraph (b) shall similarly apply to any successive Fundamental Transactions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, other than one in which a successor entity (a “ Public Successor ”) whose common stock is quoted or listed for trading on an Eligible Market (as defined below) assumes this Warrant and the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of the Warrant may be exercisable for the publicly traded common stock of such Public Successor, at the request of the Warrantholder delivered before the 90th day after such Fundamental Transaction, the

 



 

Company (or the successor entity) shall purchase this Warrant from the Warrantholder by paying to the Warrantholder, within five business days after such request (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction), cash in an amount equal to the Black Scholes Value (as defined below) of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of such Fundamental Transaction.  For purposes of this paragraph, “Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black and Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg using (i) a price per share of Common Stock equal to the weighted average price of the Common Stock for the trading day immediately preceding the date of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (ii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and (iii) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 30% and the 100-day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg determined as of the trading day next following the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction.  For purposes of this paragraph, “Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., The NYSE Amex Equities or The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

(c)           In case the Company shall fix a payment date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash dividends or cash distributions payable out of consolidated earnings or earned surplus or dividends or distributions referred to in Section 8(a)), or subscription rights or warrants, the Warrant Price to be in effect after such payment date shall be determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by the Market Price (as defined below) per share of Common Stock immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date, less the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith) of said assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed, or of such subscription rights or warrants, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied by such Market Price per share of Common Stock immediately prior to (but not including) such payment date.  “ Market Price ” as of a particular date (the “ Valuation Date ”) shall mean the following:  (i) if the Common Stock is then listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange, the closing sale price of one share of Common Stock on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; (ii) if the Common Stock is then quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (the “ Bulletin Board ”) or such similar quotation system or association, the closing sale price of one share of Common Stock on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date or, if no such closing sale price is available, the average of the high bid and the low asked price quoted thereon on the last trading day prior to the Valuation Date; or (iii) if the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the Valuation Date, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder.  If the Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange, the Bulletin Board or such other quotation system or association, the Board of Directors of the Company shall respond promptly, in writing, to an inquiry by the Warrantholder prior to the exercise hereunder as to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company and the Warrantholder are unable to agree upon the fair market value in respect of subpart (iii) of this paragraph, the Company and the Warrantholder shall jointly select an appraiser, who is experienced in such matters.  The decision of such appraiser shall be final and conclusive, and the cost of such appraiser shall be borne equally by the Company and the Warrantholder.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a payment date is fixed.

 

(d)           If, after the date of issuance of this Warrant, the Company issues and sells in a public offering or a private placement shares of Common Stock or other such securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock for cash at a net price per share (i.e., after the deduction of any underwriting discounts or commissions or placement agent fees, as applicable, and any other expenses incurred by the Company that are attributable to the offering) that is less than (i) in the case of a public offering, the  most recently reported closing price of the Common Stock prior to the announcement of such  public offering or (ii) in the case of a private placement, the  most recently reported closing price of

 



 

the Common Stock prior to the execution of the purchase agreement for such private placement (in either case, a “ Secondary Capital Raise ”), the Warrant Price in effect immediately after the Secondary Capital Raise shall be adjusted to equal the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to announcement of the Secondary Capital Raise multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the net cash proceeds received by the Company per share in such Secondary Capital Raise (i.e., after the deduction of any underwriting discounts or commissions or placement agent fees, as applicable, and any other expenses incurred by the Company that are attributable to the offering) and the denominator of which shall be the last reported closing price of the Common Stock prior to either (i) the announcement of the Secondary Capital Raise in the case of a public offering, or (ii) the execution of the applicable purchase agreement in the case of a private placement.  This Section 8(d) does not apply to (i) any of the transactions described in Sections 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c) hereof, (ii) the exercise of Warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants or other securities convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (iii) Common Stock (and options exercisable therefor) issued to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors (whether or not still in such capacity on the date of exercise) under bona fide employee benefit plans or stock option plans adopted by the board of directors of the Company and approved by the holders of Common Stock when required by law, if such Common Stock would otherwise be covered by this Section 8(d).  For any shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to any at-the-market offering, controlled equity or similar programs (an “ ATM Program ”), this Section 8(d) shall apply, but the Warrant Price shall be adjusted solely by the percentage sales commission payable to the sales agent pursuant to the sales or other similar agreement entered into by and between the Company and such agent in connection with the establishment of such ATM Program and only as a one-time adjustment made as of the date of execution of any such agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, any offering of securities by a party unaffiliated to the Company and for which the Company does not receive any proceeds will not be subject to an adjustment as described in this Section 8(d).

 

(e)           An adjustment to the Warrant Price shall become effective immediately after the payment date in the case of each dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date of each other event which requires an adjustment.

 

(f)            In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8, the Warrantholder shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Shares contained in this Warrant.

 

Section 9.               Fractional Interest .  The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant.  If any fractional share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of the first sentence of this Section 9, be deliverable upon such exercise, the Company, in lieu of delivering such fractional share, shall pay to the exercising Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Market Price of such fractional share of Common Stock on the date of exercise.

 

Section 10.             Benefits .  Nothing in this Warrant shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation (other than the Company and the Warrantholder) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim, it being agreed that this Warrant shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

Section 11.             Notices to Warrantholder .  Upon the occurrence of any event requiring an adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Warrantholder at the address appearing in the records of the Company, stating the adjusted Warrant Price and the adjusted number of Warrant Shares resulting from such event and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

Section 12.             Identity of Transfer Agent .  The Transfer Agent for the Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.  Upon the appointment of any subsequent transfer agent for the Common Stock or other shares of the Company’s capital stock issuable upon the exercise of the

 



 

rights of purchase represented by the Warrant, the Company will mail to the Warrantholder a statement setting forth the name and address of such transfer agent.

 

Section 13.             Notices .  Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Section 14.             Successors .  All the covenants and provisions hereof by or for the benefit of the Warrantholder shall bind and inure to the benefit of its respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

Section 15.             Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .  This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law provisions thereof.  The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York located in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Warrant and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant.  The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court.  The Company and, by accepting this Warrant, the Warrantholder, each irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE WARRANTHOLDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AND REPRESENTS THAT COUNSEL HAS BEEN CONSULTED SPECIFICALLY AS TO THIS WAIVER.

 

Section 16.             Cashless Exercise .  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, the Warrantholder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Warrantholder of the aggregate Warrant Price in respect of the shares of Common Stock to be acquired, shares of Common Stock of equal value to the value of this Warrant, or any specified portion hereof, by the surrender of this Warrant (or such portion of this Warrant being so exercised) together with a Notice of Exercise, duly executed, to the Company.  Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Warrantholder such number of fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is computed using the following formula:

 

 

where

 

X = the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Warrantholder is entitled upon such cashless exercise;

Y = the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by this Warrant for which the Warrantholder has surrendered purchase rights at such time for cashless exercise (including both shares to be issued to the Warrantholder and shares as to which the purchase rights are to be canceled as payment therefor);

A = volume weighted average price per share of Common Stock for the 20 trading days immediately prior to (but not including) the date of exercise; and

B = the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the net issue election is made.

 

Section 17.             Redemption .

 

(a)           All but not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, upon notice to each

 



 

Warrantholder, as described in Section 17(b) below, at the price of $0.01 per Warrant (the “ Redemption Price ”); provided that (i) an effective registration statement providing for the resale by all Warrantholders of the Warrant Shares that are then “Registrable Common Stock” for purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, is available throughout the entire Redemption Period (as defined below), and (ii) either (x) the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on each of at least twenty (20) trading days within the thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is given pursuant to Section 17(b) (such thirty trading day period, the “ Measurement Period ”) has been at least equal to the Warrant Price then in effect plus $10.00 (the “ Redemption Trigger Amount ”), hereof, or (y) in the event there is no actual trading of the Common Stock for a given day within such thirty (30) trading day period, then the closing bid price on each such day must exceed the Redemption Trigger Amount.

 

(b)           In the event that the Company elects to redeem all of the Warrants pursuant to Section 17(a) hereof, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”). Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date (such 30 day period, the “ Redemption Period ”) to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder of the Warrants received such notice.

 

(c)           Subject to this Section 17(c), the Warrants may be exercised upon payment in cash of the Warrant Price then in effect (or on a cashless basis pursuant to Section 16 hereof), at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 17(b) hereof and prior to the Redemption Date. On and after the Redemption Date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

 

Section 18.             Limitations on Exercise .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the number of Warrant Shares that may be acquired by the Warrantholder upon any exercise of this Warrant (or otherwise in respect hereof) shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that, following such exercise (or other issuance), the total number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned by such Warrantholder and any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of Common Stock would be aggregated with the Warrantholder’s pursuant to Sections 542(a)(2) and 544 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) as those sections are used in Section 856(h) of the Code, does not exceed 9.8% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including for such purpose the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise) unless the Company’s Board of Directors has, in its sole discretion, granted the Warrantholder a waiver from the stock ownership limitations set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. This provision shall not restrict the number of shares of Common Stock which a Holder may receive or beneficially own in order to determine the amount of securities or other consideration that such Holder may receive in the event of a transaction contemplated by Section 8 of this Warrant.  This restriction may not be waived.

 

Section 19.             No Rights as Stockholder .  Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall not have or exercise any rights as a stockholder of the Company by virtue of its ownership of this Warrant.

 

Section 20.             Amendment; Waiver .  This Warrant is one of a series of Warrants of like tenor issued by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and initially covering an aggregate of                    shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “ Private Placement Warrants ”).  Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived (including the adjustment provisions included in Section 8 of this Warrant) upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of Private Placement Warrants representing at least 66 2 / 3 % of the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to all outstanding Private Placement Warrants; provided, that (x) any such amendment or waiver must apply to all Private Placement Warrants; and (y) the number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price

 



 

and the Expiration Date may not be amended, and the right to exercise this Warrant may not be altered or waived, without the written consent of the Warrantholder.

 

Section 21.             Section Headings .  The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the Company and the Warrantholder and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the provisions hereof.

 

Section 22.             Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereto hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

If to the Company:

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (626) 844-9451;

 

If to an initial Warrantholder, to the address provided to the Company on the Investor Questionnaire completed in connection with its purchase of warrants;

 

If to a transferee Warrantholder, to the address of such Warrantholder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company;

 

or such other address or facsimile number as any such party (or transferee) may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 22 and the appropriate facsimile confirmation is received or (b) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 22.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed, as of the          day of April, 2012.

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

Appendix 1

 

FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

(To be executed by the Holder to exercise the right to purchase shares
of Common Stock under the foregoing Warrant)

 

To Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation:

 

The undersigned is the Holder of Warrant No.            (the “ Warrant ”) issued by Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).  As a condition to this exercise, the undersigned Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 of the Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Warrant) are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof as if they had been made on such date with respect to the Warrant Shares.  The undersigned Holder further acknowledges that the sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation of the Warrant Shares to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant is subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Warrant.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the respective meanings set forth in the Warrant.

 

1.                                        The Warrant is currently exercisable to purchase a total of                      Warrant Shares.

 

2.                                        The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                      Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrant (which requires exercise for a minimum of at least 5,000 Warrant Shares or such lesser number of Warrant Shares for which the Warrant remains exercisable).

 

3.                                        The Holder intends that payment of the Exercise Price shall be made as (check one):

 

o                                     “Cash Exercise” under Section 3

 

o                                     “Cashless Exercise” if permitted under Section 16

 

4.                                        If the holder has elected a Cash Exercise, the holder shall pay the sum of $                     to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

5.                                        Pursuant to this exercise, the Company shall deliver to the holder                      Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms of the Warrant.

 

6.                                        Following this exercise, the Warrant shall be exercisable to purchase a total of                      Warrant Shares.

 

Dated:                     ,

Name of Holder:

 

 

Print)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

 

 

Taxpayer Identification Number:

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND
AGREED TO this          day of
                    , 20

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

FORM OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

by and between

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

and

 

Western Asset Management Company

 

 

Dated as of April         , 2012

 

 

 



 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of April       , 2012, by and between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation (the “ Manager ”).

 

W   I T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a Delaware corporation that intends to invest in Agency RMBS (as defined below) and may opportunistically supplement its portfolio with its Potential Target Assets (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes and will elect to receive the tax benefits accorded by Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Manager to administer the business activities and day-to-day operations of the Company and to perform services for the Company in the manner and on the terms set forth herein and the Manager wishes to be retained to provide such services.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.          Definitions .

 

(a)       The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1(a):

 

Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person, (ii) any executive officer, general partner or employee of such other Person, (iii) any member of the board of directors or board of managers (or bodies performing similar functions) of such Person, and (iv) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

Agency RMBS ” means the types of assets described under “Business—Agency RMBS” in the Company’s prospectus dated [                    ], 2012, relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

Agreement ” means this Management Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Assignment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 202(a) of the Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Automatic Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 



 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

 

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of closing of the Initial Public Offering.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Code of Conduct ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(j) hereof.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Company Indemnified Party ” has meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Company Permitted Disclosure Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereof.

 

Effective Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) hereof.

 

Equity ” means (a) the sum of (1) the net proceeds from any issuances of the Company’s equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus (2) the Company’s retained earnings calculated in accordance with GAAP at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less (b) any amount that the Company has paid to repurchase Common Stock since inception. Equity excludes (1) any unrealized gains, losses or other non-cash items that have impacted stockholders’ equity as reported in the Company’s financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income, and (2) one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP, and certain non-cash items not otherwise described above in each case, after discussions between the Manager and the Independent Directors and approval by a majority of the Independent Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date such principles are applied.

 

Governing Instruments ” means, with regard to any entity, the articles of incorporation or certificate of incorporation and bylaws in the case of a corporation, the partnership agreement in the case of a general or limited partnership or the certificate of

 

2



 

formation and operating agreement in the case of a limited liability company, the trust instrument in the case of a trust, or similar governing documents, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Independent Director ” means a member of the Board who is “independent” in accordance with the Company’s Governing Instruments and the rules of the NYSE or such other securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the Company’s sale of Common Stock to the public through underwriters pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-159962).

 

Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Investment Guidelines ” means the investment guidelines approved by the Board, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived pursuant to the approval of a majority of the entire Board (which must include a majority of the Independent Directors).

 

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Management Fee ” means the Management Fee, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, in an amount equal to 1.5% per annum of Equity.

 

Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Manager Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

NYSE ” means The New York Stock Exchange.

 

Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(d) hereof.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

3



 

Potential Target Assets ” means the types of assets described under “Business—Our Potential Target Assets” in the Company’s prospectus dated [                    ], 2012, relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company and any partnership, the general partner of which is the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and any limited liability company, the managing member of which is the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

Supervised Affiliates ” means any investment advisory Affiliates of the Manager over which the Manager has operational responsibility.

 

Termination Fee ” means a termination fee equal to three (3) times the average annual Management Fee earned by the Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the Effective Termination Date.

 

Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) hereof.

 

Termination Without Cause ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c) hereof.

 

(b)       As used herein, accounting terms relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, not defined in Section 1(a) and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1(a), to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.  As used herein, “fiscal quarters” shall mean the period from January 1 to March 31, April 1 to June 30, July 1 to September 30 and October 1 to December 31 of the applicable year.

 

(c)       The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)       The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. The words include, includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

Unit Private Placement ” means the Company’s sale of Units pursuant to the Company’s Final Offering Memorandum, dated April [    ], 2012.

 

4



 

Section 2.          Appointment and Duties of the Manager .

 

(a)       The Company hereby appoints the Manager to manage the investments and day-to-day operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, subject at all times to the further terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and to the supervision of the Board.  The Manager hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform each of the duties set forth herein.  The appointment of the Manager shall be exclusive to the Manager, except to the extent that the Manager elects, in its sole and absolute discretion, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to cause the duties of the Manager as set forth herein to be provided by third parties.

 

(b)       The Manager, in its capacity as manager of the investments and the operations of the Company and any Subsidiaries, at all times will be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and will have only such functions and authority as the Board may delegate to it, including, without limitation, the functions and authority identified herein and delegated to the Manager hereby. The Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Company and any Subsidiaries and will perform (or cause to be performed) such services and activities relating to the investments and operations of the Company and any Subsidiaries as may be appropriate, which may include, without limitation:

 

(i)                serving as the Company’s consultant with respect to the periodic review of the Investment Guidelines and other parameters for the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ investments, financing activities and operations, which review will occur no less often than annually, any modification to which will be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors;

 

(ii)               investigating, analyzing and selecting possible investment opportunities and acquiring, financing, retaining, selling, restructuring or disposing of investments consistent with the Investment Guidelines;

 

(iii)              with respect to prospective purchases, sales or exchanges of investments, conducting negotiations on the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ behalf with sellers, purchasers and brokers and, if applicable, their respective agents and representatives;

 

(iv)             negotiating and entering into and executing, on the Company’s behalf, repurchase agreements, interest rate agreements, swap agreements, brokerage agreements, resecuritizations, securitization warehouse facilities and other agreements and instruments required for the Company to conduct the Company’s business;

 

(v)              engaging and supervising, on the Company’s behalf and at the Company’s expense, independent contractors that provide investment banking, securities brokerage, mortgage brokerage, other financial services, due diligence services, underwriting review services, legal and accounting services, custodial services and all other services (including transfer agent and registrar services) as may be required relating to the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ operations or investments (or potential investments);

 

5



 

(vi)             coordinating and managing operations of any joint venture or co-investment interests held by the Company and any Subsidiaries and conducting all matters with the joint venture or co-investment partners;

 

(vii)            providing executive and administrative personnel, office space and office services required in rendering services to us;

 

(viii)           administering the day-to-day operations and performing and supervising the performance of such other administrative functions necessary to the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ management as may be agreed upon by the Manager and the Board, including, without limitation, the collection of revenues and the payment of the Company’s debts and obligations and maintenance of appropriate computer services to perform such administrative functions;

 

(ix)              communicating on the Company’s behalf with the holders of any of the Company’s equity or debt securities as required to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental bodies or agencies or trading exchanges or markets and to maintain effective relations with such holders;

 

(x)               counseling the Company in connection with policy decisions to be made by the Board;

 

(xi)              evaluating and recommending to the Board hedging strategies and engaging in hedging activities on the Company’s behalf, consistent with the Company’s qualification as a REIT and with the Investment Guidelines;

 

(xii)             counseling the Company regarding the maintenance of the Company’s qualification as a REIT and monitoring compliance with the various REIT qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to qualify for taxation as a REIT;

 

(xiii)            counseling the Company regarding the maintenance of the Company’s exemption from the status of an investment company required to register under the Investment Company Act, monitoring compliance with the requirements for maintaining such exemption and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to maintain such exemption from such status;

 

(xiv)            furnishing reports and statistical and economic research to the Company regarding the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ activities and services performed for the Company and any Subsidiaries by the Manager;

 

(xv)             monitoring the operating performance of the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ investments and providing periodic reports with respect thereto to the Board, including comparative information with respect to such operating performance and budgeted or projected operating results;

 

(xvi)            investing and reinvesting any moneys and securities of the Company and any Subsidiaries (including investing in short-term investments pending investment in

 

6



 

other investments, payment of fees, costs and expenses, or payments of dividends or distributions to the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ stockholders and partners) and advising the Company as to the Company’s capital structure and capital raising;

 

(xvii)           causing the Company to retain qualified accountants and legal counsel, as applicable, to assist in developing appropriate accounting procedures and systems, internal controls and other compliance procedures and testing systems with respect to financial reporting obligations and compliance with the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs and, if applicable, taxable REIT subsidiaries, and to conduct quarterly compliance reviews with respect thereto;

 

(xviii)          assisting the Company in qualifying to do business in all applicable jurisdictions and to obtain and maintain all appropriate licenses;

 

(xix)            assisting the Company in complying with all regulatory requirements applicable to the Company in respect of the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ business activities, including assisting in the preparation of all financial statements required under applicable regulations and contractual undertakings and all reports and documents, if any, required under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, or by the NYSE or other stock exchange requirements, as applicable;

 

(xx)             assisting the Company in taking all necessary action to enable the Company to make required tax filings and reports, including soliciting information from stockholders to the extent required by the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs;

 

(xxi)            placing, or arranging for the placement of, all orders pursuant to the Manager’s investment determinations for the Company either directly with the issuer or with a broker or dealer (including any affiliated broker or dealer);

 

(xxii)           handling and resolving all claims, disputes or controversies (including all litigation, arbitration, settlement or other proceedings or negotiations) in which the Company may be involved or to which the Company may be subject arising out of the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ day-to-day operations (other than with the Manager or its Supervised Affiliates), subject to such limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by the Board;

 

(xxiii)          using commercially reasonable efforts to cause expenses incurred by the Company or on the Company’s behalf to be commercially reasonable or commercially customary and within any budgeted parameters or expense guidelines set by the Board from time to time;

 

(xxiv)          advising the Company with respect to and structuring long-term financing vehicles for the Company’s portfolio of assets, and offering and selling securities publicly or privately in connection with any such structured financing, in each case consistent with the Investment Guidelines;

 

(xxv)           serving as the Company’s consultant with respect to decisions regarding any of the Company’s financings, hedging activities or borrowings undertaken by the

 

7



 

Company, including (1) assisting the Company in developing criteria for debt and equity financing that is specifically tailored to the Company’s investment objectives, and (2) advising the Company with respect to obtaining appropriate financing for the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ investments;

 

(xxvi)          providing the Company with portfolio management;

 

(xxvii)         arranging marketing materials, advertising, industry group activities (such as conference participations and industry organization memberships) and other promotional efforts designed to promote the Company’s business;

 

(xxviii)        maintaining the Company’s web site;

 

(xxix)           performing such other services as may be required from time to time for management and other activities relating to the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ assets and business as the Board shall reasonably request or the Manager shall deem appropriate under the particular circumstances; and

 

(xxx)            using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to comply with all applicable laws.

 

(c)       The Manager may retain, for and on behalf, and at the sole cost and expense, of the Company, such services of the persons and firms referred to in Section 7(b) hereof as the Manager deems necessary or advisable in connection with the management and operations of the Company. In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Manager shall be entitled to rely reasonably on qualified experts and professionals (including, without limitation, accountants, legal counsel and other professional service providers) hired by the Manager at the Company’s sole cost and expense.

 

(d)       The Manager shall refrain from any action that, in its sole judgment made in good faith, (i) is not in compliance with the Investment Guidelines, (ii) would adversely and materially affect the qualification of the Company as a REIT under the Code or the Company’s status as an entity exempted or excluded from investment company status under the Investment Company Act, or (iii) would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or of any exchange on which the securities of the Company or any Subsidiary may be listed or that would otherwise not be permitted by the Company’s or any Subsidiaries’ Governing Instruments.  If the Manager is ordered to take any action by the Board, the Manager shall promptly notify the Board if it is the Manager’s judgment that such action would adversely and materially affect such status or violate any such law, rule or regulation or the Governing Instruments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Manager nor its Affiliates shall be liable to the Company, the Board, or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s stockholders for any act or omission by the Manager or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

(e)       The Company (including the Board) agrees to take all actions reasonably required to permit and enable the Manager to carry out its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all steps reasonably necessary to allow the Manager to file or assist in the filing of any registration statement or other filing required to be

 

8



 

made under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual, the Code or other applicable law, rule or regulation on behalf of the Company in a timely manner. The Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the Manager all resources, information and materials reasonably requested by the Manager to enable the Manager to satisfy its obligations hereunder, including its obligations to assist in the delivery of financial statements and any other information or reports with respect to the Company. If, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, it is not prudent to provide a service without the approval of the Board, then the Manager shall be excused from providing such service (and shall not be in breach of this Agreement) until the applicable approval has been obtained.

 

(f)        Reporting Requirements .  (i)  As frequently as the Manager may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, or at the direction of the Board, the Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Company, cause to be prepared, with respect to any investment, reports and other information with respect to such investment as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(ii)               The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Company, cause to be prepared, all reports, financial or otherwise, with respect to the Company reasonably required by the Board in order for the Company to comply with its Governing Instruments, or any other materials required to be filed with any governmental body or agency, and shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense of the Company, cause to be prepared, all materials and data necessary to complete such reports and other materials including, without limitation, an annual audit of the Company’s books of account by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm.

 

(iii)              The Manager shall prepare, or, at the sole cost and expense to the Company, cause to be prepared, regular reports for the Board to enable the Board to review the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ acquisitions, portfolio composition and characteristics, credit quality, performance and compliance with the Investment Guidelines and policies approved by the Board.

 

(g)       Directors, officers, employees and agents of the Manager and its Affiliates may serve as directors, officers, agents, nominees or signatories for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by their Governing Instruments or by any resolutions duly adopted by the Board.  When executing documents or otherwise acting in such capacities for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Persons shall indicate in what capacity they are executing on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and use their respective titles in the Company or any Subsidiaries.  Without limiting the foregoing, while this Agreement is in effect, the Manager will provide the Company with a management team, including a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Investment Officer, or similar positions, along with appropriate support personnel to provide the management services to be provided by the Manager to the Company hereunder, who shall devote such of their time to the management of the Company as necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of the Company from time to time.

 

(h)       The Manager shall at all times during the term of this Agreement maintain “errors and omissions” insurance coverage and other insurance coverage that is

 

9



 

customarily carried by investment managers performing functions similar to those of the Manager under this Agreement, in respect to its obligations and activities under, or pursuant to, this Agreement.

 

(i)        The Manager shall provide, cause to be provided or assist in the provision of such internal audit, compliance and control services as may be required for the Company to comply with applicable law (including the Securities Act and Exchange Act), regulation (including SEC regulations) and the rules and requirements of the NYSE and as otherwise reasonably requested by the Company or its Board from time to time.

 

(j)        The Manager acknowledges receipt of the Company’s Code of Conduct, which includes the Company’s insider trading policy (the “ Code of Conduct ”), and agrees to require the persons who provide services to the Company to comply with the Code of Conduct in the performance of such services hereunder or such comparable policies as shall in substance hold such persons to at least the standards of conduct set forth in the Code of Conduct.

 

(k)       Prior to the acquisition of any security structured or issued by an entity managed by the Manager or any of its Affiliates, the purchase or sale of any asset from or to an entity managed by the Manager or any of its Affiliates or any co-investment with an entity managed by the Manager or any of its Affiliates, such transaction must be approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors.

 

(l)        It is understood that the name “Western Asset Management Company,” and any derivative thereof or any logo associated with that name is the valuable property of the Manager.  The Manager hereby grants a revocable license to the Company for the right to use such name (or derivative or logo), in the Company’s prospectus or Registration Statement in connection with the S-11 or other filings, forms or reports required under applicable state or federal securities, insurance, or other law, as well as in other Company documentation or on the Company’s web page, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, provided, however, that the Company may continue to use the name of the Manager in its regulatory filings and other documents to the extent necessary by the Company to comply with disclosure obligations under applicable law and regulation.  The Company shall seek the Manager’s approval of the use of the Manager’s name or logo in promotional or sales related materials prepared by or on behalf of the Company.  Upon termination of this Agreement, the Company shall forthwith cease to use such names (and logo), except as provided for herein.

 

Section 3.          Additional Activities of the Manager; Non-Solicitation; Restrictions.

 

(a)       Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 3(a) and/or the Investment Guidelines, nothing in this Agreement shall (i) prevent the Manager or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors or employees from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any other Person or entity, whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other Person or entity are similar to those of the Company or (ii) in any way bind or restrict the Manager or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors or employees from buying, selling or trading any securities or assets for their own accounts or for the account of others for whom the Manager or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors or employees may be acting.  While information and recommendations supplied to the Company shall, in the Manager’s reasonable and good faith judgment, be appropriate under the circumstances and in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Company, they may be different from the information

 

10



 

and recommendations supplied by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others. The Company shall be entitled to equitable treatment under the circumstances in receiving information, recommendations and any other services, but the Company recognizes that it is not entitled to receive preferential treatment as compared with the treatment given by the Manager or any Affiliate of the Manager to others.  The Company shall have the benefit of the Manager’s best judgment and effort in rendering services hereunder and, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Manager shall not undertake activities that, in its good faith judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.  Except as provided in the Code of Conduct with respect to the Common Stock, nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent the Manager, or any of its Affiliates, officers, directors or employees in any way from purchasing or selling any securities for its or their own account prior to, simultaneously with, or subsequent to any recommendation to the Company.

 

(b)       In the event of a Termination Without Cause of this Agreement by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof, the Company shall not, without the consent of the Manager, solicit or otherwise recruit for employment any employee of the Manager or any of its Affiliates or any person who has been in the employ of the Manager or any of its Affiliates at any time within the two (2) year period immediately preceding the date on which such person commences employment with or is otherwise retained by the Company for two (2) years after such termination of this Agreement. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to any damages the Manager shall be entitled to equitable relief for any violation of this agreement by the Company, including, without limitation, injunctive relief.

 

Section 4.          Custodian; Transaction Procedures .  The Company shall appoint a custodian (the “ Custodian ”) and establish with the Custodian one or more bank or custodial accounts (each, an “ Account ”) in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Ownership of the property or money of the Company shall remain with the Company.  The Manager shall not, under any circumstances, take possession, custody, title, or ownership of any property or money of the Company.  All transactions will be consummated by payment to, or delivery by the Custodian, on behalf of the Company, of all property or money due to or from an Account.  The Manager may issue instructions to the Custodian as may be appropriate in connection with the settlement of transactions initiated by the Manager, but shall not have the right to have securities or other property of the Company registered in its own name or in the name of its nominee, nor shall the Manager in any manner acquire or become possessed of any income or proceeds distributable by reason of selling, holding or controlling any property or money in an Account.  The Manger shall direct the collection and deposit into any Account, and direct the disbursement funds from any Account, under such terms and conditions as the Board may approve; and the Manager shall from time to time render appropriate accountings of such collections and payments to the Board and, upon request, to the auditors of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Instructions of the Manager to the Custodian shall be made in writing, which may include electronic communication, or, at the option of the Manager, orally and confirmed in writing as soon as practicable thereafter, and the Manager shall instruct all brokers and dealers executing transactions on behalf of the Company to forward to the Custodian copies of all confirmations promptly after execution of those transactions.  The Manager shall not be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of the Custodian.

 

11


 

Section 5.          Records; Confidentiality .

 

(a)       The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of accounts and records relating to services performed hereunder, and such books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by authorized representatives of the Company or any Subsidiary at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice.  The Manager shall keep confidential any and all non-public information, written or oral, obtained by it in connection with the services rendered hereunder (“ Confidential Information ”) and shall not use Confidential Information except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (i) to its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents,  representatives or advisors who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of rendering services hereunder, (ii) to appraisers, financing sources and others in the ordinary course of the Company’s business ((i) and (ii) collectively, “ Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (iii) in connection with any governmental or regulatory filings of the Company or disclosure or presentations to Company investors, (iv) to governmental officials having jurisdiction over the Company; (v) to its legal counsel or independent auditors, (vi) as requested by law or legal process to which the Manager or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party, or (vii) with the consent of the Company.  The Manager agrees to inform each of its Manager Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to obtain agreement from such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Manager from disclosing Confidential Information (i) upon the order of any court or administrative agency having jurisdiction over the Company (ii) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, or (iii) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder; provided, however that with respect to clause (i), it is agreed that, so long as it is reasonably practicable under the circumstances and not legally prohibited, the Manager will provide the Company with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Company may seek, at its sole expense, an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Manager’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Manager is required to disclose Confidential Information, the Manager may disclose only that portion of such information that is legally required without liability hereunder; provided that the Manager agrees to exercise its reasonable best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from provisions hereof: any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Manager and other than a Person that received such Confidential Information in violation of this Agreement, (B) is released in writing by the Company to the public or to persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Company, or (C) is obtained by the Manager from a third-party which, to the best of the Manager’s knowledge, does not constitute a breach by such third-party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.  The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for a period of one year.

 

(b)       The Company shall keep confidential any and all Confidential Information and shall not use Confidential Information except in furtherance of the terms of this Agreement or disclose Confidential Information, in whole or in part, to any Person other than (i) to its Affiliates, officers or directors (collectively, “ Company Permitted Disclosure Parties ”), (ii) as requested by law or legal process to which the Company or any Person to whom disclosure is

 

12



 

permitted hereunder is a party, or (iii) with the consent of the Manager.  The Company agrees to (i) inform each of its Company Permitted Disclosure Parties of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to direct such Persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with the terms hereof and (ii) not disclose any Confidential Information to its Company Permitted Disclosure Parties upon the expiration or nonrenewal of this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Company from disclosing Confidential Information (i) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (ii) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any law or regulation, any regulatory agency or authority, (iii) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, or (iv) to its legal counsel or independent auditors; provided, however that with respect to clauses (i) and (ii), it is agreed that, so long as not legally prohibited, the Company will provide the Manager with prompt written notice of such order, request or demand so that the Manager may seek, at its sole expense, an appropriate protective order and/or waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.  If, failing the entry of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Company is required to disclose Confidential Information, the Company may disclose only that portion of such information that is legally required without liability hereunder; provided that the Company agrees to exercise its reasonable best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the following shall be deemed to be excluded from provisions hereof: any Confidential Information that (A) is available to the public from a source other than the Company, (B) is released in writing by the Manager to the public or to persons who are not under similar obligation of confidentiality to the Manager, or (C) is obtained by the Company from a third-party which, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, does not constitute breach by such third-party of an obligation of confidence with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed.  For the avoidance of doubt, information about the systems, employees, policies, procedures and investment portfolio (other than investments in which the Company and Manager have co-invested) shall be deemed to be included within the meaning of “Confidential Information” for purposes of the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section  5(b).

 

Section 6.          Compensation .

 

(a)       For the services rendered under this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Management Fee to the Manager.  Any pro rata Management Fees will be calculated using a 365 day year.  The Manager will not receive any compensation for the period prior to the Closing Date; provided , however , that the Manager shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred pursuant to Section 7 hereof prior to the Closing Date.

 

(b)       The parties acknowledge that the Management Fee is intended to compensate the Manager for the costs and expenses it will incur, as well as certain expenses not otherwise reimbursable under Section 7 below, in order for the Manager to provide the Company the investment advisory services and certain general management services rendered under this Agreement.

 

(c)       Subject to Section 6(d), the Management Fee shall be payable in arrears in cash, in quarterly installments commencing with the quarter in which this Agreement is executed.  If applicable, the initial and final installments of the Management Fee shall be pro-

 

13



 

rated based on the number of days during the initial and final quarter, respectively, that this Agreement is in effect.  The Manager shall calculate each quarterly installment of the Management Fee, and deliver such calculation to the Company, within thirty (30) days following the last day of each fiscal quarter.  The Company shall pay the Manager each installment of the Management Fee within five (5) Business Days after the date of delivery to the Company of such computations.

 

Section 7.          Expenses of the Company .

 

(a)       The Manager shall be responsible for the expenses related to any and all personnel of the Manager and its Affiliates who provide services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement (including each of the officers of the Company and any directors of the Company who are also directors, officers, employees or agents of the Manager or any of its Affiliates), including, without limitation, salaries, bonus and other wages, payroll taxes and the cost of employee benefit plans of such personnel, and costs of insurance with respect to such personnel.

 

In addition, the Manager agrees to pay for the following expenses:

 

(i)               The Manager agrees to pay the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering the underwriting discount equal to $[    ] per share of Common Stock sold in the Initial Public Offering;

 

(ii)              The Manager agrees to pay the placement agent of the Unit Private Placement the placement agent equal to $[    ] per Unit sold in the Unit Private Placement (other than any Units sold to investors with which the Manager has had a pre-existing business relationship); and

 

(iii)             The Manager agrees to pay any other expenses in excess of $1.2 million, which shall be borne by the Company, (excluding the amounts described in immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii)) incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and/or the Initial Public Offering or Unit Private Placement.

 

(b)       The Company shall pay all of its costs and expenses and shall reimburse the Manager or its Affiliates for expenses of the Manager and its Affiliates incurred on behalf of the Company, excepting only those expenses that are specifically the responsibility of the Manager pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Agreement and provided that any such costs and expenses borne by the Manager and reimbursed by the Company are no greater than those that would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is specifically agreed that the following costs and expenses of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be paid by the Company and shall not be paid by the Manager or Affiliates of the Manager:

 

(i)                expenses in connection with the issuance and transaction costs incident to the acquisition, disposition and financing of the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ investments;

 

14



 

(ii)               costs of legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative and other similar services rendered for us by providers retained by the Manager or, if provided by the Manager’s personnel, in amounts that are no greater than those that would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(iii)              the compensation and expenses of the Company’s directors (excluding those directors who are officers of the Manager) and the cost of liability insurance to indemnify the Company’s directors and officers;

 

(iv)             costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any of the Company’s credit facilities, other financing arrangements, or other indebtedness of the Company’s (including commitment fees, accounting fees, legal fees, closing and other similar costs) or any of the Company’s securities offerings;

 

(v)              expenses connected with communications to holders of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities and other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies, including, without limitation, all costs of preparing and filing required reports with the SEC, the costs payable by the Company to any transfer agent and registrar in connection with the listing and/or trading of the Company’s securities on any exchange, the fees payable by the Company to any such exchange in connection with its listing, costs of preparing, printing and mailing the Company’s annual report to the Company’s stockholders and proxy materials with respect to any meeting of the Company’s stockholders;

 

(vi)             costs associated with any computer software or hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third-party vendors that is used for the Company;

 

(vii)            expenses incurred by directors, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager for travel solely on the Company’s behalf and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager in connection with the purchase, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of an investment or establishment and maintenance of any of the Company’s repurchase agreements, securitizations or any of the Company’s securities offerings;

 

(viii)           costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses;

 

(ix)              compensation and expenses of the Company’s custodian and transfer agent, if any;

 

(x)               the costs of maintaining compliance with all federal, state and local rules and regulations or any other regulatory agency;

 

15



 

(xi)              all taxes and license fees;

 

(xii)             all insurance costs incurred in connection with the operation of the Company’s business, except for the costs attributable to the insurance that the Manager elects to carry for itself and its personnel;

 

(xiii)            costs and expenses incurred in contracting with the Custodian and other third parties, including Affiliates of the Manager for the servicing and special servicing of the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ assets;

 

(xiv)            all other costs and expenses relating to the Company’s business and investment operations, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of acquiring, owning, protecting, maintaining, developing and disposing of investments, including appraisal, reporting, audit and legal fees;

 

(xv)             expenses relating to any office(s) or office facilities, including, but not limited to, disaster backup recovery sites and facilities, maintained by the Manager or its Affiliates for the Company or the Company’s or any Subsidiaries’ investments separate from the office or offices of the Manager;

 

(xvi)            expenses connected with the payments of interest, dividends or distributions in cash or any other form authorized or caused to be made by the Board to or on account of holders of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities, including, without limitation, in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;

 

(xvii)           expenses related to litigation and other legal matters involving the Company and any Subsidiaries, including the fees and expenses of outside counsel;

 

(xviii)          any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against the Company or any Subsidiary, or against any trustee, director, partner, member or officer of the Company or of any Subsidiary in his capacity as such for which the Company or any Subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director, partner, member or officer by any court or governmental agency; and

 

(xix)            all other expenses actually incurred by the Manager (except as otherwise specified herein) that are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under this Agreement.

 

(c)       Costs and expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Company shall be reimbursed in cash monthly to the Manager. The Manager shall prepare a written statement in reasonable detail documenting the costs and expenses of the Company and those incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Company during each month, and shall deliver such written statement to the Company within thirty (30) days after the end of each month. The Company shall pay all amounts payable to the Manager pursuant to this Section 7(c) within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the written statement without demand, deduction, offset or delay.  Cost and expense reimbursement to the Manager shall be subject to adjustment at the end of each fiscal year in connection with the annual audit of the Company.  The provisions of this

 

16



 

Section 7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement to the extent such expenses has previously been incurred or are incurred in connection with such expiration or termination.

 

Section 8.          Limits of the Manager’s Responsibility .

 

(a)       The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services specified under this Agreement in good faith and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Manager, including as set forth in the Investment Guidelines.  The Manager and its Affiliates, and the officers, stockholders, directors and personnel of the Manager and its Affiliates will not be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary, the Board, or the Company’s stockholders for any acts or omissions by any such person performed in accordance with and pursuant to this Agreement, except by reason of acts or omissions constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their respective duties under this Agreement, as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Manager, its Affiliates, and the officers, stockholders, directors and personnel of the Manager and its Affiliates (each, a “ Manager Indemnified Party ”), of and from any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively “ Losses ”) in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions of such Manager Indemnified Party performed in good faith under this Agreement and not constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties of such Manager Indemnified Party under this Agreement.

 

(b)       The Manager shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and the directors, officers, personnel and agents of the Company and each Person, if any, controlling or controlled by the Company (each, a “ Company Indemnified Party ”; a Manager Indemnified Party and a Company Indemnified Party are each sometimes hereinafter referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) of and from any and all Losses in respect of or arising from (i) any acts or omissions of the Manager constituting bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties of the Manager under this Agreement or (ii) any claims by the Manager’s personnel relating to the terms and conditions of their employment by the Manager.

 

(c)       In case any such claim, suit, action or proceeding (a “ Claim ”) is brought against any Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnification may be sought by such Indemnified Party pursuant hereto, the Indemnified Party shall give prompt written notice thereof to the indemnifying party, which notice shall include all documents and information in the possession of or under the control of such Indemnified Party reasonably necessary for the evaluation and/or defense of such Claim and shall specifically state that indemnification for such Claim is being sought under this Section; provided, however , that the failure of the Indemnified Party to so notify the indemnifying party shall not limit or affect such Indemnified Party’s rights to be indemnified pursuant to this Section.  Upon receipt of such notice of Claim (together with such documents and information from such Indemnified Party), the indemnifying party shall, at its sole cost and expense, in good faith defend any such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, which counsel may, without limiting the rights of such

 

17



 

Indemnified Party pursuant to the next succeeding sentence of this Section, also represent the indemnifying party in such investigation, action or proceeding.  In the alternative, such Indemnified Party may elect to conduct the defense of the Claim, if (i) such Indemnified Party reasonably determines that the conduct of its defense by the indemnifying party could be materially prejudicial to its interests, (ii) the indemnifying party refuses to assume the defense (or fails to give written notice to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days of receipt of a notice of Claim that the indemnifying party assumes such defense), or (iii) the indemnifying party shall have failed, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, to defend the Claim in good faith; provided that the Indemnified Party notifies the indemnifying party of its election to conduct the defense of the claim.  The indemnifying party may settle any Claim against such Indemnified Party without such Indemnified Party’s consent, provided (i) such settlement is without any Losses whatsoever to such Indemnified Party, (ii) the settlement does not include or require any admission of liability or culpability by such Indemnified Party and (iii) the indemnifying party obtains an effective written release of liability for such Indemnified Party from the party to the Claim with whom such settlement is being made, which release must be reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Party, and a dismissal with prejudice with respect to all claims made by the party against such Indemnified Party in connection with such Claim.  The applicable Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s sole cost and expense, in connection with the defense or settlement of any Claim in accordance with the terms hereof.  If such Indemnified Party is entitled pursuant to this Section to elect to defend such Claim by counsel of its own choosing and so elects, then the indemnifying party shall be responsible for any good faith settlement of such Claim entered into by such Indemnified Party.  Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no Indemnified Party may pay or settle any Claim and seek reimbursement therefor under this Section.

 

(d)       The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.          No Joint Venture .  The Company and the Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on either of them.

 

Section 10.        Term; Renewal .

 

(a)       Initial Term .  This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and shall continue in operation, unless terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, until the third anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Initial Term ”).

 

(b)       Automatic Renewal Terms .  After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed renewed automatically each year for an additional one-year period (an “ Automatic Renewal Term ”) unless the Company or the Manager elects not to renew this Agreement in accordance with Section 10(c) of this Agreement.

 

(c)       Nonrenewal of this Agreement Without Cause .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the Initial Term and upon 180 days’ prior written notice to the Manager or the Company (the “ Termination Notice ”), either the Company (but only with the approval of at least two-thirds of the Independent

 

18



 

Directors) or the Manager may, without cause, in connection with the expiration of the Initial Term or any Automatic Renewal Term, decline to renew this Agreement (any such nonrenewal, a “ Termination Without Cause ”).  If the Company issues the Termination Notice, the Company shall be obligated to (i) specify the reason for nonrenewal in the Termination Notice, which must be based upon (1) the Manager’s unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to the Company or (2) the Company’s determination that any fees payable to the Manager are not fair, subject Section 10(d) of this Agreement, and (ii) pay the Manager the Termination Fee before or on the last day of the Initial Term or Automatic Renewal Term (the “ Effective Termination Date ”). In the event of a Termination Without Cause, nonrenewal of this Agreement shall be without any further liability or obligation of either party to the other, except as provided in Section 3(b), Section 5(a), Section 8 and Section 13 of this Agreement.  The Manager shall cooperate with the Company in executing an orderly transition of the management of the Company’s assets to a new manager.  The Company may terminate this Agreement for cause pursuant to Section 12 hereof even after a Termination Without Cause and, in such case, no Termination Fee shall be payable.

 

(d)       Unfair Manager Compensation .  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (c) above, if the Company delivers a Termination Notice based upon subsection (c)(i)(2) above, the Company shall not have the foregoing nonrenewal right in the event the Manager agrees that it will continue to perform its duties hereunder during the Automatic Renewal Term that would commence upon the expiration of the Initial Term or then current Automatic Renewal Term at a fee that two-thirds of the Independent Directors determine to be fair; provided, however , the Manager shall have the right to renegotiate the Management Fee by delivering to the Company, not less than 120 days prior to the pending Effective Termination Date, written notice (a “ Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ”) of its intention to renegotiate the Management Fee.  Thereupon, the Company and the Manager shall endeavor to negotiate the Management Fee in good faith.  Provided that the Company and the Manager agree to a revised Management Fee or other compensation structure within sixty (60) days following the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Proposal to Negotiate, the Termination Notice from the Company shall be deemed of no force and effect, and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect on the terms stated herein, except that the Management Fee or other compensation structure shall be the revised Management Fee or other compensation structure then agreed upon by the Company and the Manager.  The Company and the Manager agree to execute and deliver an amendment to this Agreement setting forth such revised Management Fee or other compensation structure promptly upon reaching an agreement regarding same.  In the event that the Company and the Manager are unable to agree to a revised Management Fee or other compensation structure during such sixty (60) day period, this Agreement shall terminate on the Effective Termination Date and the Company shall be obligated to pay the Manager the Termination Fee upon the Effective Termination Date.

 

Section 11.        Assignments.

 

(a)       Assignments by the Manager.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically without payment of the Termination Fee in the event of its Assignment, in whole or in part, by the Manager, unless such Assignment is consented to in writing by the Company with the consent of a majority of the Independent Directors.  Any such permitted Assignment

 

19



 

shall bind the assignee under this Agreement in the same manner as the Manager is bound, and the Manager shall be liable to the Company for all acts or omissions of the assignee under any such assignment.  In addition, the assignee shall execute and deliver to the Company a counterpart of this Agreement naming such assignee as the manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager may (i) assign this Agreement to a Supervised Affiliate that is a successor to the Manager by reason of a restructuring or other internal reorganization among the Manager and any one or more of its Supervised Affiliates without the consent of the majority of the Independent Directors and (ii) delegate to one or more of its Supervised Affiliates the performance of any of its responsibilities hereunder without the consent of the majority of the Independent Directors so long as it remains liable for any such Supervised Affiliate’s performance, in each case so long as such Assignment or delegation does not require the Company’s consent under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any amounts payable to the Manager under this Agreement.

 

(b)       Assignments by the Company.   This Agreement may not be assigned, in whole or in part, by the Company, unless such Assignment is consented to in writing by the Manager, except in the case of Assignment to another REIT or other organization that is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or other transaction) to the Company.  Any such permitted Assignment shall bind the assignee under this Agreement in the same manner as the Company is bound.  In addition, the assignee shall execute and deliver to the Manager a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.        Termination of the Manager for Cause .

 

(a)       The Company may, at the election of a majority of the Independent Directors, terminate this Agreement effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Company to the Manager, without payment of any Termination Fee, if any of the following events shall occur:

 

(i)                the Manager, its agents or its assignees materially breaches any provision of this Agreement (including the Manager’s failure to comply with the Investment Guidelines) and such breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period (or 45 days after written notice of such breach if the Manager takes steps to cure such breach within 30 days of the written notice);

 

(ii)               the Manager engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds, or embezzlement against the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(iii)              there is an event of any gross negligence on the part of the Manager in the performance of its duties under this Agreement;

 

(iv)             (A) the Manager shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (1) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or

 

20



 

seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (2) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Manager shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (B) there shall be commenced against the Manager any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (A) above which (1) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (2) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (C) the Manager shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (A) or (B) above; or (D) the Manager shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due;

 

(v)              there is a dissolution of the Manager;

 

(vi)             the Manager is convicted of (including a plea of nolo contendere) a felony.

 

(b)       The Manager may terminate this Agreement effective upon 60 days’ prior written notice of termination to the Company in the event that the Company shall default in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such default and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period. The Company is required to pay to the Manager the Termination Fee if the termination of this Agreement is made pursuant to this Section 12(b).

 

(c)       The Manager may terminate this Agreement, without payment of any Termination Fee, in the event the Company becomes regulated as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, with such termination deemed to have occurred immediately prior to such event.

 

(d)       If any of the events specified in Section 12(a) of this Agreement shall occur, the Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Board.  If any of the events specified in Sections 12(b) and (c) of this Agreement shall occur, the Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Manager.

 

Section 13.        Action Upon Termination .  From and after the effective date of termination or assignment of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 10, 11, or 12 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be entitled to compensation for further services hereunder, but shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination and, if terminated pursuant to Section 12(b) or not renewed pursuant to Section 10, the Termination Fee.  Upon any such termination, the Manager shall forthwith:

 

(a)       after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursement for its expenses to which it is then entitled, pay over to the Company or a Subsidiary all money collected and held for the account of the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement;

 

21


 

(b)       deliver to the Board a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board with respect to the Company and any Subsidiaries; and

 

(c)       deliver to the Board all property and documents of the Company and any Subsidiaries then in the custody of the Manager.

 

Section 14.        Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)       The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Manager as follows:

 

(i)                The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its assets, to lease any property it may operate as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is now engaged and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except for failures to be so qualified, authorized or licensed that could not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the business operations, assets or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole.

 

(ii)               The Company has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder.  No consent of any other Person, including stockholders and creditors of the Company, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Company in connection with this Agreement or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder.  This Agreement has been, and each instrument or document required hereunder will be, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and each instrument or document required hereunder when executed and delivered hereunder will constitute, the legally valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

(iii)              The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the documents or instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Company, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Company, or the Governing Instruments of, or any securities issued by the Company or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business operations, assets

 

22



 

or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole, and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien or any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

 

(b)       The Manager hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(i)                The Manager is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its assets, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is now engaged and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except for failures to be so qualified, authorized or licensed that could not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the business operations, assets or financial condition of the Manager.

 

(ii)               The Manager has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder.  No consent of any other Person, including stockholders and creditors of the Manager, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Manager in connection with this Agreement or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder.  This Agreement has been, and each instrument or document required hereunder will be, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Manager, and this Agreement constitutes, and each instrument or document required hereunder when executed and delivered hereunder will constitute, the legally valid and binding obligation of the Manager enforceable against the Manager in accordance with its terms.

 

(iii)              The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the documents or instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Manager, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Manager, or the Governing Instruments of, or any securities issued by the Manager or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Manager is a party or by which the Manager or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business operations, assets or financial condition of the Manager, and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien or any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

 

23



 

Section 15.        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)       Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (iii) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (iv) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below (or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto in accordance with this Section 15):

 

The Company:

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

 

c/o Western Asset Management Company

 

 

385 East Colorado Boulevard

 

 

Pasadena California 91101

 

 

Attention: Secretary

 

 

Fax: 626 844-9451

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

 

4 Times Square

 

 

New York, New York 10036

 

 

Attention: David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

 

 

Fax: (212) 735-2000

 

 

 

The Manager:

 

Western Asset Management Company

 

 

385 East Colorado Boulevard

 

 

Pasadena California 91101

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Fax: 626 844-9451

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

 

4 Times Square

 

 

New York, New York 10036

 

 

Attention: David J. Goldschmidt, Esq.

 

 

Fax: (212) 735-2000

 

(b)       Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns as provided herein.

 

(c)       Integration .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

24



 

The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof.

 

(d)       Amendments .  This Agreement, nor any terms hereof, may not be amended, supplemented or modified except in an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)       GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR ANY DISTRICT WITHIN SUCH STATE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY ACTION OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN SUCH COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES THE DEFENSE OF INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SAID COURTS.

 

(f)        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(g)       Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(h)       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of a party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.  No waiver of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

(i)        Costs and Expenses .  Each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) incurred in

 

25



 

connection with the negotiations and preparation of and the closing under this Agreement, and all matter incident thereto.

 

(j)        Section Headings .  The section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience in reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

(k)       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(l)        Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Management Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Western Asset Management Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

27



 

Exhibit A

 

Investment Guidelines

 

1.             No investment shall be made that would cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code.

 

2.             No investment shall be made that would cause the Company to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

3.             The Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ investments shall be predominantly in Agency RMBS, which may be opportunistically supplemented with Potential Target Assets.

 

4.             Until appropriate investments are identified, the Manager may invest the proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and any future offerings of the Company’s securities for cash in interest-bearing, short-term investments, including money market accounts and/or funds that are consistent with the Company’s qualification as a REIT under the Code.

 

These Investment Guidelines may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived by the Board (which must include a majority of the Independent Directors) without the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of April       , 2012, is entered into by and between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation (the “ Manager ”), the persons listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ”, and collectively, the “ Investors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee for the Western Asset Management Company Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ Deferred Compensation Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to issue and sell to the Investors, and the Investors have agreed to purchase, an aggregate of                        units (“ Investor Units ”), each unit consisting of one share of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), and a warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of Common Stock, subject to stock splits, stock dividends, etc., pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of April     , 2012, between the Company and the respective Investors;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to issue and sell to the Deferred Compensation Plan, the Deferred Compensation Plan has agreed to purchase, shares of Common Stock (the “ Deferred Compensation Plan Shares ”), pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, dated as of March    , 2012, between the Company and the Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Manager restricted shares of Common Stock (the “ Manager Restricted Shares ”), as an award under the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan (the “ Manager Equity Plan ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company may, from time to time, grant to the Manager additional awards under the Manager Equity Plan consisting of, and based upon, shares of Common Stock (the “ Additional Plan Shares ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.               Certain Definitions.

 

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms, as used herein, shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to this Registration Rights Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.

 



 

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are directed or permitted to be closed.

 

Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Holder ” means, individually, (i) each Investor, the Manager and the Deferred Compensation Plan as holders of record of Registrable Common Stock, and (ii) any direct or indirect transferee of such Registrable Common Stock from any Investor(s), the Manager or the Deferred Compensation Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, beneficiaries under the Deferred Compensation Plan). For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of Registrable Common Stock as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

IPO ” means the Company’s initial Underwritten Offering, as defined below.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal or otherwise, including, without limitation, any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof) or any other entity.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Common Stock covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

 

Registrable Common Stock ” means (i) each share of the Common Stock comprising a part of an Investor Unit or issuable upon exercise of a warrant comprising a part of the Investor Units, (ii) the Deferred Compensation Plan Shares, (iii) the Manager Restricted Shares and (iv) the Additional Plan Shares, in each case upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original Holder or any subsequent Holder and any securities issued in respect of such securities by reason of or in connection with any exchange for or replacement of such securities or any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Stock, until, in the case of any such securities the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which it has been effectively registered pursuant to the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement relating to it, or (ii) the date on which it is distributed to the public by a Holder pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the SEC under the Securities Act which covers any of the Registrable Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement,

 

2



 

including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar Rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto) providing for the resale by the Holders from time to time pursuant to Rule 415 of any and all Registrable Common Stock.

 

Underwritten Registration ” or “ Underwritten Offering ” means an offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold to underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

Section 2.               Registrations.

 

(a)           Right to Demand Registration .

 

(i)            At any time following the consummation of the IPO and prior to the date on which the Company first files a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, any Holders that are Investors or their respective direct or indirect transferees (“ Initiating Holders ”) may request registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the Registrable Common Stock (a “ Demand Registration ”).  Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of any such request for a Demand Registration by any Initiating Holder, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all other Holders of Registrable Common Stock (other than the Manager, the Deferred Compensation Plan and their respective direct or indirect transferees), and shall include in such registration all such Registrable Common Stock with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) Business Days after the receipt of the Company’s notice. As soon as practicable after the Company has received any such request for a Demand Registration, the Company shall file with the SEC the Registration Statement relating thereto; provided, however, that, the Company shall not be required to file a Registration Statement pursuant to any such Demand Registration on or prior to the date that is 180 days following the consummation of the IPO even if the request for a Demand Registration is submitted prior to such date.

 

(ii)           At any time and from time to time after the first anniversary of the IPO, any Holders that are the Manager, the Deferred Compensation Plan or their respective direct or indirect transferees may request a Demand Registration. As soon as practicable after the Company has received any such request for a Demand Registration, the Company shall file with the SEC the Registration Statement relating thereto.

 

3



 

(iii)          After any Demand Registration that has been filed with the SEC pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2(a) has been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Demand Registration effective for a period equal to 180 days from the such effective date (or if such Demand Registration is not effective during any period within such 180 days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Demand Registration is not effective), or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Common Stock covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant to such Demand Registration.

 

(b)           Mandatory Shelf Registration . As soon as practicable after the date on which the Company first becomes eligible to register the resale of securities of the Company pursuant to Form S-3 under the Securities Act, but no later than thirty (30) days after such date unless required to be postponed pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof,, the Company shall file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement (the “ Mandatory Shelf Registration ”) with respect to all then Registrable Common Stock, except for any Registrable Common Stock held by the Manager, the Deferred Compensation Plan or their respective direct or indirect transferees (the “ Shelf Holders ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause such Mandatory Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable after the initial filing of such Mandatory Shelf Registration and (ii) maintain the effectiveness of such Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which all Registrable Common Stock included in such Mandatory Shelf Registration has been disposed of in accordance with such Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement (or a Piggyback Registration as described in Section 2(e) hereof), or (ii) the date on which it is distributed to the public by a Holder pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

(c)           Certain Timing Restrictions on Demand Registrations and the Mandatory Shelf Registration . The Company may, no more than one time in any twelve-month period, postpone or withdraw for up to sixty (60) days the filing or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement for a Demand Registration or the Mandatory Shelf Registration if, based on the good faith judgment of the Company’s board of directors, such postponement or withdrawal is necessary in order to avoid premature disclosure of a matter the Company’s board of directors has determined would not be in the best interest of the Company to be disclosed at such time; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company withdraw a Registration Statement after such Registration Statement has been declared effective; and provided, further, however, that upon any such determination by the Company’s board of directors, the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request. The Company shall provide written notice to the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration of (i) any postponement or withdrawal of the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(c), (ii) the Company’s decision to file or seek effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such withdrawal or postponement and (iii) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

(d)           Underwritten Offerings . If any of the Registrable Common Stock covered by a Demand Registration or the Mandatory Shelf Registration is to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, the Initiating Holders in the case of a Demand Registration, or the Shelf Holders in the case of the Mandatory Shelf Registration, shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be obligated to effect more than one (1) Underwritten Offering hereunder in any single six (6) month period, with the first such period measured from the date of the first such offering and ending on the same date during the six (6) months following such offering, whether or not a Business Day.

 

(e)           Piggyback Registration .  (i) If, at any time that a Demand Registration could be requested by any Holders that are Investors, the Company proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-11 or

 

4



 

such other form under the Securities Act providing for the public offering of shares of Common Stock (a “ Follow-On Registration Statement ”), the Company shall notify each Investor Holder and their direct and indirect transferees to the extent they hold Registrable Common Stock of the filing (including notifying each such Holder of the identity of the managing underwriters of such public offering), within five (5) Business Days after such filing, and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in such Follow-On Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Common Stock then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such Follow-On Registration Statement all or part of the Registrable Common Stock held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after delivery of the above-described notice by the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Common Stock such Holder wishes to include in such Follow-On Registration Statement. Any election by any such Holder to include any Registrable Common Stock in such Follow-On Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Common Stock in the Mandatory Shelf Registration Statement or a Demand Registration unless such Registrable Common Stock has been sold under the Follow-On Registration Statement.

 

(ii)           At any time, the Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Follow-On Registration Statement referred to in this Section 2(e) whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Common Stock in such registration; provided, however, the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Common Stock in such Follow-On Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination.

 

(iii)          The right of any such Holder’s Registrable Common Stock to be included in any Follow-On Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(e) shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Common Stock in the Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Common Stock through such Underwritten Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting and complete and execute any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, securities escrow agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting, and furnish to the Company such information in writing as the Company may reasonably request for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements as are customary and reasonably requested by the underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering determine in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Common Stock) from the Follow-On Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering and any shares of Common Stock included in the Follow-On Registration Statement and the Underwritten Offering shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Common Stock in such Follow-On Registration Statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Common Stock then held by each such Holder which is requesting inclusion. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any Underwritten Offering, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the Follow-On Registration Statement, provided, that if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such withdrawal would necessitate a re-circulation of the Prospectus to investors, such Holder shall be required to deliver such written notice at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the effective date of the Follow-On Registration Statement. Any Registrable Common Stock excluded or withdrawn from such Underwritten Offering shall be excluded and withdrawn from the Follow-On Registration Statement.

 

(iv)          By electing to include Registrable Common Stock in the Follow-On Registration Statement, each such electing Holder shall be deemed to have agreed not to effect any sale or distribution of securities of the Company of the same or similar class or classes of the securities included in the Follow-On Registration Statement, other than the Registrable Common Stock proposed to be sold pursuant to the Follow-On Registration Statement, for a period of thirty (30) days following the effective date of the Follow-On Registration Statement.

 

5



 

Section 3.               Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.

 

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the Registrable Common Stock held by the Investors and their direct and indirect transferees, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (i) include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration statement filed by the Company only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of shares of Registrable Common Stock of the Holders that are included or (ii) initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder during any period in which the Registration Statement relating to the Mandatory Shelf Registration is not effective.

 

Section 4.               Registration Procedures.

 

Whenever the Holders request that any Registrable Common Stock be registered pursuant to this Agreement or the Mandatory Shelf Registration is required to be provided, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the registration and the sale of such Registrable Common Stock in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)           prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Common Stock in accordance with the filing requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 2 hereof, subject to Section 2(c) hereof, and use its best efforts to cause any such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter; and before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, furnish to the Holders of Registrable Common Stock covered by such Registration Statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, including, if requested by such Holders, documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus and, if requested by such Holders, the exhibits incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference, and such Holders shall have the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Holders that is contained therein and the Company will make the corrections reasonably requested by such Holders with respect to such information prior to filing any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any Prospectus or any supplement thereto;

 

(b)           prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective, in the case of Demand Registration, for a period not less than 180 days, or such shorter period as is necessary to complete the distribution of the securities covered by such Registration Statement and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(c)           furnish to each seller of Registrable Common Stock (without charge) such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Common Stock owned by such seller, and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by Holders of Registrable Common Stock, in connection with the offering and sale of Registrable Common Stock covered by any such Prospectus;

 

6



 

(d)           use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Common Stock under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Common Stock owned by such seller (provided, that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph (d), (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction unless the Company is already subject to such service);

 

(e)           notify each seller of such Registrable Common Stock, at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such Registration Statement so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Common Stock, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(f)            in the case of an Underwritten Offering, (i) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form), (ii) take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of number of shares of the Registrable Common Stock being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Common Stock, including making executive officers of the Company available to participate in, and cause them to cooperate with the underwriters in connection with, “road-show” and other customary marketing activities (including one-on-one meetings with prospective purchasers of the Registrable Common Stock), (iii) cause to be delivered to the underwriters and the sellers, if any, opinions of counsel to the Company in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered by opinions for an underwritten public offering as the underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters and the sellers and (iv) to the extent requested by the managing underwriters of any such Underwritten Offering, cause to be delivered to such managing underwriters, customary lock-up agreements of the Company and its officers and directors, in each case for a period not to exceed 30 days plus any extensions necessary to comply with the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.;

 

(g)           subject to receipt of reasonably acceptable confidentiality agreements, make available, for inspection by a representative of a seller of Registrable Common Stock, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

 

(h)           to use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Common Stock to be listed on each securities exchange on which securities of the same class issued by the Company are then listed or, if no such similar securities are then listed, on a national securities exchange selected by the Company;

 

(i)            provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Common Stock and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Common Stock not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

7



 

(j)            if requested, cause to be delivered, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, at the time of delivery of any Registrable Common Stock sold pursuant thereto), letters from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to each selling Holder (unless such selling Holder does not provide to such accountants the appropriate representation letter required by rules governing the accounting profession) and each underwriter, if any, stating that such accountants are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and otherwise in customary form and covering such financial and accounting matters as are customarily covered by letters of the independent certified public accountants delivered in connection with primary or secondary underwritten public offerings, as the case may be;

 

(k)           make generally available to its stockholders a consolidated earnings statement (which need not be audited) for the twelve (12) months (or, if applicable, such shorter period that the Company has been in existence) beginning after the effective date of a Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such period, which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of an earning statement under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(l)            cooperate with each selling Holder of Registrable Common Stock and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Common Stock and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and make reasonably available its employees and personnel and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Common Stock in any Underwritten Offering;

 

(m)          use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Common Stock for sale in any jurisdiction and, if such an order or suspension is issued, to use reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order or suspension at the earliest possible moment and to notify each seller of Registrable Common Stock being sold of the issuance of such order and the resolution thereof or its receipt of actual notice of the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(n)           promptly notify each seller of Registrable Common Stock and the underwriter or underwriters, if any:

 

(i)            when the Registration Statement, pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;

 

(ii)           of any written request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus;

 

(iii)          of the notification to the Company by the SEC of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

 

8


 

(iv)          of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Common Stock for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction;

 

(o)           at all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and take such further action as any Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to be eligible to sell Registrable Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect); and

 

(p)           as a condition to being included in any Registration Statement, the Company may require each seller of Registrable Common Stock as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company any other information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

Each seller of Registrable Common Stock agrees by having its stock treated as Registrable Common Stock hereunder that, upon notice of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (a “ Suspension Notice ”), such seller will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Common Stock until such seller is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and is furnished with a supplemented or amended Prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(e) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such seller, at its option, either will destroy or deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such seller’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Common Stock current at the time of receipt of such notice; provided, however, that such postponement of sales of Registrable Common Stock by the Holders shall not exceed thirty (30) days in the aggregate in any three-month period or ninety (90) days in the aggregate in any one year except as a result of a refusal by the SEC to declare any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement effective after the Company has used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective, in which case the Company shall terminate the suspension of the use of the Registration Statement immediately following the effective date of the post-effective amendment. If the Company shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Common Stock pursuant to a Prospectus, the Company shall extend the period of time during which the Company is required to maintain the Registration Statement effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date such seller either is advised by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed or receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. In any event, the Company shall not be entitled to deliver more than three (3) Suspension Notices in any one year.

 

Section 5.               Registration Expenses.

 

(a)           All fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, listing application fees, printing, word processing, telephone, messenger and delivery expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing Prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, one counsel retained by the Holders of Registrable Common Stock and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”) (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Common Stock or fees and expenses of more than one counsel

 

9



 

representing the Holders of Registrable Common Stock, which shall be borne by the Holders), shall be borne by the Company (whether or not any Registration Statement is declared effective or any of the transactions described herein is consummated). In addition, the Company shall pay its internal expenses, the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which they are to be listed.

 

(b)           In connection with each registration initiated hereunder, the Company shall reimburse the Holders covered by such registration or sale for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm chosen by the Holders of a majority of the number of shares of Registrable Common Stock included in such registration sale.

 

(c)           The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Section 5(a) and to reimburse the Holders for the expenses described in Section 5(b) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes effective, is withdrawn or suspended, is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing shall occur; provided, however, that Registration Expenses for any Registration Statement withdrawn solely at the request of a Holder of Registrable Common Stock (unless withdrawn following postponement of filing by the Company in accordance with Section 2 or any supplements or amendments to a Registration Statement or Prospectus resulting from a misstatement furnished to the Company by a Holder shall be borne by such Holder.

 

Section 6.               Indemnification.

 

(a)           The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its officers, directors, managing partners or members, its investment manager and Affiliates, employees and agents of such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action, investigation or proceeding or any claim asserted) caused by, arising out of, in connection with or based upon, any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus (including any preliminary Prospectus) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, applicable “blue sky” laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, except insofar as the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same.

 

(b)           In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder is or Holders are participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers, directors, Affiliates, and each Person who “controls” the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act (excluding such Holder itself, if applicable), against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the

 

10



 

Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders and the liability of each such Holder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Common Stock pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c)           Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification and unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, such indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel total for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to another indemnified party with respect to such claim. Failure to give prompt written notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligations hereunder. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or other compromise (i) which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation or (ii) which includes any statement of admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

(d)           The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of Registrable Common Stock or the termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)           If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this Section 6 is unavailable, unenforceable or insufficient to hold harmless any indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and by each such party’s respective intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the liability of any selling Holder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder upon such sale or the amount for which such

 

11



 

indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof had been available under the circumstances.

 

Section 7.               Participation in Underwritten Registrations.

 

No Person may participate in any registration hereunder that is an Underwritten Offering unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, opinions, lock-up agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

Section 8.               Rule 144.

 

The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and after consummation of the IPO it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request to make available adequate current public information with respect to the Company meeting the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act, to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information and requirements.

 

Section 9.               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereto hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given,

 

If to the Company:

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (626) 844-9451

 

If to any Investor:

 

To the address set forth on Schedule A

 

12



 

If to the Manager:

 

Western Asset Management Company
c/o Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (626) 844-9451

 

If to the Deferred Compensation Plan:

 

Western Asset Management Company Employee Deferred Compensation Plan
c/o Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation
385 East Colorado Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91101
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (626) 844-9451

 

If to a transferee Holder, to the address of such Holder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company;

 

or such other address or facsimile number as any such party (or transferee) may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section 9(a) and the appropriate facsimile confirmation is received or (b) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section.

 

(b)           No Waivers . No failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be exclusive, unless otherwise provided by applicable law.

 

(c)           Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, it being understood that subsequent Holders of the Registrable Common Stock are intended third party beneficiaries hereof.

 

(d)           Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for any district within such state for the purpose of any action or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and to the laying of venue in such court.

 

(e)           Jurisdiction . Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in any federal or state court located in the County and State of New York, and each party hereto hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in

 

13



 

any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party hereto anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party hereto agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 9(a) shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

 

(f)            Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

(g)           Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

(h)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Other than as expressly provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies.

 

(i)            Captions . The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

(j)            Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party or third party beneficiary hereto. Upon such a determination, the parties and any applicable third party beneficiaries hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

(k)           Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written consent of (i) the Holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the Registrable Common Stock held by the Investors and their direct and indirect transferees, or (ii) with respect to the registration rights of the Manager or the DCP hereunder, the Manager or the DCP, respectively; provided, that the consent or agreement of the Company shall be required with regard to any termination, amendment, modification or supplement of, or waivers or consents to departures from, the terms hereof, which affect the Company’s obligations hereunder.

 

[Signature pages follow.]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by each party hereto as of the date first written above.

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as trustee for the WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

15




Exhibit 10.5

 

FORM OF WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

EQUITY PLAN

 



 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

EQUITY PLAN

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Purpose; Types of Awards

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Administration

3

 

 

 

4.

Eligibility

4

 

 

 

5.

Stock Subject to the Plan

4

 

 

 

6.

Terms of Awards

5

 

 

 

7.

Termination of Service

10

 

 

 

8.

General Provisions

10

 



 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

EQUITY PLAN

 

1.              Purpose; Types of Awards.

 

The purposes of the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan (the “Plan”) are to afford an incentive to the directors and officers, other employees, advisors and consultants of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (the “Company”) who are in any case natural persons and providing services to the Company, including without limitation individuals who are employees of the Manager or one of its Affiliates who are providing services to the Company, to continue as directors, officers, employees, advisors and consultants, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards.

 

2.              Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)            “Affiliate” means (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person, (ii) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (iii) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

(b)            “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(d)            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)             “Committee” means the committee established by the Board to administer the Plan, the composition of which shall at all times consist of “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g)            “Company” means Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

 

(h)            “Effective Date” means April     , 2012, the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board and approved by the Company’s sole stockholder.

 



 

(i)             “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)             “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Stock or other property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share of Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock on such exchange; (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock in such market; or (iii) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

(k)            “Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of [              ], 2012, by and between the Company and the Manager, as such may be amended from time to time.

 

(l)             “Manager” means Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation.

 

(m)           “Manager Equity Plan” means the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(n)            “Option” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(i), to purchase shares of Stock.

 

(o)            “Other Stock-Based Award” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, including but not limited to unrestricted shares of Stock or dividend equivalent rights.

 

(p)            “Participant” means an eligible person who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(q)            “Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, any federal, state or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

(r)             “Plan” means this Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2



 

(s)            “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Stock to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iii) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(t)             “Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iv) to receive Stock, cash or other property at the end of a specified period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance or other criteria.

 

(u)            “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(v)            “Separation from Service” shall have the meaning attributed to such term under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(w)           “Stock” means shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(x)             “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(ii) to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right.

 

3.              Administration.

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board may appoint a Committee to administer all or a portion of the Plan.  To the extent that the Board so delegates its authority, references herein to the Board shall be deemed references to the Committee.  The Board may delegate to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any other person to whom the Board has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Board or such Committee or person may have under the Plan.  No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

The Board shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to:  (i) grant Awards; (ii) determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any Award; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; (v) make adjustments in the terms and conditions of Awards; (vi) construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; (vii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (viii) determine the terms

 

3



 

and provisions of the Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant); and (ix) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all persons, including but not limited to the Company, any parent or subsidiary of the Company, any Participant (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant) and any stockholder.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, except as provided in the second paragraph of Section 5, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any action which would have the effect of reducing the aggregate exercise, base or purchase price of any Award without obtaining the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 

4.              Eligibility.

 

Awards may be granted, in the discretion of the Board, to individuals who are, as of the date of grant, directors or officers, advisors or consultants of the Company, who in any case are natural persons and providing services to the Company, including without limitation individuals who are employees of the Company, the Manager or one of the Manager’s Affiliates.  In determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the type of any Award (including the number of shares to be covered by such Award), the Board shall take into account such factors as the Board shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

5.              Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be equal to 3.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of the grant of the Award (other than any shares of Stock issued or subject to awards made pursuant to the Plan or the Manager Equity Plan), less any shares of Stock issued or subject to awards granted under the Manager Equity Plan, subject to adjustment as provided herein.   All shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan may be made subject to Options (and all such Options may be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) and Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.  If any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Participant, the shares of Stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan.  Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Award, such related Award shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.

 

In the event that the Board shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, Stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination,

 

4



 

repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Board shall make equitable changes or adjustments to any or all of:  (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards; (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards; (iii) the exercise price, base price or purchase price relating to any Award and (iv) the performance criteria, if any, applicable to outstanding Awards.  In addition, the Board may determine that any such equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the Award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of Stock).

 

6.              Terms of Awards.

 

(a)            General .  The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Board.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company upon the grant, vesting, maturation or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Stock or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis.  The Board may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments.  In addition to the foregoing, the Board may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Board shall determine.

 

(b)            Terms of Specified Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant the Awards described in this Section 6(b), under such terms and conditions as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  Such Awards may be granted with vesting, value and/or and payment contingent upon attainment of one or more performance goals.  Except as otherwise set forth herein or as may be determined by the Board, each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement containing such terms and conditions applicable to such Award as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

 

(i)             Options .  The Board is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Board, but in no event shall the per share exercise price of any Option be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.  The exercise price for Stock subject to an Option may be paid in cash or by an exchange of Stock previously owned by the Participant, through a “broker cashless exercise” procedure approved by the Board (to the extent permitted by law) or a combination of the above, in any case in an

 

5



 

amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price; provided that the Board may require that any Stock exchanged by the Participant have been owned by the Participant for at least six months as of the date of exercise.  An Award Agreement may provide that a Participant may pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the Company.

 

(B)            Term and Exercisability of Options .  The date on which the Board adopts a resolution expressly granting an Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is granted.  Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Board may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided, that the Board shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Board or its designated agent.

 

(C)            Termination of Service .  An Option may not be exercised unless (1) the Participant is then providing services to the Company and (2) the Participant has continuously maintained such relationship since the date of grant of the Option; provided, that the Award Agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of Options, in the event of specified terminations of service, to a date not later than the expiration date of such Option.

 

(D)           Other Provisions .  Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such Options, as the Board may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

 

(ii)            Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Board is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           In General .  Unless the Board determines otherwise, an SAR granted in tandem with an Option may be granted at the time of grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter.  An SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the underlying Option is exercisable.  Payment of an SAR may made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Board.

 

6



 

(B)            Right Conferred .  An SAR shall confer on the Participant a right to receive an amount with respect to each share subject thereto, upon exercise thereof, equal to the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (2) the base price of the SAR (which in the case of an SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option, and which in the case of any other SAR shall be such price as the Board may determine, provided it is no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such SAR).

 

(C)            Term and Exercisability of SARs .  The date on which the Board adopts a resolution expressly granting an SAR shall be considered the day on which such SAR is granted.  SARs shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed the lesser of 10 years from the date of grant or, in the case of a tandem SAR, the expiration of its related Award), at such times and upon such conditions as the Board may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided, that the Board shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding SAR at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  An SAR may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the SAR (or, in the case of a tandem SAR, its related Award) has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Board or its designated agent.

 

(D)           Termination of Service .  An SAR may not be exercised unless (1) the Participant is then providing services to the Company and (2) the Participant has continuously maintained such relationship since the date of grant of the SAR; provided, that the Award Agreement may contain provisions extending the exercisability of SARs, in the event of specified terminations of service, to a date not later than the expiration date of such SARs (or, in the case of a tandem SAR, its related Award).

 

(E)            Other Provisions .  SARs may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such SARs, as the Board may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

 

(iii)           Restricted Stock .  The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           Issuance and Restrictions .  Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other

 

7



 

restrictions, if any, as the Board may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Board may determine.  The Board may place restrictions on Restricted Stock that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends and distributions thereon.

 

(B)            Forfeiture .  Upon termination of service to the Company during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock and any accrued but unpaid dividends or distributions that are then subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided, that the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

 

(C)            Certificates for Stock .  Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board shall determine.  If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

 

(D)           Dividends/Distributions .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, dividends and distributions paid on Restricted Stock shall be paid at the dividend or distribution payment date, provided that such payments may be deferred to such date as determined by the Board, and in any event shall be payable in cash or in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends and distributions.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend or distribution, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

 

(iv)           Restricted Stock Units .  The Board is authorized to grant RSUs to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

8



 

(A)           Award and Restrictions .  Delivery of Stock, cash or other property, as determined by the Board, will occur upon expiration of the period specified for RSUs by the Board during which forfeiture conditions apply, or such later date as the Board shall determine.  The Board may place restrictions on RSUs that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

(B)            Forfeiture .  Upon termination of service to the Company prior to the vesting of RSUs, or upon failure to satisfy any other conditions precedent to the delivery of Stock or cash to which such RSUs relate, all RSUs and any accrued but unpaid dividend equivalents and distribution equivalents that are then subject to deferral or restriction shall be forfeited; provided, that the Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to RSUs will be waived in whole or in part in the event of termination resulting from specified causes, and the Board may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of RSUs.

 

(C)            Dividend/Distribution Equivalents .  The Board is authorized to grant to Participants the right to receive dividend equivalents and distribution equivalents for the period prior to settlement of the RSU.  Dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Committee.  Any such settlements, and any such crediting of dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents or reinvestment in Stock, may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall establish, including the reinvestment of such credited amounts in Stock equivalents.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any such dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents shall be paid or credited, as applicable, on the dividend or distribution payment date to the Participant as though each RSU held by such Participant were a share of outstanding Stock.

 

(v)            Other Stock-Based Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Stock-Based Awards, as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  Awards granted pursuant to this paragraph may be granted with vesting, value and/or payment contingent upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.  The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter.  Without limiting the generality of this paragraph, Other Stock-Based Awards may

 

9



 

include grants of shares of Stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture.

 

7.              Termination of Service .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unvested Awards then held by a Participant who ceases to provide services to the Company, whether because of a Separation from Service with the Company or because of termination of employment by the Participant’s employer or reassignment by such Participant’s employer or otherwise, shall be immediately cancelled and forfeited without consideration.  The terms of Award Agreements shall set forth the terms under which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may remain exercisable following such a termination of service with the Company.

 

8.              General Provisions.

 

(a)            Nontransferability .  Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, Awards shall not be transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant or his guardian or legal representative.

 

(b)            No Right to Continued Service, etc .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Award, any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue as a director of, or continue to provide services to, the Company or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or the Manager or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate such Participant’s service.

 

(c)            Taxes .  The Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Board may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award.  This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations.  The Board may provide in the Award Agreement that in the event that a Participant is required to pay any amount to be withheld in connection with the issuance of shares of Stock in settlement or exercise of an Award, the Participant may satisfy such obligation (in whole or in part) by electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the shares of Stock to be received upon settlement or exercise of such Award that is equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.

 

(d)            Effective Date; Amendment and Termination .

 

(i)             The Plan shall take effect upon the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 

10



 

(ii)            The Board may at any time and from time to time terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Board, an amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to comply with any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders.  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend any outstanding Award in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence of this clause (ii), no amendment or modification to or suspension or termination of the Plan or amendment of any Award shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

(e)            Expiration of Plan .  Unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after such expiration date.  The expiration of the Plan shall not affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted.

 

(f)             Deferrals .  The Board shall have the authority to establish such procedures and programs that it deems appropriate to provide Participants with the ability to defer receipt of cash, Stock or other property payable with respect to Awards granted under the Plan.

 

(g)            No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights .  No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan.  There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment among Participants.  Except as provided specifically herein, a Participant or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares.

 

(h)            Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

 

(i)             No Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Board shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(j)             Regulations and Other Approvals .

 

(i)             The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to

 

11



 

all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.

 

(ii)            Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

 

(iii)           In the event that the disposition of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then-current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Board may require a Participant receiving Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Stock acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

 

(iv)           The Board may require a Participant receiving Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Stock, to enter into a stockholder agreement or “lock-up” agreement in such form as the Board shall determine is necessary or desirable to further the Company’s interests.

 

(k)            Registration on Form S-8 .  The Company shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the securities to be offered to Participants under the Plan and shall during the term of the Plan keep such registration statement effective.

 

(l)             Governing Law .  The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

(m)           Section 409A .  It is intended that the payments and benefits under the Plan comply with, or as applicable, constitute a short-term deferral or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.  The Plan will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or any Award to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be

 

12



 

retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code).  To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Plan during the six-month period immediately following Participant’s termination of employment shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six months following Participant’s termination of employment (or upon Participant’s s death, if earlier).

 

13




Exhibit 10.6

 

FORM OF WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

MANAGER EQUITY PLAN

 



 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

MANAGER EQUITY PLAN

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Purpose; Types of Awards

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

3.

Administration

3

 

 

 

4.

Eligibility

4

 

 

 

5.

Stock Subject to the Plan

4

 

 

 

6.

Terms of Awards

5

 

 

 

7.

Termination of Management Agreement

9

 

 

 

8.

General Provisions

10

 



 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

MANAGER EQUITY PLAN

 

1.              Purpose; Types of Awards.

 

The purpose of the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan (the “Plan”) is to issue equity-based incentives to (i) Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation (the “Manager”), which may in turn issue incentives to the directors, officers, employees of, or advisors or consultants to, the Manager or an Affiliate (as defined in Section 2) of the Manager, in order to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business and (ii) employees or directors of the Manager or one of its Affiliates, which may include officers of the Company and other persons who may not be eligible for participation in the Equity Plan (as defined in Section 2).  The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards.

 

2.              Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)            “Affiliate” means (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person, (ii) any executive officer or general partner of such other Person and (iii) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer or general partner.

 

(b)            “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

(d)            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)             “Committee” means the committee established by the Board to administer the Plan, the composition of which shall at all times consist of “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g)            “Company” means Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

 



 

(h)            “Effective Date” means April      , 2012, the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board and approved by the Company’s sole stockholder.

 

(i)             “Equity Plan” means the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Equity Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(j)             “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(k)            “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Stock or other property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share of Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Stock is principally traded, for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock on such exchange; (ii) if the shares of Stock are then traded in an over-the-counter market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the shares of Stock in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Stock in such market; or (iii) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

(l)             “Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement, dated as of [              ] , 2012, by and between the Company and the Manager, as such may be amended from time to time.

 

(m)           “Manager” means Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation.

 

(n)            “Option” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(i), to purchase shares of Stock.

 

(o)            “Other Stock-Based Award” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, including but not limited to unrestricted shares of Stock or dividend equivalent rights.

 

(p)            “Participant” means an eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(q)            “Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, estate, trust, joint venture, any federal, state or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof or any other legal entity and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of the foregoing.

 

2



 

(r)             “Plan” means this Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(s)            “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Stock to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iii) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(t)             “Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(iv) to receive Stock, cash or other property at the end of a specified period, which right may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance or other criteria.

 

(u)            “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(v)            “Separation from Service” shall have the meaning attributed to such term under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(w)           “Stock” means shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(x)             “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right granted to a Participant under Section 6(b)(ii) to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right.

 

3.              Administration.

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board may appoint a Committee to administer all or a portion of the Plan.  To the extent that the Board so delegates its authority, references herein to the Board shall be deemed references to the Committee.  The Board may delegate to one or more agents such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any other person to whom the Board has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Board or such Committee or person may have under the Plan.  No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

The Board shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to:  (i) grant Awards; (ii) determine the Persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria relating to any Award; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be

 

3



 

settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered; (v) make adjustments in the terms and conditions of Awards; (vi) construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; (vii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (viii) determine the terms and provisions of the Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each grant); and (ix) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all persons, including but not limited to the Company, any parent or subsidiary of the Company, all Participants (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through a Participant) and any stockholder.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, except as provided in the second paragraph of Section 5, neither the Board nor the Committee may take any action which would have the effect of reducing the aggregate exercise, base or purchase price of any Award without obtaining the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 

4.              Eligibility.

 

Awards under the Plan may be granted to the Manager and to any employee or director of the Manager or of one of the Manager’s Affiliates, which persons may include officers of the Company, and employees or directors of the Manager or of one of the Manager’s Affiliates who are not eligible to participate in the Equity Plan.  In determining the type of Award to be granted and the terms and conditions of such Award (including the number of shares to be covered by such Award), the Board shall take into account such factors as the Board shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

 

5.              Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be equal to 3.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock (on a fully diluted basis) at the time of the grant of the Award (other than any shares of Stock issued or subject to awards made pursuant to the Plan or the Equity Plan), less any shares of Stock issued or subject to awards granted under the Equity Plan, subject to adjustment as provided herein.  All shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan may be made subject to Options (and all such Options may be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) and Stock Appreciation Rights.  Stock issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.  If any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Participant, the shares of Stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan.  Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Award, such related Award shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.

 

4



 

In the event that the Board shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, Stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Board shall make equitable changes or adjustments to any or all of:  (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards; (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards; (iii) the exercise price, base price or purchase price relating to any Award and (iv) the performance criteria, if any, applicable to outstanding Awards.  In addition, the Board may determine that any such equitable adjustment may be accomplished by making a payment to the Award holder, in the form of cash or other property (including but not limited to shares of Stock).

 

6.              Terms of Awards.

 

(a)            General .  The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Board.  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company upon the grant, vesting, maturation or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Stock or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis.  The Board may make rules relating to installment or deferred payments with respect to Awards, including the rate of interest to be credited with respect to such payments.  In addition to the foregoing, the Board may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter, such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Board shall determine.

 

(b)            Terms of Specified Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant the Awards described in this Section 6(b), under such terms and conditions as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  Such Awards may be granted with vesting, value and/or and payment contingent upon attainment of one or more performance goals.  Except as otherwise set forth herein or as may be determined by the Board, each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement containing such terms and conditions applicable to such Award as the Board shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

 

(i)             Options .  The Board is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Board, but in no event shall the per share exercise price of any Option be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.  The exercise

 

5



 

price for Stock subject to an Option may be paid in cash or by an exchange of Stock previously owned by the Participant, through a “broker cashless exercise” procedure approved by the Board (to the extent permitted by law) or a combination of the above, in any case in an amount having a combined value equal to such exercise price; provided that the Board may require that any Stock exchanged by a Participant shall have been owned by the Participant for at least six months as of the date of exercise.  An Award Agreement may provide that a Participant may pay all or a portion of the aggregate exercise price by having shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price withheld by the Company.

 

(B)            Term and Exercisability of Options .  The date on which the Board adopts a resolution expressly granting an Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is granted.  Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Board may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided, that the Board shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Board or its designated agent.

 

(C)            Other Provisions .  Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such Options, as the Board may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

 

(ii)            Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Board is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           In General .  Unless the Board determines otherwise, an SAR granted in tandem with an Option may be granted at the time of grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter.  An SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the underlying Option is exercisable.  Payment of an SAR may made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the Award or determined by the Board.

 

(B)            Right Conferred .  An SAR shall confer on the Participant a right to receive an amount with respect to each share subject thereto, upon exercise thereof, equal to the excess

 

6



 

of (1) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (2) the base price of the SAR (which in the case of an SAR granted in tandem with an Option shall be equal to the exercise price of the underlying Option, and which in the case of any other SAR shall be such price as the Board may determine, provided it is no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such SAR).

 

(C)            Term and Exercisability of SARs .  The date on which the Board adopts a resolution expressly granting an SAR shall be considered the day on which such SAR is granted.  SARs shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed the lesser of ten years from the date of grant or, in the case of a tandem SAR, the expiration of its related Award), at such times and upon such conditions as the Board may determine, as reflected in the Award Agreement; provided, that the Board shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding SAR at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.  An SAR may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the SAR (or, in the case of a tandem SAR, its related Award) has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Board or its designated agent.

 

(D)           Other Provisions .  SARs may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of the shares acquired upon exercise of such SARs, as the Board may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

 

(iii)           Restricted Stock .  The Board is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           Issuance and Restrictions .  Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Board may impose at the date of grant or thereafter, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Board may determine.  The Board may place restrictions on Restricted Stock that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, following a grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder including, without limitation, the right to vote Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends and distributions thereon.

 

7



 

(B)            Certificates for Stock .  Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board shall determine.  If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, such certificates shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company shall retain physical possession of the certificate.

 

(C)            Dividends/Distributions .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, dividends and distributions paid on Restricted Stock shall be paid at the dividend or distribution payment date, provided that such payments may be deferred to such date as determined by the Board, and in any event shall be payable in cash or in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends or distributions.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, Stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend or distribution, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

 

(iv)           Restricted Stock Units .  The Board is authorized to grant RSUs to Participants, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)           Award and Restrictions .  Delivery of Stock, cash or other property, as determined by the Board, will occur upon expiration of the period specified for RSUs by the Board during which forfeiture conditions apply, or such later date as the Board shall determine.  The Board may place restrictions on RSUs that shall lapse, in whole or in part, only upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

(B)            Dividend/Distribution Equivalents .  The Board is authorized to grant to a Participant the right to receive dividend equivalent payments and distribution equivalent payments for the period prior to settlement of the RSU.  Dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Committee.  Any such settlements, and any such crediting of dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents or reinvestment in Stock, may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall establish, including the reinvestment of such credited amounts in Stock equivalents.  Unless otherwise

 

8



 

determined by the Board, any such dividend equivalents or distribution equivalents shall be paid or credited, as applicable, on the dividend or distribution payment date to the Participant as though each RSU held by such Participant were a share of outstanding Stock.

 

(v)            Other Stock-Based Awards .  The Board is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Stock-Based Awards, as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  Awards granted pursuant to this paragraph may be granted with vesting, value and/or payment contingent upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.  The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter.  Without limiting the generality of this paragraph, Other Stock-Based Awards may include grants of shares of Stock that are not subject to any restrictions or a substantial risk of forfeiture.

 

7.              Termination of Services .

 

(a)            The Manager .  If the Management Agreement (i) is terminated by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 12(a) of the Management Agreement or (ii) expires following the Manager’s issuance of a Termination Notice for a Termination without Cause pursuant to Section 10(c) of the Management Agreement, all unvested Awards then held by the Manager and all accrued and unpaid dividends or dividend equivalents related thereto shall be, as of the date of such termination or expiration of the Management Agreement, immediately cancelled and forfeited without consideration.  If the Management Agreement expires or is terminated for any other reason, including without limitation (i) expiration following the Company’s issuance of a Termination Without Cause pursuant to Section 10(c) of the Management Agreement) or (ii) a termination by the Manager pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(c) of the Management Agreement, any Award that was not previously vested will become fully vested and/or payable, and any performance conditions imposed with respect to the Award will be deemed to be fully achieved; provided, however, that for any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment of an Award may be made to the Manager unless the termination of the Management Agreement also constitutes a Separation from Service.

 

(b)            Participants Other Than the Manager .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, all unvested Awards then held by a Participant who is not the Manager and who ceases to provide services to the Manager shall be immediately cancelled and forfeited without consideration.  The terms of Award Agreements shall set forth the terms under which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may remain exercisable following such a termination of service with the Manager.  No payment of any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code may be made to a Participant upon the cessation of services with the Manager unless such cessation of services also constitutes a Separation from Service with the Manager.

 

9



 

8.              General Provisions.

 

(a)            Nontransferability .  Awards granted to a Participant under the Plan shall not be transferable by such Participant and shall be exercisable only by such Participant.

 

(b)            No Right to Continued Service .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Award, any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall (i) confer upon the Manager the right to continue to provide services to the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company or (ii) confer upon any other Participant the right to continue to provide services to the Manager, or confer upon any Participant to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Agreement or other agreement.  Nothing in the Plan or any Award, any Award Agreement or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate the Management Agreement in accordance with its terms or the right of the Manager to terminate the employment or service of any of its employees or directors.

 

(c)            Taxes .  The Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Board may deem advisable to enable the Company and such Participant to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award.

 

(d)            Effective Date; Amendment and Termination .

 

(i)             The Plan shall take effect upon the Effective Date, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

 

(ii)            The Board may at any time and from time to time terminate, amend, modify or suspend the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Board, an amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to comply with any law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders.  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend any outstanding Award in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence of this clause (ii), no amendment or modification to or suspension or termination of the Plan or amendment of any Award shall affect adversely any of the rights of a Participant, without the Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

(e)            Expiration of Plan .  Unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after

 

10



 

such expiration date.  The expiration of the Plan shall not affect adversely any of the rights of a Participant, without the Participant’s consent, under any Award theretofore granted.

 

(f)             No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights .   No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan.  Each Award may be subject to different terms and conditions, as determined by the Board.  Except as provided specifically herein, a Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to the Participant for such shares.

 

(g)            Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

 

(h)            No Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Board shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(i)             Regulations and Other Approvals .

 

(i)             The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board.

 

(ii)            Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

 

(iii)           In the event that the disposition of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then-current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the

 

11



 

extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Board may require any Participant receiving Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Stock acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

 

(iv)           The Board may require a Participant, as a condition precedent to receipt of an Award or of shares of Stock, to enter into a stockholder agreement or “lock-up” agreement in such form as the Board shall determine is necessary or desirable to further the Company’s interests.

 

(j)             Governing Law .  The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

(k)            Section 409A .  It is intended that the payments and benefits under the Plan comply with, or as applicable, constitute a short-term deferral or otherwise be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.  The Plan will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Plan or any Award to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code).

 

12




Exhibit 10.7

 

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT, dated as of April       , 2012, by and between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                            (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of companies in today’s environment;

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and Amended and Restated By-Laws (“ By-Laws ”) require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the extent provided therein, and the Indemnitee serves as a director and/or officer of the Company, in part, in reliance on such provisions in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that its inability to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons would be detrimental to the interests of the Company, and that Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification and insurance coverage will be available in the future; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner and the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, and in part to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the applicable provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or any change in the composition of the governing bodies of the Company or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, on its behalf or at its request, as an officer, director, manager, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of, or in any other capacity with, another Person (as defined below) or any employee benefit plan, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

1.                                        Certain Definitions .  In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                   Agreement :  shall mean this Indemnification Agreement, as amended from time to time hereafter.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors :  shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Claim :  means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding of any kind whatsoever, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any appeal of any kind thereof, or any inquiry or investigation, whether instituted by the Company, any governmental agency or any other party, that the Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

 

(d)                                  Indemnifiable Expenses :  means (i) all expenses and liabilities, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Company, and counsel fees and disbursements (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees, duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement (any such event, an “ Indemnifiable Event ”), (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to, and (iii) any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with

 

2



 

the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise).

 

(e)                                   Indemnitee-Related Entities :  means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

 

(f)                                     Jointly Indemnifiable Claim :  means any Claim for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both an Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Company pursuant to applicable law, any indemnification agreement or the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company and an Indemnitee-Related Entity.

 

(g)                                  Person :  means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

2.                                        Basic Indemnification Arrangement; Advancement of Expenses .

 

(a)           In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee, or cause such Indemnitee to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided , however , that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The rights of the Indemnitee provided in this Section 2 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other

 

3



 

sections of this Agreement. Payments of Indemnifiable Expenses shall be made as soon as practicable but in any event no later than twenty (20) days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

(b)           If so requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance, or cause to be advanced (within two business days of such request), any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”).  The Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), either (i) pay, or cause to be paid, such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse, or cause the reimbursement of, the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses.  The Indemnitee’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute and shall not be subject to any condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law.  However, the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing agreement by the Indemnitee shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement that the Indemnitee provide the Company with an undertaking to repay any Expense Advance if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law).  The Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by the Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim or (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (including an action pursued by the Indemnitee to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law).

 

(d)           The indemnification obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined (by majority vote of directors who are not parties to the applicable Claim) that the indemnification of the Indemnitee is not proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law.  If the Board of Directors determines that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the States of California or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper, seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Board of Directors or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.  If the Indemnitee commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that the

 

4



 

Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, the Indemnitee shall continue to be entitled to receive Expense Advances, and the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance, until a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law.  Any determination by the Board of Directors otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Indemnitee.

 

(e)           To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

 

3.                                        Indemnification for Additional Expenses .  The Company shall indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the Indemnitee against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee subject to and in accordance with Section 2(b) and (d), which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee, the Company or any other Person with respect to the Indemnitee’s right to: (i) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Company under this Agreement or any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or By-Laws and/or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided that the Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse such Indemnifiable Expenses in the event that a final judicial determination is made (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that such action brought by the Indemnitee, or the defense by the Indemnitee of an action brought by the Company or any other Person, as applicable,  was frivolous or in bad faith.

 

4.                                        Partial Indemnity, Etc.   If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Indemnifiable Expenses in respect of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

5.                                        Burden of Proof .  In connection with any determination by the Board of Directors, any court or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the Board of Directors or court shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

5



 

6.                                        Reliance as Safe Harbor .  The Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification for any action or omission to act undertaken (a) in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to the Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other Person as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence, or (b) on behalf of the Company in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of legal counsel or accountants, provided such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

 

7.                                        No Other Presumptions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.  In addition, neither the failure of the Board of Directors to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Board of Directors that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

 

8.                                        Nonexclusivity, Etc.   The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, the laws of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law or the interpretation thereof (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein, in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.  No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

9.                                        Liability Insurance .  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage

 

6



 

for any liability asserted against, or incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.  Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company.  If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

 

10.                                  Period of Limitations .  No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

 

11.                                  Amendments, Etc.   No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  In the event the Company or any of its subsidiaries enters into an indemnification agreement with another director, officer, agent, fiduciary or manager of the Company or any of its subsidiaries containing a term or terms more favorable to the indemnitee than the terms contained herein (as determined by the Indemnitee), the Indemnitee shall be afforded the benefit of such more favorable term or terms and such more favorable term or terms shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as if set forth in full herein.  As promptly as practicable following the execution by the Company or the relevant subsidiary of each indemnity agreement with any such other director, officer or manager (i) the Company shall send a copy of the indemnity agreement to the Indemnitee, and (ii) if requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Indemnitee an amendment to this Agreement containing such more favorable term or terms.

 

12.                                  Subrogation .  Subject to Section 13, in the event of payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such

 

7


 

payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy.  Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.  The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

 

13.                                  Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .  Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise due to the relationship between the Indemnitee-Related Entities and the Company and the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-Related Entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification and advancement of expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities.  Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder.  In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.  Each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Paragraph 13, entitled to enforce this Paragraph 13 against the Company as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement.

 

14.                                  No Duplication of Payments .  Subject to Paragraph 13 hereof, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

15.                                  Defense of Claims .  The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if the Indemnitee believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such Claim (including any impleaded parties) include the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him that are different from or in addition to those

 

8



 

available to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (iii) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Claim) at the Company’s expense.  The Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim.  Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its or his consent to any proposed settlement; provided that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee.  To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Company’s assumption of the defense of a Claim pursuant to this Section 15 will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

 

16.                                  Binding Effect, Etc.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.  The Company shall require and cause any successor(s) (whether directly or indirectly, whether in one or a series of transactions, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or a significant portion of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place; provided that no such assumption shall relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder and any obligations shall thereafter be joint and several.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or on behalf of or at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.  Neither this Agreement nor any duties or responsibilities pursuant hereto may be assigned by the Company to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

17.                                  Security .  To the extent requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the obligations of the Company hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other

 

9



 

collateral or by other means.  Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of such Indemnitee.

 

18.                                  Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

19.                                  Specific Performance, Etc.   The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the parties hereto, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

 

20.                                  Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written document delivered in person or sent by telecopy, nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated on the signature pages of this Agreement or in writing by such party to the other parties:

 

(a)          If to the Company, to:

 

Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

c/o Western Asset Management Company

385 East Colorado Boulevard

Pasadena, California 91101

Fax: (626) 844-9450

Attn: General Counsel

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Fax: (212) 735-2000

Attn: David J. Goldschmidt

 

10



 

(b)         If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on Annex A hereto.

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made if and when received (including by overnight courier) by the parties at the above addresses or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to the telecopy numbers specified above (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall be specified by like notice).  Any notice delivered by any party hereto to any other party hereto shall also be delivered to each other party hereto simultaneously with delivery to the first party receiving such notice.

 

21.                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

22.                                  Headings .  The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

 

23.                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

FORM OF MANAGER EQUITY PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, (the “Agreement”), dated as of                       , 2012 (the “Grant Date”), is made by and between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation (the “Grantee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company may grant to the Grantee shares of Stock which are restricted as to transfer (shares so restricted hereinafter referred to as “Restricted Stock”);

 

WHEREAS, the Grantee is providing bona fide services to the Company on the date of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Grantee the number of shares of Restricted Stock provided for herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                Grant of Restricted Stock Award

 

(a)            Grant of Restricted Stock.   The Company hereby grants to the Grantee [            ] shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

(b)            Incorporation of Plan.   The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.  The Board shall have final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement and to make any and all determinations thereunder, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive upon the Grantee and its representatives in respect of any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.

 

Section 2.                Terms and Conditions of Award

 

The grant of Restricted Stock provided in Section 1(a) shall be subject to the following terms, conditions and restrictions:

 



 

(a)            Ownership of Shares.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of the Restricted Stock granted hereunder, including the right to receive dividends and distributions with respect to such Stock, as set forth in clause (b) below, and the right to vote such Stock.

 

(b)            Payment of Dividends and Distributions .  The Grantee shall be entitled to receive dividends and distributions which become payable on the Restricted Stock at the time such dividends and distributions are paid to other holders of Stock.  Stock or other property distributed in connection with such a dividend or distribution shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as such Restricted Stock.

 

(c)            Restrictions.   Restricted Stock and any interest therein, may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of prior to the lapse of restrictions set forth in this Agreement applicable thereto, as set forth in Section 2(e).  The Board may in its discretion, cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the periods provided under Section 2(e).

 

(d)            Certificate; Restrictive Legend.   The Grantee agrees that any certificate issued for Restricted Stock prior to the lapse of any outstanding restrictions relating thereto shall be inscribed with the following legend:

 

This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions, including forfeiture provisions and restrictions against transfer (the “Restrictions”), contained in the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation.  Any attempt to dispose of these shares in contravention of the Restrictions, including by way of sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or otherwise, shall be null and void and without effect.

 

(e)            Lapse of Restrictions; Forfeiture.   Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2(c) shall lapse with respect to [             percent (    %)] of the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder on [                      ], subject to the Grantee’s continuing to provide services to the Company as of each such vesting date.  [Performance-based vesting provisions, if applicable.]

 

The effect of the termination of the Management Agreement shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 of the Plan.

 

Upon each lapse of restrictions relating to Restricted Stock, the Company shall issue to the Grantee a stock certificate representing a number of shares of Stock, free of the restrictive legend described in Section 2(d), equal to the number of shares subject to this Restricted Stock

 

2



 

award with respect to which such restrictions have lapsed.  If certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall have theretofore been delivered to the Grantee, such certificates shall be returned to the Company, complete with any necessary signatures or instruments of transfer prior to the issuance by the Company of such unlegended shares of Stock.

 

Restricted Stock and any unvested dividends or distributions with respect to Restricted Stock forfeited pursuant to this Section 2(e) shall be transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company without payment of any consideration by the Company, and neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors or assigns shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such shares, certificates, dividends and distributions.  If certificates containing restrictive legends shall have theretofore been delivered to the Grantee, such certificates shall be returned to the Company, complete with any necessary signatures or instruments of transfer.

 

Section 3.                Miscellaneous

 

(a)            Notices.   Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances and any other communications provided for herein shall be given in writing and shall be delivered either personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, which shall be addressed, in the case of the Company to the [Corporate Counsel of the Company] at the principal office of the Company and, in the case of the Grantee, to Corporate Counsel of the Grantee.

 

(b)            No Right to Continued Service.   Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the service of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the Management Agreement at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without “cause” (as defined in the Management Agreement).

 

(c)            Bound by Plan.   By signing this Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges that its authorized representative has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and has agreed to bind the Grantee with respect to all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

(d)            Successors.   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of the Grantee and its successors and assigns.

 

(e)            Invalid Provision.   The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision thereof shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had been omitted.

 

(f)             Modifications.  No change, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

3



 

(g)            Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto.

 

(h)            Governing Law.   This Agreement and the rights of the Grantee hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(i)             Headings.  The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

 

(j)             Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

* * * Remainder of page left intentionally blank * * *

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto as of the          day of                         , 2012.

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.10

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

FORM OF MANAGER EQUITY PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, (the “Agreement”), dated as of                       , 2012 (the “Grant Date”), is made by and between Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME OF GRANTEE] (the “Grantee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company may grant to the Grantee shares of Stock which are restricted as to transfer (shares so restricted hereinafter referred to as “Restricted Stock”);

 

WHEREAS, the Grantee is providing bona fide services to the Company on the date of this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to the Grantee the number of shares of Restricted Stock provided for herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                Grant of Restricted Stock Award

 

(a)            Grant of Restricted Stock.   The Company hereby grants to the Grantee [            ] shares of Restricted Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and as otherwise provided in the Plan.

 

(b)            Incorporation of Plan.   The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions set forth in the Plan.  The Board shall have final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement and to make any and all determinations thereunder, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive upon the Grantee and its representatives in respect of any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.

 



 

Section 2.                Terms and Conditions of Award

 

The grant of Restricted Stock provided in Section 1(a) shall be subject to the following terms, conditions and restrictions:

 

(a)            Ownership of Shares.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of the Restricted Stock granted hereunder, including the right to receive dividends and distributions with respect to such Stock, as set forth in clause (b) below, and the right to vote such Stock.

 

(b)            Payment of Dividends and Distributions .  The Grantee shall be entitled to receive dividends and distributions which become payable on the Restricted Stock at the time such dividends and distributions are paid to other holders of Stock.  Stock or other property distributed in connection with such a dividend or distribution shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as such Restricted Stock.

 

(c)            Restrictions.   Restricted Stock and any interest therein, may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of prior to the lapse of restrictions set forth in this Agreement applicable thereto, as set forth in Section 2(e).  The Board may in its discretion, cancel all or any portion of any outstanding restrictions prior to the expiration of the periods provided under Section 2(e).

 

(d)            Certificate; Restrictive Legend.   The Grantee agrees that any certificate issued for Restricted Stock prior to the lapse of any outstanding restrictions relating thereto shall be inscribed with the following legend:

 

This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions, including forfeiture provisions and restrictions against transfer (the “Restrictions”), contained in the Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation Manager Equity Plan and an agreement entered into between the registered owner and Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation.  Any attempt to dispose of these shares in contravention of the Restrictions, including by way of sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or otherwise, shall be null and void and without effect.

 

(e)            Lapse of Restrictions; Forfeiture.   Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2(c) shall lapse with respect to [             percent (    %)] of the shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder on [                      ], subject to the Grantee’s continuing to be employed by or providing services to the Manager as of each such vesting date.  [Performance-based vesting provisions, if applicable.]

 

2



 

The effect of the termination of the Grantee’s employment or service to the Manager and its Affiliates shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 of the Plan.

 

Upon each lapse of restrictions relating to Restricted Stock, the Company shall issue to the Grantee a stock certificate representing a number of shares of Stock, free of the restrictive legend described in Section 2(d), equal to the number of shares subject to this Restricted Stock award with respect to which such restrictions have lapsed.  If certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall have theretofore been delivered to the Grantee, such certificates shall be returned to the Company, complete with any necessary signatures or instruments of transfer prior to the issuance by the Company of such unlegended shares of Stock.

 

Restricted Stock and any unvested dividends or distributions with respect to Restricted Stock forfeited pursuant to this Section 2(e) shall be transferred to, and reacquired by, the Company without payment of any consideration by the Company, and neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors or assigns shall thereafter have any further rights or interests in such shares, certificates, dividends and distributions.  If certificates containing restrictive legends shall have theretofore been delivered to the Grantee, such certificates shall be returned to the Company, complete with any necessary signatures or instruments of transfer.

 

Section 3.                Miscellaneous

 

(a)            Notices.   Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances and any other communications provided for herein shall be given in writing and shall be delivered either personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, which shall be addressed, in the case of the Company to the [Corporate Counsel of the Company] at the principal office of the Company and, in the case of the Grantee, to Corporate Counsel of the Grantee.

 

(b)            No Right to Continued Service.   Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the service of the Company or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the Management Agreement at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without “cause” (as defined in the Management Agreement).

 

(c)            Bound by Plan.   By signing this Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges that its authorized representative has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and has agreed to bind the Grantee with respect to all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

(d)            Successors.   The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and of the Grantee and its successors and assigns.

 

3



 

(e)            Invalid Provision.   The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision thereof shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had been omitted.

 

(f)             Modifications.  No change, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(g)            Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein and supersede all prior communications, representations and negotiations in respect thereto.

 

(h)            Governing Law.   This Agreement and the rights of the Grantee hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(i)             Headings.  The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

 

(j)             Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

* * * Remainder of page left intentionally blank * * *

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto as of the          day of                         , 2012.

 

 

 

WESTERN ASSET MORTGAGE CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[GRANTEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation

 

None.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement (No. 333-159962) on Form S-11 of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation (a corporation in the development stage) of our report dated April 26, 2012 relating to the balance sheet of Western Asset Mortgage Capital Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Los Angeles, California
April 30, 2012




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM